[gtkmm] Update gdk_docs.xml and gtk_docs.xml.
- From: Kjell Ahlstedt <kjellahl src gnome org>
- To: commits-list gnome org
- Cc:
- Subject: [gtkmm] Update gdk_docs.xml and gtk_docs.xml.
- Date: Thu, 28 Feb 2013 09:35:06 +0000 (UTC)
commit 22e5a378d95ddc775ae4187fa597242d02f34fc0
Author: Kjell Ahlstedt <kjell ahlstedt bredband net>
Date: Thu Feb 28 10:25:09 2013 +0100
Update gdk_docs.xml and gtk_docs.xml.
* gtk/src/gdk_docs.xml: Include enum documentation and doc from gdk-pixbuf.
* gtk/src/gtk_docs.xml: Include enum documentation.
ChangeLog | 7 +
gdk/src/gdk_docs.xml |11821 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++-------------
gtk/src/gtk_docs.xml | 3688 +++++++++++++++-
3 files changed, 12549 insertions(+), 2967 deletions(-)
---
diff --git a/ChangeLog b/ChangeLog
index b2dc625..edc4dd0 100644
--- a/ChangeLog
+++ b/ChangeLog
@@ -1,5 +1,12 @@
2013-02-28 Kjell Ahlstedt <kjell ahlstedt bredband net>
+ Update gdk_docs.xml and gtk_docs.xml.
+
+ * gtk/src/gdk_docs.xml: Include enum documentation and doc from gdk-pixbuf.
+ * gtk/src/gtk_docs.xml: Include enum documentation.
+
+2013-02-28 Kjell Ahlstedt <kjell ahlstedt bredband net>
+
Gtk::ScaleButton, Toolbar: Delete the "orientation" property.
* gtk/src/scalebutton.hg:
diff --git a/gdk/src/gdk_docs.xml b/gdk/src/gdk_docs.xml
index 5742fe7..4e718e0 100644
--- a/gdk/src/gdk_docs.xml
+++ b/gdk/src/gdk_docs.xml
@@ -1,4 +1,463 @@
<root>
+<enum name="GdkAxisUse">
+<description>
+An enumeration describing the way in which a device
+axis (valuator) maps onto the predefined valuator
+types that GTK+ understands.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GDK_AXIS_IGNORE">
+<parameter_description> the axis is ignored.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_AXIS_X">
+<parameter_description> the axis is used as the x axis.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_AXIS_Y">
+<parameter_description> the axis is used as the y axis.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_AXIS_PRESSURE">
+<parameter_description> the axis is used for pressure information.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_AXIS_XTILT">
+<parameter_description> the axis is used for x tilt information.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_AXIS_YTILT">
+<parameter_description> the axis is used for y tilt information.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_AXIS_WHEEL">
+<parameter_description> the axis is used for wheel information.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_AXIS_LAST">
+<parameter_description> a constant equal to the numerically highest axis value.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
+<enum name="GdkByteOrder">
+<description>
+A set of values describing the possible byte-orders
+for storing pixel values in memory.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GDK_LSB_FIRST">
+<parameter_description> The values are stored with the least-significant byte
+first. For instance, the 32-bit value 0xffeecc would be stored
+in memory as 0xcc, 0xee, 0xff, 0x00.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_MSB_FIRST">
+<parameter_description> The values are stored with the most-significant byte
+first. For instance, the 32-bit value 0xffeecc would be stored
+in memory as 0x00, 0xff, 0xee, 0xcc.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
+<enum name="GdkColorspace">
+<description>
+This enumeration defines the color spaces that are supported by
+the &gdk-pixbuf; library. Currently only RGB is supported.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GDK_COLORSPACE_RGB">
+<parameter_description> Indicates a red/green/blue additive color space.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
+<enum name="GdkCrossingMode">
+<description>
+Specifies the crossing mode for #GdkEventCrossing.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GDK_CROSSING_NORMAL">
+<parameter_description> crossing because of pointer motion.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_CROSSING_GRAB">
+<parameter_description> crossing because a grab is activated.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_CROSSING_UNGRAB">
+<parameter_description> crossing because a grab is deactivated.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_CROSSING_GTK_GRAB">
+<parameter_description> crossing because a GTK+ grab is activated.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_CROSSING_GTK_UNGRAB">
+<parameter_description> crossing because a GTK+ grab is deactivated.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_CROSSING_STATE_CHANGED">
+<parameter_description> crossing because a GTK+ widget changed
+state (e.g. sensitivity).
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_CROSSING_TOUCH_BEGIN">
+<parameter_description> crossing because a touch sequence has begun,
+this event is synthetic as the pointer might have not left the window.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_CROSSING_TOUCH_END">
+<parameter_description> crossing because a touch sequence has ended,
+this event is synthetic as the pointer might have not left the window.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_CROSSING_DEVICE_SWITCH">
+<parameter_description> crossing because of a device switch (i.e.
+a mouse taking control of the pointer after a touch device), this event
+is synthetic as the pointer didn't leave the window.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
+<enum name="GdkCursorType">
+<description>
+The standard cursors available.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GDK_X_CURSOR">
+<parameter_description> <inlinegraphic format="PNG"
fileref="X_cursor.png"></inlinegraphic>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_ARROW">
+<parameter_description> <inlinegraphic format="PNG"
fileref="arrow.png"></inlinegraphic>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_BASED_ARROW_DOWN">
+<parameter_description> <inlinegraphic format="PNG"
fileref="based_arrow_down.png"></inlinegraphic>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_BASED_ARROW_UP">
+<parameter_description> <inlinegraphic format="PNG"
fileref="based_arrow_up.png"></inlinegraphic>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_BOAT">
+<parameter_description> <inlinegraphic format="PNG"
fileref="boat.png"></inlinegraphic>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_BOGOSITY">
+<parameter_description> <inlinegraphic format="PNG"
fileref="bogosity.png"></inlinegraphic>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_BOTTOM_LEFT_CORNER">
+<parameter_description> <inlinegraphic format="PNG"
fileref="bottom_left_corner.png"></inlinegraphic>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_BOTTOM_RIGHT_CORNER">
+<parameter_description> <inlinegraphic format="PNG"
fileref="bottom_right_corner.png"></inlinegraphic>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_BOTTOM_SIDE">
+<parameter_description> <inlinegraphic format="PNG"
fileref="bottom_side.png"></inlinegraphic>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_BOTTOM_TEE">
+<parameter_description> <inlinegraphic format="PNG"
fileref="bottom_tee.png"></inlinegraphic>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_BOX_SPIRAL">
+<parameter_description> <inlinegraphic format="PNG"
fileref="box_spiral.png"></inlinegraphic>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_CENTER_PTR">
+<parameter_description> <inlinegraphic format="PNG"
fileref="center_ptr.png"></inlinegraphic>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_CIRCLE">
+<parameter_description> <inlinegraphic format="PNG"
fileref="circle.png"></inlinegraphic>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_CLOCK">
+<parameter_description> <inlinegraphic format="PNG"
fileref="clock.png"></inlinegraphic>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_COFFEE_MUG">
+<parameter_description> <inlinegraphic format="PNG"
fileref="coffee_mug.png"></inlinegraphic>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_CROSS">
+<parameter_description> <inlinegraphic format="PNG"
fileref="cross.png"></inlinegraphic>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_CROSS_REVERSE">
+<parameter_description> <inlinegraphic format="PNG"
fileref="cross_reverse.png"></inlinegraphic>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_CROSSHAIR">
+<parameter_description> <inlinegraphic format="PNG"
fileref="crosshair.png"></inlinegraphic>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_DIAMOND_CROSS">
+<parameter_description> <inlinegraphic format="PNG"
fileref="diamond_cross.png"></inlinegraphic>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_DOT">
+<parameter_description> <inlinegraphic format="PNG"
fileref="dot.png"></inlinegraphic>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_DOTBOX">
+<parameter_description> <inlinegraphic format="PNG"
fileref="dotbox.png"></inlinegraphic>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_DOUBLE_ARROW">
+<parameter_description> <inlinegraphic format="PNG"
fileref="double_arrow.png"></inlinegraphic>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_DRAFT_LARGE">
+<parameter_description> <inlinegraphic format="PNG"
fileref="draft_large.png"></inlinegraphic>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_DRAFT_SMALL">
+<parameter_description> <inlinegraphic format="PNG"
fileref="draft_small.png"></inlinegraphic>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_DRAPED_BOX">
+<parameter_description> <inlinegraphic format="PNG"
fileref="draped_box.png"></inlinegraphic>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_EXCHANGE">
+<parameter_description> <inlinegraphic format="PNG"
fileref="exchange.png"></inlinegraphic>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_FLEUR">
+<parameter_description> <inlinegraphic format="PNG"
fileref="fleur.png"></inlinegraphic>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_GOBBLER">
+<parameter_description> <inlinegraphic format="PNG"
fileref="gobbler.png"></inlinegraphic>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_GUMBY">
+<parameter_description> <inlinegraphic format="PNG"
fileref="gumby.png"></inlinegraphic>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_HAND1">
+<parameter_description> <inlinegraphic format="PNG"
fileref="hand1.png"></inlinegraphic>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_HAND2">
+<parameter_description> <inlinegraphic format="PNG"
fileref="hand2.png"></inlinegraphic>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_HEART">
+<parameter_description> <inlinegraphic format="PNG"
fileref="heart.png"></inlinegraphic>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_ICON">
+<parameter_description> <inlinegraphic format="PNG"
fileref="icon.png"></inlinegraphic>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_IRON_CROSS">
+<parameter_description> <inlinegraphic format="PNG"
fileref="iron_cross.png"></inlinegraphic>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_LEFT_PTR">
+<parameter_description> <inlinegraphic format="PNG"
fileref="left_ptr.png"></inlinegraphic>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_LEFT_SIDE">
+<parameter_description> <inlinegraphic format="PNG"
fileref="left_side.png"></inlinegraphic>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_LEFT_TEE">
+<parameter_description> <inlinegraphic format="PNG"
fileref="left_tee.png"></inlinegraphic>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_LEFTBUTTON">
+<parameter_description> <inlinegraphic format="PNG"
fileref="leftbutton.png"></inlinegraphic>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_LL_ANGLE">
+<parameter_description> <inlinegraphic format="PNG"
fileref="ll_angle.png"></inlinegraphic>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_LR_ANGLE">
+<parameter_description> <inlinegraphic format="PNG"
fileref="lr_angle.png"></inlinegraphic>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_MAN">
+<parameter_description> <inlinegraphic format="PNG"
fileref="man.png"></inlinegraphic>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_MIDDLEBUTTON">
+<parameter_description> <inlinegraphic format="PNG"
fileref="middlebutton.png"></inlinegraphic>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_MOUSE">
+<parameter_description> <inlinegraphic format="PNG"
fileref="mouse.png"></inlinegraphic>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_PENCIL">
+<parameter_description> <inlinegraphic format="PNG"
fileref="pencil.png"></inlinegraphic>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_PIRATE">
+<parameter_description> <inlinegraphic format="PNG"
fileref="pirate.png"></inlinegraphic>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_PLUS">
+<parameter_description> <inlinegraphic format="PNG"
fileref="plus.png"></inlinegraphic>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_QUESTION_ARROW">
+<parameter_description> <inlinegraphic format="PNG"
fileref="question_arrow.png"></inlinegraphic>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_RIGHT_PTR">
+<parameter_description> <inlinegraphic format="PNG"
fileref="right_ptr.png"></inlinegraphic>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_RIGHT_SIDE">
+<parameter_description> <inlinegraphic format="PNG"
fileref="right_side.png"></inlinegraphic>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_RIGHT_TEE">
+<parameter_description> <inlinegraphic format="PNG"
fileref="right_tee.png"></inlinegraphic>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_RIGHTBUTTON">
+<parameter_description> <inlinegraphic format="PNG"
fileref="rightbutton.png"></inlinegraphic>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_RTL_LOGO">
+<parameter_description> <inlinegraphic format="PNG"
fileref="rtl_logo.png"></inlinegraphic>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_SAILBOAT">
+<parameter_description> <inlinegraphic format="PNG"
fileref="sailboat.png"></inlinegraphic>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_SB_DOWN_ARROW">
+<parameter_description> <inlinegraphic format="PNG"
fileref="sb_down_arrow.png"></inlinegraphic>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_SB_H_DOUBLE_ARROW">
+<parameter_description> <inlinegraphic format="PNG"
fileref="sb_h_double_arrow.png"></inlinegraphic>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_SB_LEFT_ARROW">
+<parameter_description> <inlinegraphic format="PNG"
fileref="sb_left_arrow.png"></inlinegraphic>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_SB_RIGHT_ARROW">
+<parameter_description> <inlinegraphic format="PNG"
fileref="sb_right_arrow.png"></inlinegraphic>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_SB_UP_ARROW">
+<parameter_description> <inlinegraphic format="PNG"
fileref="sb_up_arrow.png"></inlinegraphic>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_SB_V_DOUBLE_ARROW">
+<parameter_description> <inlinegraphic format="PNG"
fileref="sb_v_double_arrow.png"></inlinegraphic>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_SHUTTLE">
+<parameter_description> <inlinegraphic format="PNG"
fileref="shuttle.png"></inlinegraphic>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_SIZING">
+<parameter_description> <inlinegraphic format="PNG"
fileref="sizing.png"></inlinegraphic>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_SPIDER">
+<parameter_description> <inlinegraphic format="PNG"
fileref="spider.png"></inlinegraphic>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_SPRAYCAN">
+<parameter_description> <inlinegraphic format="PNG"
fileref="spraycan.png"></inlinegraphic>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_STAR">
+<parameter_description> <inlinegraphic format="PNG"
fileref="star.png"></inlinegraphic>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_TARGET">
+<parameter_description> <inlinegraphic format="PNG"
fileref="target.png"></inlinegraphic>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_TCROSS">
+<parameter_description> <inlinegraphic format="PNG"
fileref="tcross.png"></inlinegraphic>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_TOP_LEFT_ARROW">
+<parameter_description> <inlinegraphic format="PNG"
fileref="top_left_arrow.png"></inlinegraphic>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_TOP_LEFT_CORNER">
+<parameter_description> <inlinegraphic format="PNG"
fileref="top_left_corner.png"></inlinegraphic>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_TOP_RIGHT_CORNER">
+<parameter_description> <inlinegraphic format="PNG"
fileref="top_right_corner.png"></inlinegraphic>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_TOP_SIDE">
+<parameter_description> <inlinegraphic format="PNG"
fileref="top_side.png"></inlinegraphic>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_TOP_TEE">
+<parameter_description> <inlinegraphic format="PNG"
fileref="top_tee.png"></inlinegraphic>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_TREK">
+<parameter_description> <inlinegraphic format="PNG"
fileref="trek.png"></inlinegraphic>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_UL_ANGLE">
+<parameter_description> <inlinegraphic format="PNG"
fileref="ul_angle.png"></inlinegraphic>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_UMBRELLA">
+<parameter_description> <inlinegraphic format="PNG"
fileref="umbrella.png"></inlinegraphic>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_UR_ANGLE">
+<parameter_description> <inlinegraphic format="PNG"
fileref="ur_angle.png"></inlinegraphic>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_WATCH">
+<parameter_description> <inlinegraphic format="PNG"
fileref="watch.png"></inlinegraphic>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_XTERM">
+<parameter_description> <inlinegraphic format="PNG"
fileref="xterm.png"></inlinegraphic>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_LAST_CURSOR">
+<parameter_description> last cursor type
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_BLANK_CURSOR">
+<parameter_description> Blank cursor. Since 2.16
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_CURSOR_IS_PIXMAP">
+<parameter_description> type of cursors constructed with
+gdk_cursor_new_from_pixbuf()
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
<signal name="GdkDevice::changed">
<description>
The ::changed signal is emitted either when the #GdkDevice
@@ -86,6 +545,30 @@ is unplugged.
<return></return>
</signal>
+<enum name="GdkDeviceType">
+<description>
+Indicates the device type. See <link
linkend="GdkDeviceManager.description">above</link>
+for more information about the meaning of these device types.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GDK_DEVICE_TYPE_MASTER">
+<parameter_description> Device is a master (or virtual) device. There will
+be an associated focus indicator on the screen.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_DEVICE_TYPE_SLAVE">
+<parameter_description> Device is a slave (or physical) device.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_DEVICE_TYPE_FLOATING">
+<parameter_description> Device is a physical device, currently not attached to
+any virtual device.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
<signal name="GdkDisplay::closed">
<description>
The ::closed signal is emitted when the connection to the windowing
@@ -142,5277 +625,10635 @@ Since: 2.2
<return></return>
</signal>
-<signal name="GdkKeymap::direction-changed">
+<enum name="GdkDragAction">
<description>
-The ::direction-changed signal gets emitted when the direction of
-the keymap changes.
-
-Since: 2.0
+Used in #GdkDragContext to indicate what the destination
+should do with the dropped data.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="keymap">
-<parameter_description> the object on which the signal is emitted
+<parameter name="GDK_ACTION_DEFAULT">
+<parameter_description> Means nothing, and should not be used.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</signal>
-
-<signal name="GdkKeymap::keys-changed">
-<description>
-The ::keys-changed signal is emitted when the mapping represented by
- keymap changes.
-
-Since: 2.2
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="keymap">
-<parameter_description> the object on which the signal is emitted
+<parameter name="GDK_ACTION_COPY">
+<parameter_description> Copy the data.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</signal>
-
-<signal name="GdkKeymap::state-changed">
-<description>
-The ::state-changed signal is emitted when the state of the
-keyboard changes, e.g when Caps Lock is turned on or off.
-See gdk_keymap_get_caps_lock_state().
-
-Since: 2.16
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="keymap">
-<parameter_description> the object on which the signal is emitted
+<parameter name="GDK_ACTION_MOVE">
+<parameter_description> Move the data, i.e. first copy it, then delete
+it from the source using the DELETE target of the X selection protocol.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</signal>
-
-<signal name="GdkScreen::composited-changed">
-<description>
-The ::composited-changed signal is emitted when the composited
-status of the screen changes
-
-Since: 2.10
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="screen">
-<parameter_description> the object on which the signal is emitted
+<parameter name="GDK_ACTION_LINK">
+<parameter_description> Add a link to the data. Note that this is only
+useful if source and destination agree on what it means.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</signal>
-
-<signal name="GdkScreen::monitors-changed">
-<description>
-The ::monitors-changed signal is emitted when the number, size
-or position of the monitors attached to the screen change.
-
-Only for X11 and OS X for now. A future implementation for Win32
-may be a possibility.
-
-Since: 2.14
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="screen">
-<parameter_description> the object on which the signal is emitted
+<parameter name="GDK_ACTION_PRIVATE">
+<parameter_description> Special action which tells the source that the
+destination will do something that the source doesn't understand.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</signal>
-
-<signal name="GdkScreen::size-changed">
-<description>
-The ::size-changed signal is emitted when the pixel width or
-height of a screen changes.
-
-Since: 2.2
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="screen">
-<parameter_description> the object on which the signal is emitted
+<parameter name="GDK_ACTION_ASK">
+<parameter_description> Ask the user what to do with the data.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</signal>
+</enum>
-<signal name="GdkWindow::create-surface">
+<enum name="GdkDragProtocol">
<description>
-The ::create-surface signal is emitted when an offscreen window
-needs its surface (re)created, which happens either when the the
-window is first drawn to, or when the window is being
-resized. The first signal handler that returns a non-%NULL
-surface will stop any further signal emission, and its surface
-will be used.
-
-Note that it is not possible to access the window's previous
-surface from within any callback of this signal. Calling
-gdk_offscreen_window_get_surface() will lead to a crash.
-
-Since: 3.0
+Used in #GdkDragContext to indicate the protocol according to
+which DND is done.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="window">
-<parameter_description> the offscreen window on which the signal is emitted
+<parameter name="GDK_DRAG_PROTO_NONE">
+<parameter_description> no protocol.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="width">
-<parameter_description> the width of the offscreen surface to create
+<parameter name="GDK_DRAG_PROTO_MOTIF">
+<parameter_description> The Motif DND protocol.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="height">
-<parameter_description> the height of the offscreen surface to create
+<parameter name="GDK_DRAG_PROTO_XDND">
+<parameter_description> The Xdnd protocol.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_DRAG_PROTO_ROOTWIN">
+<parameter_description> An extension to the Xdnd protocol for
+unclaimed root window drops.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_DRAG_PROTO_WIN32_DROPFILES">
+<parameter_description> The simple WM_DROPFILES protocol.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_DRAG_PROTO_OLE2">
+<parameter_description> The complex OLE2 DND protocol (not implemented).
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_DRAG_PROTO_LOCAL">
+<parameter_description> Intra-application DND.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the newly created #cairo_surface_t for the offscreen window
-
-</return>
-</signal>
+</enum>
-<signal name="GdkWindow::from-embedder">
+<enum name="GdkEventMask">
<description>
-The ::from-embedder signal is emitted to translate coordinates
-in the embedder of an offscreen window to the offscreen window.
+A set of bit-flags to indicate which events a window is to receive.
+Most of these masks map onto one or more of the #GdkEventType event types
+above.
-See also #GtkWindow::to-embedder.
+%GDK_POINTER_MOTION_HINT_MASK is a special mask which is used to reduce the
+number of %GDK_MOTION_NOTIFY events received. Normally a %GDK_MOTION_NOTIFY
+event is received each time the mouse moves. However, if the application
+spends a lot of time processing the event (updating the display, for example),
+it can lag behind the position of the mouse. When using
+%GDK_POINTER_MOTION_HINT_MASK, fewer %GDK_MOTION_NOTIFY events will be sent,
+some of which are marked as a hint (the is_hint member is %TRUE).
+To receive more motion events after a motion hint event, the application
+needs to asks for more, by calling gdk_event_request_motions().
-Since: 2.18
+If %GDK_TOUCH_MASK is enabled, the window will receive touch events
+from touch-enabled devices. Those will come as sequences of #GdkEventTouch
+with type %GDK_TOUCH_UPDATE, enclosed by two events with
+type %GDK_TOUCH_BEGIN and %GDK_TOUCH_END (or %GDK_TOUCH_CANCEL).
+gdk_event_get_event_sequence() returns the event sequence for these
+events, so different sequences may be distinguished.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="window">
-<parameter_description> the offscreen window on which the signal is emitted
+<parameter name="GDK_EXPOSURE_MASK">
+<parameter_description> receive expose events
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="embedder_x">
-<parameter_description> x coordinate in the embedder window
+<parameter name="GDK_POINTER_MOTION_MASK">
+<parameter_description> receive all pointer motion events
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="embedder_y">
-<parameter_description> y coordinate in the embedder window
+<parameter name="GDK_POINTER_MOTION_HINT_MASK">
+<parameter_description> see the explanation above
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="offscreen_x">
-<parameter_description> return location for the x
-coordinate in the offscreen window
+<parameter name="GDK_BUTTON_MOTION_MASK">
+<parameter_description> receive pointer motion events while any button is pressed
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="offscreen_y">
-<parameter_description> return location for the y
-coordinate in the offscreen window
+<parameter name="GDK_BUTTON1_MOTION_MASK">
+<parameter_description> receive pointer motion events while 1 button is pressed
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</signal>
-
-<signal name="GdkWindow::pick-embedded-child">
-<description>
-The ::pick-embedded-child signal is emitted to find an embedded
-child at the given position.
-
-Since: 2.18
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="window">
-<parameter_description> the window on which the signal is emitted
+<parameter name="GDK_BUTTON2_MOTION_MASK">
+<parameter_description> receive pointer motion events while 2 button is pressed
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="x">
-<parameter_description> x coordinate in the window
+<parameter name="GDK_BUTTON3_MOTION_MASK">
+<parameter_description> receive pointer motion events while 3 button is pressed
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="y">
-<parameter_description> y coordinate in the window
+<parameter name="GDK_BUTTON_PRESS_MASK">
+<parameter_description> receive button press events
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> the #GdkWindow of the embedded child at
- x, @y, or %NULL
-
-</return>
-</signal>
-
-<signal name="GdkWindow::to-embedder">
-<description>
-The ::to-embedder signal is emitted to translate coordinates
-in an offscreen window to its embedder.
-
-See also #GtkWindow::from-embedder.
-
-Since: 2.18
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="window">
-<parameter_description> the offscreen window on which the signal is emitted
+<parameter name="GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE_MASK">
+<parameter_description> receive button release events
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="offscreen_x">
-<parameter_description> x coordinate in the offscreen window
+<parameter name="GDK_KEY_PRESS_MASK">
+<parameter_description> receive key press events
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="offscreen_y">
-<parameter_description> y coordinate in the offscreen window
+<parameter name="GDK_KEY_RELEASE_MASK">
+<parameter_description> receive key release events
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="embedder_x">
-<parameter_description> return location for the x
-coordinate in the embedder window
+<parameter name="GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY_MASK">
+<parameter_description> receive window enter events
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="embedder_y">
-<parameter_description> return location for the y
-coordinate in the embedder window
+<parameter name="GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY_MASK">
+<parameter_description> receive window leave events
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</signal>
-
-<function name="gdk_add_option_entries_libgtk_only">
-<description>
-Appends gdk option entries to the passed in option group. This is
-not public API and must not be used by applications.
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="group">
-<parameter_description> An option group.
+<parameter name="GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE_MASK">
+<parameter_description> receive focus change events
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gdk_app_launch_context_new">
-<description>
-Creates a new #GdkAppLaunchContext.
-
-Since: 2.14
-
-Deprecated: 3.0: Use gdk_display_get_app_launch_context() instead
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-</parameters>
-<return> a new #GdkAppLaunchContext
-
-</return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gdk_app_launch_context_set_desktop">
-<description>
-Sets the workspace on which applications will be launched when
-using this context when running under a window manager that
-supports multiple workspaces, as described in the
-<ulink url="http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/wm-spec">Extended
-Window Manager Hints</ulink>.
-
-When the workspace is not specified or @desktop is set to -1,
-it is up to the window manager to pick one, typically it will
-be the current workspace.
-
-Since: 2.14
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="context">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkAppLaunchContext
+<parameter name="GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK">
+<parameter_description> receive events about window configuration change
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="desktop">
-<parameter_description> the number of a workspace, or -1
+<parameter name="GDK_PROPERTY_CHANGE_MASK">
+<parameter_description> receive property change events
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_VISIBILITY_NOTIFY_MASK">
+<parameter_description> receive visibility change events
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_PROXIMITY_IN_MASK">
+<parameter_description> receive proximity in events
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_PROXIMITY_OUT_MASK">
+<parameter_description> receive proximity out events
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_SUBSTRUCTURE_MASK">
+<parameter_description> receive events about window configuration changes of
+child windows
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_SCROLL_MASK">
+<parameter_description> receive scroll events
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_TOUCH_MASK">
+<parameter_description> receive touch events. Since 3.4
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_SMOOTH_SCROLL_MASK">
+<parameter_description> receive smooth scrolling events. Since 3.4
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_ALL_EVENTS_MASK">
+<parameter_description> the combination of all the above event masks.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
+</enum>
-<function name="gdk_app_launch_context_set_display">
+<enum name="GdkEventType">
<description>
-Sets the display on which applications will be launched when
-using this context. See also gdk_app_launch_context_set_screen().
+Specifies the type of the event.
-Since: 2.14
+Do not confuse these events with the signals that GTK+ widgets emit.
+Although many of these events result in corresponding signals being emitted,
+the events are often transformed or filtered along the way.
-Deprecated: 3.0: Use gdk_display_get_app_launch_context() instead
+In some language bindings, the values %GDK_2BUTTON_PRESS and
+%GDK_3BUTTON_PRESS would translate into something syntactically
+invalid (eg <literal>Gdk.EventType.2ButtonPress</literal>, where a
+symbol is not allowed to start with a number). In that case, the
+aliases %GDK_DOUBLE_BUTTON_PRESS and %GDK_TRIPLE_BUTTON_PRESS can
+be used instead.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="context">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkAppLaunchContext
+<parameter name="GDK_NOTHING">
+<parameter_description> a special code to indicate a null event.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="display">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplay
+<parameter name="GDK_DELETE">
+<parameter_description> the window manager has requested that the toplevel window be
+hidden or destroyed, usually when the user clicks on a special icon in the
+title bar.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gdk_app_launch_context_set_icon">
-<description>
-Sets the icon for applications that are launched with this
-context.
-
-Window Managers can use this information when displaying startup
-notification.
-
-See also gdk_app_launch_context_set_icon_name().
-
-Since: 2.14
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="context">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkAppLaunchContext
+<parameter name="GDK_DESTROY">
+<parameter_description> the window has been destroyed.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="icon">
-<parameter_description> a #GIcon, or %NULL
+<parameter name="GDK_EXPOSE">
+<parameter_description> all or part of the window has become visible and needs to be
+redrawn.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_MOTION_NOTIFY">
+<parameter_description> the pointer (usually a mouse) has moved.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_BUTTON_PRESS">
+<parameter_description> a mouse button has been pressed.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_2BUTTON_PRESS">
+<parameter_description> a mouse button has been double-clicked (clicked twice
+within a short period of time). Note that each click also generates a
+%GDK_BUTTON_PRESS event.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_DOUBLE_BUTTON_PRESS">
+<parameter_description> alias for %GDK_2BUTTON_PRESS, added in 3.6.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_3BUTTON_PRESS">
+<parameter_description> a mouse button has been clicked 3 times in a short period
+of time. Note that each click also generates a %GDK_BUTTON_PRESS event.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_TRIPLE_BUTTON_PRESS">
+<parameter_description> alias for %GDK_3BUTTON_PRESS, added in 3.6.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE">
+<parameter_description> a mouse button has been released.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_KEY_PRESS">
+<parameter_description> a key has been pressed.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_KEY_RELEASE">
+<parameter_description> a key has been released.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY">
+<parameter_description> the pointer has entered the window.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY">
+<parameter_description> the pointer has left the window.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE">
+<parameter_description> the keyboard focus has entered or left the window.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_CONFIGURE">
+<parameter_description> the size, position or stacking order of the window has changed.
+Note that GTK+ discards these events for %GDK_WINDOW_CHILD windows.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_MAP">
+<parameter_description> the window has been mapped.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_UNMAP">
+<parameter_description> the window has been unmapped.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_PROPERTY_NOTIFY">
+<parameter_description> a property on the window has been changed or deleted.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_SELECTION_CLEAR">
+<parameter_description> the application has lost ownership of a selection.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_SELECTION_REQUEST">
+<parameter_description> another application has requested a selection.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_SELECTION_NOTIFY">
+<parameter_description> a selection has been received.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_PROXIMITY_IN">
+<parameter_description> an input device has moved into contact with a sensing
+surface (e.g. a touchscreen or graphics tablet).
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_PROXIMITY_OUT">
+<parameter_description> an input device has moved out of contact with a sensing
+surface.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_DRAG_ENTER">
+<parameter_description> the mouse has entered the window while a drag is in progress.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_DRAG_LEAVE">
+<parameter_description> the mouse has left the window while a drag is in progress.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_DRAG_MOTION">
+<parameter_description> the mouse has moved in the window while a drag is in
+progress.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_DRAG_STATUS">
+<parameter_description> the status of the drag operation initiated by the window
+has changed.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_DROP_START">
+<parameter_description> a drop operation onto the window has started.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_DROP_FINISHED">
+<parameter_description> the drop operation initiated by the window has completed.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_CLIENT_EVENT">
+<parameter_description> a message has been received from another application.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_VISIBILITY_NOTIFY">
+<parameter_description> the window visibility status has changed.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_SCROLL">
+<parameter_description> the scroll wheel was turned
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_WINDOW_STATE">
+<parameter_description> the state of a window has changed. See #GdkWindowState
+for the possible window states
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_SETTING">
+<parameter_description> a setting has been modified.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_OWNER_CHANGE">
+<parameter_description> the owner of a selection has changed. This event type
+was added in 2.6
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_GRAB_BROKEN">
+<parameter_description> a pointer or keyboard grab was broken. This event type
+was added in 2.8.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_DAMAGE">
+<parameter_description> the content of the window has been changed. This event type
+was added in 2.14.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_TOUCH_BEGIN">
+<parameter_description> A new touch event sequence has just started. This event
+type was added in 3.4.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_TOUCH_UPDATE">
+<parameter_description> A touch event sequence has been updated. This event type
+was added in 3.4.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_TOUCH_END">
+<parameter_description> A touch event sequence has finished. This event type
+was added in 3.4.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_TOUCH_CANCEL">
+<parameter_description> A touch event sequence has been canceled. This event type
+was added in 3.4.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_EVENT_LAST">
+<parameter_description> marks the end of the GdkEventType enumeration. Added in 2.18
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
+</enum>
-<function name="gdk_app_launch_context_set_icon_name">
+<enum name="GdkFilterReturn">
<description>
-Sets the icon for applications that are launched with this context.
-The @icon_name will be interpreted in the same way as the Icon field
-in desktop files. See also gdk_app_launch_context_set_icon().
-
-If both @icon and @icon_name are set, the @icon_name takes priority.
-If neither @icon or @icon_name is set, the icon is taken from either
-the file that is passed to launched application or from the #GAppInfo
-for the launched application itself.
-
-Since: 2.14
+Specifies the result of applying a #GdkFilterFunc to a native event.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="context">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkAppLaunchContext
+<parameter name="GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE">
+<parameter_description> event not handled, continue processing.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="icon_name">
-<parameter_description> an icon name, or %NULL
+<parameter name="GDK_FILTER_TRANSLATE">
+<parameter_description> native event translated into a GDK event and stored
+in the <literal>event</literal> structure that was passed in.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_FILTER_REMOVE">
+<parameter_description> event handled, terminate processing.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
+</enum>
-<function name="gdk_app_launch_context_set_screen">
+<signal name="GdkFrameClock::after-paint">
<description>
-Sets the screen on which applications will be launched when
-using this context. See also gdk_app_launch_context_set_display().
-
-If both @screen and @display are set, the @screen takes priority.
-If neither @screen or @display are set, the default screen and
-display are used.
-
-Since: 2.14
+This signal ends processing of the frame. Applications
+should generally not handle this signal.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="context">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkAppLaunchContext
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="screen">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkScreen
+<parameter name="clock">
+<parameter_description> the frame clock emitting the signal
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
-</function>
+</signal>
-<function name="gdk_app_launch_context_set_timestamp">
+<signal name="GdkFrameClock::before-paint">
<description>
-Sets the timestamp of @context. The timestamp should ideally
-be taken from the event that triggered the launch.
-
-Window managers can use this information to avoid moving the
-focus to the newly launched application when the user is busy
-typing in another window. This is also known as 'focus stealing
-prevention'.
-
-Since: 2.14
+This signal begins processing of the frame. Applications
+should generally not handle this signal.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="context">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkAppLaunchContext
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="timestamp">
-<parameter_description> a timestamp
+<parameter name="clock">
+<parameter_description> the frame clock emitting the signal
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
-</function>
+</signal>
-<function name="gdk_atom_intern">
+<signal name="GdkFrameClock::flush-events">
<description>
-Finds or creates an atom corresponding to a given string.
-
+This signal is used to flush pending motion events that
+are being batched up and compressed together. Applications
+should not handle this signal.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="atom_name">
-<parameter_description> a string.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="only_if_exists">
-<parameter_description> if %TRUE, GDK is allowed to not create a new atom, but
-just return %GDK_NONE if the requested atom doesn't already
-exists. Currently, the flag is ignored, since checking the
-existance of an atom is as expensive as creating it.
+<parameter name="clock">
+<parameter_description> the frame clock emitting the signal
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the atom corresponding to @atom_name.
-</return>
-</function>
+<return></return>
+</signal>
-<function name="gdk_atom_intern_static_string">
+<signal name="GdkFrameClock::layout">
<description>
-Finds or creates an atom corresponding to a given string.
-
-Note that this function is identical to gdk_atom_intern() except
-that if a new #GdkAtom is created the string itself is used rather
-than a copy. This saves memory, but can only be used if the string
-will <emphasis>always</emphasis> exist. It can be used with statically
-allocated strings in the main program, but not with statically
-allocated memory in dynamically loaded modules, if you expect to
-ever unload the module again (e.g. do not use this function in
-GTK+ theme engines).
-
-Since: 2.10
+This signal is emitted as the second step of toolkit and
+application processing of the frame. Any work to update
+sizes and positions of application elements should be
+performed. GTK+ normally handles this internally.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="atom_name">
-<parameter_description> a static string
+<parameter name="clock">
+<parameter_description> the frame clock emitting the signal
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the atom corresponding to @atom_name
-
-</return>
-</function>
+<return></return>
+</signal>
-<function name="gdk_atom_name">
+<signal name="GdkFrameClock::paint">
<description>
-Determines the string corresponding to an atom.
-
+This signal is emitted as the third step of toolkit and
+application processing of the frame. The frame is
+repainted. GDK normally handles this internally and
+produces expose events, which are turned into GTK+
+#GtkWidget::draw signals.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="atom">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkAtom.
+<parameter name="clock">
+<parameter_description> the frame clock emitting the signal
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a newly-allocated string containing the string
-corresponding to @atom. When you are done with the
-return value, you should free it using g_free().
-</return>
-</function>
+<return></return>
+</signal>
-<function name="gdk_beep">
+<signal name="GdkFrameClock::resume-events">
<description>
-Emits a short beep on the default display.
+This signal is emitted after processing of the frame is
+finished, and is handled internally by GTK+ to resume normal
+event processing. Applications should not handle this signal.
</description>
<parameters>
+<parameter name="clock">
+<parameter_description> the frame clock emitting the signal
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
-</function>
+</signal>
-<function name="gdk_cairo_create">
+<signal name="GdkFrameClock::update">
<description>
-Creates a Cairo context for drawing to @window.
-
-<note><warning>
-Note that calling cairo_reset_clip() on the resulting #cairo_t will
-produce undefined results, so avoid it at all costs.
-</warning></note>
-
-Since: 2.8
+This signal is emitted as the first step of toolkit and
+application processing of the frame. Animations should
+be updated using gdk_frame_clock_get_frame_time().
+Applications can connect directly to this signal, or
+use gtk_widget_add_tick_callback() as a more convenient
+interface.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="window">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkWindow
+<parameter name="clock">
+<parameter_description> the frame clock emitting the signal
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> A newly created Cairo context. Free with
-cairo_destroy() when you are done drawing.
-
-</return>
-</function>
+<return></return>
+</signal>
-<function name="gdk_cairo_get_clip_rectangle">
+<enum name="GdkFrameClockPhase">
<description>
-This is a convenience function around cairo_clip_extents().
-It rounds the clip extents to integer coordinates and returns
-a boolean indicating if a clip area exists.
+#GdkFrameClockPhase is used to represent the different paint clock
+phases that can be requested. The elements of the enumeration
+correspond to the signals of #GdkPaintClock.
+Since: 3.8
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="cr">
-<parameter_description> a cairo context
+<parameter name="GDK_FRAME_CLOCK_PHASE_NONE">
+<parameter_description> no phase
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="rect">
-<parameter_description> return location for the clip, or %NULL
+<parameter name="GDK_FRAME_CLOCK_PHASE_FLUSH_EVENTS">
+<parameter_description> corresponds to GdkFrameClock::flush-events. Should not be handled by applications.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_FRAME_CLOCK_PHASE_BEFORE_PAINT">
+<parameter_description> corresponds to GdkFrameClock::before-paint. Should not be handled by applications.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_FRAME_CLOCK_PHASE_UPDATE">
+<parameter_description> corresponds to GdkFrameClock::update.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_FRAME_CLOCK_PHASE_LAYOUT">
+<parameter_description> corresponds to GdkFrameClock::layout.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_FRAME_CLOCK_PHASE_PAINT">
+<parameter_description> corresponds to GdkFrameClock::paint.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_FRAME_CLOCK_PHASE_RESUME_EVENTS">
+<parameter_description> corresponds to GdkFrameClock::resume-events. Should not be handled by applications.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_FRAME_CLOCK_PHASE_AFTER_PAINT">
+<parameter_description> corresponds to GdkFrameClock::after-paint. Should not be handled by applications.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if a clip rectangle exists, %FALSE if all of @cr is
-clipped and all drawing can be skipped
-</return>
-</function>
+</enum>
-<function name="gdk_cairo_rectangle">
+<enum name="GdkFullscreenMode">
<description>
-Adds the given rectangle to the current path of @cr.
+Indicates which monitor (in a multi-head setup) a window should span over
+when in fullscreen mode.
-Since: 2.8
+Since: 3.8
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="cr">
-<parameter_description> a cairo context
+<parameter name="GDK_FULLSCREEN_ON_CURRENT_MONITOR">
+<parameter_description> Fullscreen on current monitor only.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="rectangle">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkRectangle
+<parameter name="GDK_FULLSCREEN_ON_ALL_MONITORS">
+<parameter_description> Span across all monitors when fullscreen.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
+</enum>
-<function name="gdk_cairo_region">
+<enum name="GdkGrabOwnership">
<description>
-Adds the given region to the current path of @cr.
-
-Since: 2.8
+Defines how device grabs interact with other devices.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="cr">
-<parameter_description> a cairo context
+<parameter name="GDK_OWNERSHIP_NONE">
+<parameter_description> All other devices' events are allowed.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="region">
-<parameter_description> a #cairo_region_t
+<parameter name="GDK_OWNERSHIP_WINDOW">
+<parameter_description> Other devices' events are blocked for the grab window.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gdk_cairo_region_create_from_surface">
-<description>
-Creates region that describes covers the area where the given
- surface is more than 50% opaque.
-
-This function takes into account device offsets that might be
-set with cairo_surface_set_device_offset().
-
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="surface">
-<parameter_description> a cairo surface
+<parameter name="GDK_OWNERSHIP_APPLICATION">
+<parameter_description> Other devices' events are blocked for the whole application.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> A #cairo_region_t; must be freed with cairo_region_destroy()
-</return>
-</function>
+</enum>
-<function name="gdk_cairo_set_source_color">
+<enum name="GdkGrabStatus">
<description>
-Sets the specified #GdkColor as the source color of @cr.
-
-Since: 2.8
-
-Deprecated: 3.4: Use gdk_cairo_set_source_rgba() instead
+Returned by gdk_pointer_grab() and gdk_keyboard_grab() to indicate
+success or the reason for the failure of the grab attempt.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="cr">
-<parameter_description> a cairo context
+<parameter name="GDK_GRAB_SUCCESS">
+<parameter_description> the resource was successfully grabbed.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="color">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkColor
+<parameter name="GDK_GRAB_ALREADY_GRABBED">
+<parameter_description> the resource is actively grabbed by another client.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_GRAB_INVALID_TIME">
+<parameter_description> the resource was grabbed more recently than the
+specified time.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_GRAB_NOT_VIEWABLE">
+<parameter_description> the grab window or the @confine_to window are not
+viewable.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_GRAB_FROZEN">
+<parameter_description> the resource is frozen by an active grab of another client.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
+</enum>
-<function name="gdk_cairo_set_source_pixbuf">
+<enum name="GdkGravity">
<description>
-Sets the given pixbuf as the source pattern for @cr.
-
-The pattern has an extend mode of %CAIRO_EXTEND_NONE and is aligned
-so that the origin of @pixbuf is @pixbuf_x, @pixbuf_y.
-
-Since: 2.8
+Defines the reference point of a window and the meaning of coordinates
+passed to gtk_window_move(). See gtk_window_move() and the "implementation
+notes" section of the
+<ulink url="http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/wm-spec">Extended
+Window Manager Hints</ulink> specification for more details.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="cr">
-<parameter_description> a cairo context
+<parameter name="GDK_GRAVITY_NORTH_WEST">
+<parameter_description> the reference point is at the top left corner.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="pixbuf">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkPixbuf
+<parameter name="GDK_GRAVITY_NORTH">
+<parameter_description> the reference point is in the middle of the top edge.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="pixbuf_x">
-<parameter_description> X coordinate of location to place upper left corner of @pixbuf
+<parameter name="GDK_GRAVITY_NORTH_EAST">
+<parameter_description> the reference point is at the top right corner.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="pixbuf_y">
-<parameter_description> Y coordinate of location to place upper left corner of @pixbuf
+<parameter name="GDK_GRAVITY_WEST">
+<parameter_description> the reference point is at the middle of the left edge.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_GRAVITY_CENTER">
+<parameter_description> the reference point is at the center of the window.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_GRAVITY_EAST">
+<parameter_description> the reference point is at the middle of the right edge.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_GRAVITY_SOUTH_WEST">
+<parameter_description> the reference point is at the lower left corner.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_GRAVITY_SOUTH">
+<parameter_description> the reference point is at the middle of the lower edge.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_GRAVITY_SOUTH_EAST">
+<parameter_description> the reference point is at the lower right corner.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_GRAVITY_STATIC">
+<parameter_description> the reference point is at the top left corner of the
+window itself, ignoring window manager decorations.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
+</enum>
-<function name="gdk_cairo_set_source_rgba">
+<enum name="GdkInputMode">
<description>
-Sets the specified #GdkRGBA as the source color of @cr.
-
-Since: 3.0
+An enumeration that describes the mode of an input device.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="cr">
-<parameter_description> a cairo context
+<parameter name="GDK_MODE_DISABLED">
+<parameter_description> the device is disabled and will not report any events.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="rgba">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkRGBA
+<parameter name="GDK_MODE_SCREEN">
+<parameter_description> the device is enabled. The device's coordinate space
+maps to the entire screen.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_MODE_WINDOW">
+<parameter_description> the device is enabled. The device's coordinate space
+is mapped to a single window. The manner in which this window
+is chosen is undefined, but it will typically be the same
+way in which the focus window for key events is determined.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
+</enum>
-<function name="gdk_cairo_set_source_window">
+<enum name="GdkInputSource">
<description>
-Sets the given window as the source pattern for @cr.
-
-The pattern has an extend mode of %CAIRO_EXTEND_NONE and is aligned
-so that the origin of @window is @x, @y. The window contains all its
-subwindows when rendering.
-
-Note that the contents of @window are undefined outside of the
-visible part of @window, so use this function with care.
-
-Since: 2.24
+An enumeration describing the type of an input device in general terms.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="cr">
-<parameter_description> a cairo context
+<parameter name="GDK_SOURCE_MOUSE">
+<parameter_description> the device is a mouse. (This will be reported for the core
+pointer, even if it is something else, such as a trackball.)
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="window">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkWindow
+<parameter name="GDK_SOURCE_PEN">
+<parameter_description> the device is a stylus of a graphics tablet or similar device.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="x">
-<parameter_description> X coordinate of location to place upper left corner of @window
+<parameter name="GDK_SOURCE_ERASER">
+<parameter_description> the device is an eraser. Typically, this would be the other end
+of a stylus on a graphics tablet.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="y">
-<parameter_description> Y coordinate of location to place upper left corner of @window
+<parameter name="GDK_SOURCE_CURSOR">
+<parameter_description> the device is a graphics tablet "puck" or similar device.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gdk_color_copy">
-<description>
-Makes a copy of a color structure.
-
-The result must be freed using gdk_color_free().
-
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="color">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkColor
+<parameter name="GDK_SOURCE_KEYBOARD">
+<parameter_description> the device is a keyboard.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_SOURCE_TOUCHSCREEN">
+<parameter_description> the device is a direct-input touch device, such
+as a touchscreen or tablet. This device type has been added in 3.4.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_SOURCE_TOUCHPAD">
+<parameter_description> the device is an indirect touch device, such
+as a touchpad. This device type has been added in 3.4.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a copy of @color
-</return>
-</function>
+</enum>
-<function name="gdk_color_equal">
+<enum name="GdkInterpType">
<description>
-Compares two colors.
+This enumeration describes the different interpolation modes that
+can be used with the scaling functions. @GDK_INTERP_NEAREST is
+the fastest scaling method, but has horrible quality when
+scaling down. @GDK_INTERP_BILINEAR is the best choice if you
+aren't sure what to choose, it has a good speed/quality balance.
+<note>
+Cubic filtering is missing from the list; hyperbolic
+interpolation is just as fast and results in higher quality.
+</note>
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="colora">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkColor
+<parameter name="GDK_INTERP_NEAREST">
+<parameter_description> Nearest neighbor sampling; this is the fastest
+and lowest quality mode. Quality is normally unacceptable when scaling
+down, but may be OK when scaling up.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="colorb">
-<parameter_description> another #GdkColor
+<parameter name="GDK_INTERP_TILES">
+<parameter_description> This is an accurate simulation of the PostScript
+image operator without any interpolation enabled. Each pixel is
+rendered as a tiny parallelogram of solid color, the edges of which
+are implemented with antialiasing. It resembles nearest neighbor for
+enlargement, and bilinear for reduction.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the two colors compare equal
-</return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gdk_color_free">
-<description>
-Frees a color structure created with gdk_color_copy().
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="color">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkColor
+<parameter name="GDK_INTERP_BILINEAR">
+<parameter_description> Best quality/speed balance; use this mode by
+default. Bilinear interpolation. For enlargement, it is
+equivalent to point-sampling the ideal bilinear-interpolated image.
+For reduction, it is equivalent to laying down small tiles and
+integrating over the coverage area.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_INTERP_HYPER">
+<parameter_description> This is the slowest and highest quality
+reconstruction function. It is derived from the hyperbolic filters in
+Wolberg's "Digital Image Warping", and is formally defined as the
+hyperbolic-filter sampling the ideal hyperbolic-filter interpolated
+image (the filter is designed to be idempotent for 1:1 pixel mapping).
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
-</function>
+</enum>
-<function name="gdk_color_hash">
+<signal name="GdkKeymap::direction-changed">
<description>
-A hash function suitable for using for a hash
-table that stores #GdkColors.
+The ::direction-changed signal gets emitted when the direction of
+the keymap changes.
+Since: 2.0
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="color">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkColor
+<parameter name="keymap">
+<parameter_description> the object on which the signal is emitted
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> The hash function applied to @color
-</return>
-</function>
+<return></return>
+</signal>
-<function name="gdk_color_parse">
+<signal name="GdkKeymap::keys-changed">
<description>
-Parses a textual specification of a color and fill in the
-<structfield>red</structfield>, <structfield>green</structfield>,
-and <structfield>blue</structfield> fields of a #GdkColor
-structure.
-
-The string can either one of a large set of standard names
-(taken from the X11 <filename>rgb.txt</filename> file), or
-it can be a hex value in the form '#rgb' '#rrggbb'
-'#rrrgggbbb' or '#rrrrggggbbbb' where 'r', 'g' and
-'b' are hex digits of the red, green, and blue components
-of the color, respectively. (White in the four forms is
-'#fff', '#ffffff', '#fffffffff' and
-'#ffffffffffff').
+The ::keys-changed signal is emitted when the mapping represented by
+ keymap changes.
+Since: 2.2
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="spec">
-<parameter_description> the string specifying the color
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="color">
-<parameter_description> the #GdkColor to fill in
+<parameter name="keymap">
+<parameter_description> the object on which the signal is emitted
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the parsing succeeded
-</return>
-</function>
+<return></return>
+</signal>
-<function name="gdk_color_to_string">
+<signal name="GdkKeymap::state-changed">
<description>
-Returns a textual specification of @color in the hexadecimal form
-<literal>#rrrrggggbbbb</literal>, where <literal>r</literal>,
-<literal>g</literal> and <literal>b</literal> are hex digits
-representing the red, green and blue components respectively.
-
-The returned string can be parsed by gdk_color_parse().
+The ::state-changed signal is emitted when the state of the
+keyboard changes, e.g when Caps Lock is turned on or off.
+See gdk_keymap_get_caps_lock_state().
-Since: 2.12
+Since: 2.16
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="color">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkColor
+<parameter name="keymap">
+<parameter_description> the object on which the signal is emitted
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a newly-allocated text string
-
-</return>
-</function>
+<return></return>
+</signal>
-<function name="gdk_cursor_get_cursor_type">
+<enum name="GdkModifierIntent">
<description>
-Returns the cursor type for this cursor.
+This enum is used with gdk_keymap_get_modifier_mask() and
+gdk_get_modifier_mask() in order to determine what modifiers the
+currently used windowing system backend uses for particular
+purposes. For example, on X11/Windows, the Control key is used for
+invoking menu shortcuts (accelerators), whereas on Apple computers
+it's the Command key (which correspond to %GDK_CONTROL_MASK and
+%GDK_MOD2_MASK, respectively).
-Since: 2.22
+Since: 3.4
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="cursor">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkCursor
+<parameter name="GDK_MODIFIER_INTENT_PRIMARY_ACCELERATOR">
+<parameter_description> the primary modifier used to invoke
+menu accelerators.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_MODIFIER_INTENT_CONTEXT_MENU">
+<parameter_description> the modifier used to invoke context menus.
+Note that mouse button 3 always triggers context menus. When this modifier
+is not 0, it <strong>additionally</strong> triggers context menus when used
+with mouse button 1.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_MODIFIER_INTENT_EXTEND_SELECTION">
+<parameter_description> the modifier used to extend selections
+using <modifier>-click or <modifier>-cursor-key
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_MODIFIER_INTENT_MODIFY_SELECTION">
+<parameter_description> the modifier used to modify selections,
+which in most cases means toggling the clicked item into or out of the selection.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_MODIFIER_INTENT_NO_TEXT_INPUT">
+<parameter_description> when any of these modifiers is pressed, the
+key event cannot produce a symbol directly. This is meant to be used for
+input methods, and for use cases like typeahead search.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_MODIFIER_INTENT_SHIFT_GROUP">
+<parameter_description> the modifier that switches between keyboard
+groups (AltGr on X11/Windows and Option/Alt on OS X).
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a #GdkCursorType
-
-</return>
-</function>
+</enum>
-<function name="gdk_cursor_get_display">
+<enum name="GdkModifierType">
<description>
-Returns the display on which the #GdkCursor is defined.
+A set of bit-flags to indicate the state of modifier keys and mouse buttons
+in various event types. Typical modifier keys are Shift, Control, Meta,
+Super, Hyper, Alt, Compose, Apple, CapsLock or ShiftLock.
-Since: 2.2
+Like the X Window System, GDK supports 8 modifier keys and 5 mouse buttons.
+
+Since 2.10, GDK recognizes which of the Meta, Super or Hyper keys are mapped
+to Mod2 - Mod5, and indicates this by setting %GDK_SUPER_MASK,
+%GDK_HYPER_MASK or %GDK_META_MASK in the state field of key events.
+
+Note that GDK may add internal values to events which include
+reserved values such as %GDK_MODIFIER_RESERVED_13_MASK. Your code
+should preserve and ignore them. You can use %GDK_MODIFIER_MASK to
+remove all reserved values.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="cursor">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkCursor.
+<parameter name="GDK_SHIFT_MASK">
+<parameter_description> the Shift key.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-</parameters>
+<parameter name="GDK_LOCK_MASK">
+<parameter_description> a Lock key (depending on the modifier mapping of the
+X server this may either be CapsLock or ShiftLock).
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_CONTROL_MASK">
+<parameter_description> the Control key.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_MOD1_MASK">
+<parameter_description> the fourth modifier key (it depends on the modifier
+mapping of the X server which key is interpreted as this modifier, but
+normally it is the Alt key).
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_MOD2_MASK">
+<parameter_description> the fifth modifier key (it depends on the modifier
+mapping of the X server which key is interpreted as this modifier).
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_MOD3_MASK">
+<parameter_description> the sixth modifier key (it depends on the modifier
+mapping of the X server which key is interpreted as this modifier).
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_MOD4_MASK">
+<parameter_description> the seventh modifier key (it depends on the modifier
+mapping of the X server which key is interpreted as this modifier).
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_MOD5_MASK">
+<parameter_description> the eighth modifier key (it depends on the modifier
+mapping of the X server which key is interpreted as this modifier).
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_BUTTON1_MASK">
+<parameter_description> the first mouse button.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_BUTTON2_MASK">
+<parameter_description> the second mouse button.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_BUTTON3_MASK">
+<parameter_description> the third mouse button.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_BUTTON4_MASK">
+<parameter_description> the fourth mouse button.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_BUTTON5_MASK">
+<parameter_description> the fifth mouse button.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_MODIFIER_RESERVED_13_MASK">
+<parameter_description> A reserved bit flag; do not use in your own code
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_SUPER_MASK">
+<parameter_description> the Super modifier. Since 2.10
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_HYPER_MASK">
+<parameter_description> the Hyper modifier. Since 2.10
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_META_MASK">
+<parameter_description> the Meta modifier. Since 2.10
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_RELEASE_MASK">
+<parameter_description> not used in GDK itself. GTK+ uses it to differentiate
+between (keyval, modifiers) pairs from key press and release events.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_MODIFIER_MASK">
+<parameter_description> a mask covering all modifier types.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
+<enum name="GdkNotifyType">
+<description>
+Specifies the kind of crossing for #GdkEventCrossing.
+
+See the X11 protocol specification of <type>LeaveNotify</type> for
+full details of crossing event generation.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GDK_NOTIFY_ANCESTOR">
+<parameter_description> the window is entered from an ancestor or
+left towards an ancestor.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_NOTIFY_VIRTUAL">
+<parameter_description> the pointer moves between an ancestor and an
+inferior of the window.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_NOTIFY_INFERIOR">
+<parameter_description> the window is entered from an inferior or
+left towards an inferior.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_NOTIFY_NONLINEAR">
+<parameter_description> the window is entered from or left towards
+a window which is neither an ancestor nor an inferior.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_NOTIFY_NONLINEAR_VIRTUAL">
+<parameter_description> the pointer moves between two windows
+which are not ancestors of each other and the window is part of
+the ancestor chain between one of these windows and their least
+common ancestor.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_NOTIFY_UNKNOWN">
+<parameter_description> an unknown type of enter/leave event occurred.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
+<enum name="GdkOwnerChange">
+<description>
+Specifies why a selection ownership was changed.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GDK_OWNER_CHANGE_NEW_OWNER">
+<parameter_description> some other app claimed the ownership
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_OWNER_CHANGE_DESTROY">
+<parameter_description> the window was destroyed
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_OWNER_CHANGE_CLOSE">
+<parameter_description> the client was closed
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
+<enum name="GdkPixbufAlphaMode">
+<description>
+These values can be passed to
+gdk_pixbuf_render_to_drawable_alpha() to control how the alpha
+channel of an image should be handled. This function can create a
+bilevel clipping mask (black and white) and use it while painting
+the image. In the future, when the X Window System gets an alpha
+channel extension, it will be possible to do full alpha
+compositing onto arbitrary drawables. For now both cases fall
+back to a bilevel clipping mask.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GDK_PIXBUF_ALPHA_BILEVEL">
+<parameter_description> A bilevel clipping mask (black and white)
+will be created and used to draw the image. Pixels below 0.5 opacity
+will be considered fully transparent, and all others will be
+considered fully opaque.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_PIXBUF_ALPHA_FULL">
+<parameter_description> For now falls back to #GDK_PIXBUF_ALPHA_BILEVEL.
+In the future it will do full alpha compositing.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
+<enum name="GdkPixbufError">
+<description>
+An error code in the #GDK_PIXBUF_ERROR domain. Many &gdk-pixbuf;
+operations can cause errors in this domain, or in the #G_FILE_ERROR
+domain.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GDK_PIXBUF_ERROR_CORRUPT_IMAGE">
+<parameter_description> An image file was broken somehow.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_PIXBUF_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY">
+<parameter_description> Not enough memory.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_PIXBUF_ERROR_BAD_OPTION">
+<parameter_description> A bad option was passed to a pixbuf save module.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_PIXBUF_ERROR_UNKNOWN_TYPE">
+<parameter_description> Unknown image type.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_PIXBUF_ERROR_UNSUPPORTED_OPERATION">
+<parameter_description> Don't know how to perform the
+given operation on the type of image at hand.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_PIXBUF_ERROR_FAILED">
+<parameter_description> Generic failure code, something went wrong.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
+<enum name="GdkPixbufFormatFlags">
+<description>
+Flags which allow a module to specify further details about the supported
+operations.
+
+Since: 2.2
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GDK_PIXBUF_FORMAT_WRITABLE">
+<parameter_description> the module can write out images in the format.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_PIXBUF_FORMAT_SCALABLE">
+<parameter_description> the image format is scalable
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_PIXBUF_FORMAT_THREADSAFE">
+<parameter_description> the module is threadsafe. &gdk-pixbuf;
+ignores modules that are not marked as threadsafe. (Since 2.28).
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
+<signal name="GdkPixbufLoader::area-prepared">
+<description>
+This signal is emitted when the pixbuf loader has allocated the
+pixbuf in the desired size. After this signal is emitted,
+applications can call gdk_pixbuf_loader_get_pixbuf() to fetch
+the partially-loaded pixbuf.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="loader">
+<parameter_description> the object which received the signal.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</signal>
+
+<signal name="GdkPixbufLoader::area-updated">
+<description>
+This signal is emitted when a significant area of the image being
+loaded has been updated. Normally it means that a complete
+scanline has been read in, but it could be a different area as
+well. Applications can use this signal to know when to repaint
+areas of an image that is being loaded.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="loader">
+<parameter_description> the object which received the signal.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="x">
+<parameter_description> X offset of upper-left corner of the updated area.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="y">
+<parameter_description> Y offset of upper-left corner of the updated area.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="width">
+<parameter_description> Width of updated area.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="height">
+<parameter_description> Height of updated area.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</signal>
+
+<signal name="GdkPixbufLoader::closed">
+<description>
+This signal is emitted when gdk_pixbuf_loader_close() is called.
+It can be used by different parts of an application to receive
+notification when an image loader is closed by the code that
+drives it.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="loader">
+<parameter_description> the object which received the signal.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</signal>
+
+<signal name="GdkPixbufLoader::size-prepared">
+<description>
+This signal is emitted when the pixbuf loader has been fed the
+initial amount of data that is required to figure out the size
+of the image that it will create. Applications can call
+gdk_pixbuf_loader_set_size() in response to this signal to set
+the desired size to which the image should be scaled.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="loader">
+<parameter_description> the object which received the signal.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="width">
+<parameter_description> the original width of the image
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="height">
+<parameter_description> the original height of the image
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</signal>
+
+<enum name="GdkPixbufRotation">
+<description>
+The possible rotations which can be passed to gdk_pixbuf_rotate_simple().
+To make them easier to use, their numerical values are the actual degrees.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GDK_PIXBUF_ROTATE_NONE">
+<parameter_description> No rotation.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_PIXBUF_ROTATE_COUNTERCLOCKWISE">
+<parameter_description> Rotate by 90 degrees.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_PIXBUF_ROTATE_UPSIDEDOWN">
+<parameter_description> Rotate by 180 degrees.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_PIXBUF_ROTATE_CLOCKWISE">
+<parameter_description> Rotate by 270 degrees.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
+<enum name="GdkPixdataDumpType">
+<description>
+An enumeration which is used by gdk_pixdata_to_csource() to
+determine the form of C source to be generated. The three values
+ GDK_PIXDATA_DUMP_PIXDATA_STREAM, @GDK_PIXDATA_DUMP_PIXDATA_STRUCT
+and @GDK_PIXDATA_DUMP_MACROS are mutually exclusive, as are
+ GDK_PIXBUF_DUMP_GTYPES and @GDK_PIXBUF_DUMP_CTYPES. The remaining
+elements are optional flags that can be freely added.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GDK_PIXDATA_DUMP_PIXDATA_STREAM">
+<parameter_description> Generate pixbuf data stream (a single
+string containing a serialized #GdkPixdata structure in network byte
+order).
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_PIXDATA_DUMP_PIXDATA_STRUCT">
+<parameter_description> Generate #GdkPixdata structure (needs
+the #GdkPixdata structure definition from gdk-pixdata.h).
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_PIXDATA_DUMP_MACROS">
+<parameter_description> Generate <function>*_ROWSTRIDE</function>,
+<function>*_WIDTH</function>, <function>*_HEIGHT</function>,
+<function>*_BYTES_PER_PIXEL</function> and
+<function>*_RLE_PIXEL_DATA</function> or <function>*_PIXEL_DATA</function>
+macro definitions for the image.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_PIXDATA_DUMP_GTYPES">
+<parameter_description> Generate GLib data types instead of
+standard C data types.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_PIXDATA_DUMP_CTYPES">
+<parameter_description> Generate standard C data types instead of
+GLib data types.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_PIXDATA_DUMP_STATIC">
+<parameter_description> Generate static symbols.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_PIXDATA_DUMP_CONST">
+<parameter_description> Generate const symbols.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_PIXDATA_DUMP_RLE_DECODER">
+<parameter_description> Provide a <function>*_RUN_LENGTH_DECODE(image_buf, rle_data, size,
bpp)</function>
+macro definition to decode run-length encoded image data.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
+<enum name="GdkPixdataType">
+<description>
+An enumeration containing three sets of flags for a #GdkPixdata struct:
+one for the used colorspace, one for the width of the samples and one
+for the encoding of the pixel data.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GDK_PIXDATA_COLOR_TYPE_RGB">
+<parameter_description> each pixel has red, green and blue samples.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_PIXDATA_COLOR_TYPE_RGBA">
+<parameter_description> each pixel has red, green and blue samples
+and an alpha value.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_PIXDATA_COLOR_TYPE_MASK">
+<parameter_description> mask for the colortype flags of the enum.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_PIXDATA_SAMPLE_WIDTH_8">
+<parameter_description> each sample has 8 bits.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_PIXDATA_SAMPLE_WIDTH_MASK">
+<parameter_description> mask for the sample width flags of the enum.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_PIXDATA_ENCODING_RAW">
+<parameter_description> the pixel data is in raw form.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_PIXDATA_ENCODING_RLE">
+<parameter_description> the pixel data is run-length encoded. Runs may
+be up to 127 bytes long; their length is stored in a single byte
+preceding the pixel data for the run. If a run is constant, its length
+byte has the high bit set and the pixel data consists of a single pixel
+which must be repeated.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_PIXDATA_ENCODING_MASK">
+<parameter_description> mask for the encoding flags of the enum.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
+<enum name="GdkPropMode">
+<description>
+Describes how existing data is combined with new data when
+using gdk_property_change().
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GDK_PROP_MODE_REPLACE">
+<parameter_description> the new data replaces the existing data.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_PROP_MODE_PREPEND">
+<parameter_description> the new data is prepended to the existing data.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_PROP_MODE_APPEND">
+<parameter_description> the new data is appended to the existing data.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
+<enum name="GdkPropertyState">
+<description>
+Specifies the type of a property change for a #GdkEventProperty.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GDK_PROPERTY_NEW_VALUE">
+<parameter_description> the property value was changed.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_PROPERTY_DELETE">
+<parameter_description> the property was deleted.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
+<signal name="GdkScreen::composited-changed">
+<description>
+The ::composited-changed signal is emitted when the composited
+status of the screen changes
+
+Since: 2.10
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="screen">
+<parameter_description> the object on which the signal is emitted
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</signal>
+
+<signal name="GdkScreen::monitors-changed">
+<description>
+The ::monitors-changed signal is emitted when the number, size
+or position of the monitors attached to the screen change.
+
+Only for X11 and OS X for now. A future implementation for Win32
+may be a possibility.
+
+Since: 2.14
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="screen">
+<parameter_description> the object on which the signal is emitted
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</signal>
+
+<signal name="GdkScreen::size-changed">
+<description>
+The ::size-changed signal is emitted when the pixel width or
+height of a screen changes.
+
+Since: 2.2
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="screen">
+<parameter_description> the object on which the signal is emitted
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</signal>
+
+<enum name="GdkScrollDirection">
+<description>
+Specifies the direction for #GdkEventScroll.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GDK_SCROLL_UP">
+<parameter_description> the window is scrolled up.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_SCROLL_DOWN">
+<parameter_description> the window is scrolled down.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_SCROLL_LEFT">
+<parameter_description> the window is scrolled to the left.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_SCROLL_RIGHT">
+<parameter_description> the window is scrolled to the right.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_SCROLL_SMOOTH">
+<parameter_description> the scrolling is determined by the delta values
+in #GdkEventScroll. See gdk_event_get_scroll_deltas(). Since: 3.4
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
+<enum name="GdkSettingAction">
+<description>
+Specifies the kind of modification applied to a setting in a
+#GdkEventSetting.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GDK_SETTING_ACTION_NEW">
+<parameter_description> a setting was added.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_SETTING_ACTION_CHANGED">
+<parameter_description> a setting was changed.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_SETTING_ACTION_DELETED">
+<parameter_description> a setting was deleted.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
+<enum name="GdkVisibilityState">
+<description>
+Specifies the visiblity status of a window for a #GdkEventVisibility.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GDK_VISIBILITY_UNOBSCURED">
+<parameter_description> the window is completely visible.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_VISIBILITY_PARTIAL">
+<parameter_description> the window is partially visible.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_VISIBILITY_FULLY_OBSCURED">
+<parameter_description> the window is not visible at all.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
+<enum name="GdkVisualType">
+<description>
+A set of values that describe the manner in which the pixel values
+for a visual are converted into RGB values for display.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GDK_VISUAL_STATIC_GRAY">
+<parameter_description> Each pixel value indexes a grayscale value
+directly.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_VISUAL_GRAYSCALE">
+<parameter_description> Each pixel is an index into a color map that
+maps pixel values into grayscale values. The color map can be
+changed by an application.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_VISUAL_STATIC_COLOR">
+<parameter_description> Each pixel value is an index into a predefined,
+unmodifiable color map that maps pixel values into RGB values.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_VISUAL_PSEUDO_COLOR">
+<parameter_description> Each pixel is an index into a color map that
+maps pixel values into rgb values. The color map can be changed by
+an application.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_VISUAL_TRUE_COLOR">
+<parameter_description> Each pixel value directly contains red, green,
+and blue components. Use gdk_visual_get_red_pixel_details(), etc,
+to obtain information about how the components are assembled into
+a pixel value.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_VISUAL_DIRECT_COLOR">
+<parameter_description> Each pixel value contains red, green, and blue
+components as for %GDK_VISUAL_TRUE_COLOR, but the components are
+mapped via a color table into the final output table instead of
+being converted directly.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
+<enum name="GdkWMDecoration">
+<description>
+These are hints originally defined by the Motif toolkit.
+The window manager can use them when determining how to decorate
+the window. The hint must be set before mapping the window.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GDK_DECOR_ALL">
+<parameter_description> all decorations should be applied.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_DECOR_BORDER">
+<parameter_description> a frame should be drawn around the window.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_DECOR_RESIZEH">
+<parameter_description> the frame should have resize handles.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_DECOR_TITLE">
+<parameter_description> a titlebar should be placed above the window.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_DECOR_MENU">
+<parameter_description> a button for opening a menu should be included.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_DECOR_MINIMIZE">
+<parameter_description> a minimize button should be included.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_DECOR_MAXIMIZE">
+<parameter_description> a maximize button should be included.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
+<enum name="GdkWMFunction">
+<description>
+These are hints originally defined by the Motif toolkit. The window manager
+can use them when determining the functions to offer for the window. The
+hint must be set before mapping the window.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GDK_FUNC_ALL">
+<parameter_description> all functions should be offered.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_FUNC_RESIZE">
+<parameter_description> the window should be resizable.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_FUNC_MOVE">
+<parameter_description> the window should be movable.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_FUNC_MINIMIZE">
+<parameter_description> the window should be minimizable.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_FUNC_MAXIMIZE">
+<parameter_description> the window should be maximizable.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_FUNC_CLOSE">
+<parameter_description> the window should be closable.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
+<signal name="GdkWindow::create-surface">
+<description>
+The ::create-surface signal is emitted when an offscreen window
+needs its surface (re)created, which happens either when the the
+window is first drawn to, or when the window is being
+resized. The first signal handler that returns a non-%NULL
+surface will stop any further signal emission, and its surface
+will be used.
+
+Note that it is not possible to access the window's previous
+surface from within any callback of this signal. Calling
+gdk_offscreen_window_get_surface() will lead to a crash.
+
+Since: 3.0
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="window">
+<parameter_description> the offscreen window on which the signal is emitted
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="width">
+<parameter_description> the width of the offscreen surface to create
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="height">
+<parameter_description> the height of the offscreen surface to create
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> the newly created #cairo_surface_t for the offscreen window
+
+</return>
+</signal>
+
+<signal name="GdkWindow::from-embedder">
+<description>
+The ::from-embedder signal is emitted to translate coordinates
+in the embedder of an offscreen window to the offscreen window.
+
+See also #GtkWindow::to-embedder.
+
+Since: 2.18
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="window">
+<parameter_description> the offscreen window on which the signal is emitted
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="embedder_x">
+<parameter_description> x coordinate in the embedder window
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="embedder_y">
+<parameter_description> y coordinate in the embedder window
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="offscreen_x">
+<parameter_description> return location for the x
+coordinate in the offscreen window
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="offscreen_y">
+<parameter_description> return location for the y
+coordinate in the offscreen window
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</signal>
+
+<signal name="GdkWindow::pick-embedded-child">
+<description>
+The ::pick-embedded-child signal is emitted to find an embedded
+child at the given position.
+
+Since: 2.18
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="window">
+<parameter_description> the window on which the signal is emitted
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="x">
+<parameter_description> x coordinate in the window
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="y">
+<parameter_description> y coordinate in the window
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> the #GdkWindow of the embedded child at
+ x, @y, or %NULL
+
+</return>
+</signal>
+
+<signal name="GdkWindow::to-embedder">
+<description>
+The ::to-embedder signal is emitted to translate coordinates
+in an offscreen window to its embedder.
+
+See also #GtkWindow::from-embedder.
+
+Since: 2.18
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="window">
+<parameter_description> the offscreen window on which the signal is emitted
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="offscreen_x">
+<parameter_description> x coordinate in the offscreen window
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="offscreen_y">
+<parameter_description> y coordinate in the offscreen window
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="embedder_x">
+<parameter_description> return location for the x
+coordinate in the embedder window
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="embedder_y">
+<parameter_description> return location for the y
+coordinate in the embedder window
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</signal>
+
+<enum name="GdkWindowAttributesType">
+<description>
+Used to indicate which fields in the #GdkWindowAttr struct should be honored.
+For example, if you filled in the "cursor" and "x" fields of #GdkWindowAttr,
+pass "@GDK_WA_X | @GDK_WA_CURSOR" to gdk_window_new(). Fields in
+#GdkWindowAttr not covered by a bit in this enum are required; for example,
+the @width/@height, @wclass, and @window_type fields are required, they have
+no corresponding flag in #GdkWindowAttributesType.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GDK_WA_TITLE">
+<parameter_description> Honor the title field
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_WA_X">
+<parameter_description> Honor the X coordinate field
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_WA_Y">
+<parameter_description> Honor the Y coordinate field
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_WA_CURSOR">
+<parameter_description> Honor the cursor field
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_WA_VISUAL">
+<parameter_description> Honor the visual field
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_WA_WMCLASS">
+<parameter_description> Honor the wmclass_class and wmclass_name fields
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_WA_NOREDIR">
+<parameter_description> Honor the override_redirect field
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_WA_TYPE_HINT">
+<parameter_description> Honor the type_hint field
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
+<enum name="GdkWindowEdge">
+<description>
+Determines a window edge or corner.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GDK_WINDOW_EDGE_NORTH_WEST">
+<parameter_description> the top left corner.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_WINDOW_EDGE_NORTH">
+<parameter_description> the top edge.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_WINDOW_EDGE_NORTH_EAST">
+<parameter_description> the top right corner.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_WINDOW_EDGE_WEST">
+<parameter_description> the left edge.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_WINDOW_EDGE_EAST">
+<parameter_description> the right edge.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_WINDOW_EDGE_SOUTH_WEST">
+<parameter_description> the lower left corner.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_WINDOW_EDGE_SOUTH">
+<parameter_description> the lower edge.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_WINDOW_EDGE_SOUTH_EAST">
+<parameter_description> the lower right corner.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
+<enum name="GdkWindowHints">
+<description>
+Used to indicate which fields of a #GdkGeometry struct should be paid
+attention to. Also, the presence/absence of @GDK_HINT_POS,
+ GDK_HINT_USER_POS, and @GDK_HINT_USER_SIZE is significant, though they don't
+directly refer to #GdkGeometry fields. @GDK_HINT_USER_POS will be set
+automatically by #GtkWindow if you call gtk_window_move().
+ GDK_HINT_USER_POS and @GDK_HINT_USER_SIZE should be set if the user
+specified a size/position using a --geometry command-line argument;
+gtk_window_parse_geometry() automatically sets these flags.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GDK_HINT_POS">
+<parameter_description> indicates that the program has positioned the window
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_HINT_MIN_SIZE">
+<parameter_description> min size fields are set
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_HINT_MAX_SIZE">
+<parameter_description> max size fields are set
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_HINT_BASE_SIZE">
+<parameter_description> base size fields are set
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_HINT_ASPECT">
+<parameter_description> aspect ratio fields are set
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_HINT_RESIZE_INC">
+<parameter_description> resize increment fields are set
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_HINT_WIN_GRAVITY">
+<parameter_description> window gravity field is set
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_HINT_USER_POS">
+<parameter_description> indicates that the window's position was explicitly set
+by the user
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_HINT_USER_SIZE">
+<parameter_description> indicates that the window's size was explicitly set by
+the user
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
+<enum name="GdkWindowState">
+<description>
+Specifies the state of a toplevel window.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GDK_WINDOW_STATE_WITHDRAWN">
+<parameter_description> the window is not shown.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_WINDOW_STATE_ICONIFIED">
+<parameter_description> the window is minimized.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_WINDOW_STATE_MAXIMIZED">
+<parameter_description> the window is maximized.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_WINDOW_STATE_STICKY">
+<parameter_description> the window is sticky.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_WINDOW_STATE_FULLSCREEN">
+<parameter_description> the window is maximized without
+decorations.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_WINDOW_STATE_ABOVE">
+<parameter_description> the window is kept above other windows.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_WINDOW_STATE_BELOW">
+<parameter_description> the window is kept below other windows.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_WINDOW_STATE_FOCUSED">
+<parameter_description> the window is presented as focused (with active decorations).
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
+<enum name="GdkWindowType">
+<description>
+Describes the kind of window.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GDK_WINDOW_ROOT">
+<parameter_description> root window; this window has no parent, covers the entire
+screen, and is created by the window system
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL">
+<parameter_description> toplevel window (used to implement #GtkWindow)
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_WINDOW_CHILD">
+<parameter_description> child window (used to implement e.g. #GtkEntry)
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_WINDOW_TEMP">
+<parameter_description> override redirect temporary window (used to implement
+#GtkMenu)
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_WINDOW_FOREIGN">
+<parameter_description> foreign window (see gdk_window_foreign_new())
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_WINDOW_OFFSCREEN">
+<parameter_description> offscreen window (see
+<xref linkend="OFFSCREEN-WINDOWS"/>). Since 2.18
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
+<enum name="GdkWindowTypeHint">
+<description>
+These are hints for the window manager that indicate what type of function
+the window has. The window manager can use this when determining decoration
+and behaviour of the window. The hint must be set before mapping the window.
+
+See the
+<ulink url="http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/wm-spec">Extended
+Window Manager Hints</ulink> specification for more details about
+window types.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GDK_WINDOW_TYPE_HINT_NORMAL">
+<parameter_description> Normal toplevel window.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_WINDOW_TYPE_HINT_DIALOG">
+<parameter_description> Dialog window.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_WINDOW_TYPE_HINT_MENU">
+<parameter_description> Window used to implement a menu; GTK+ uses
+this hint only for torn-off menus, see #GtkTearoffMenuItem.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_WINDOW_TYPE_HINT_TOOLBAR">
+<parameter_description> Window used to implement toolbars.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_WINDOW_TYPE_HINT_SPLASHSCREEN">
+<parameter_description> Window used to display a splash
+screen during application startup.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_WINDOW_TYPE_HINT_UTILITY">
+<parameter_description> Utility windows which are not detached
+toolbars or dialogs.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_WINDOW_TYPE_HINT_DOCK">
+<parameter_description> Used for creating dock or panel windows.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_WINDOW_TYPE_HINT_DESKTOP">
+<parameter_description> Used for creating the desktop background
+window.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_WINDOW_TYPE_HINT_DROPDOWN_MENU">
+<parameter_description> A menu that belongs to a menubar.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_WINDOW_TYPE_HINT_POPUP_MENU">
+<parameter_description> A menu that does not belong to a menubar,
+e.g. a context menu.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_WINDOW_TYPE_HINT_TOOLTIP">
+<parameter_description> A tooltip.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_WINDOW_TYPE_HINT_NOTIFICATION">
+<parameter_description> A notification - typically a "bubble"
+that belongs to a status icon.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_WINDOW_TYPE_HINT_COMBO">
+<parameter_description> A popup from a combo box.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_WINDOW_TYPE_HINT_DND">
+<parameter_description> A window that is used to implement a DND cursor.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
+<enum name="GdkWindowWindowClass">
+<description>
+ GDK_INPUT_OUTPUT windows are the standard kind of window you might expect.
+Such windows receive events and are also displayed on screen.
+ GDK_INPUT_ONLY windows are invisible; they are usually placed above other
+windows in order to trap or filter the events. You can't draw on
+ GDK_INPUT_ONLY windows.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GDK_INPUT_OUTPUT">
+<parameter_description> window for graphics and events
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GDK_INPUT_ONLY">
+<parameter_description> window for events only
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
+<function name="gdk_add_option_entries_libgtk_only">
+<description>
+Appends gdk option entries to the passed in option group. This is
+not public API and must not be used by applications.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="group">
+<parameter_description> An option group.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_app_launch_context_new">
+<description>
+Creates a new #GdkAppLaunchContext.
+
+Since: 2.14
+
+Deprecated: 3.0: Use gdk_display_get_app_launch_context() instead
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+</parameters>
+<return> a new #GdkAppLaunchContext
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_app_launch_context_set_desktop">
+<description>
+Sets the workspace on which applications will be launched when
+using this context when running under a window manager that
+supports multiple workspaces, as described in the
+<ulink url="http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/wm-spec">Extended
+Window Manager Hints</ulink>.
+
+When the workspace is not specified or @desktop is set to -1,
+it is up to the window manager to pick one, typically it will
+be the current workspace.
+
+Since: 2.14
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="context">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkAppLaunchContext
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="desktop">
+<parameter_description> the number of a workspace, or -1
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_app_launch_context_set_display">
+<description>
+Sets the display on which applications will be launched when
+using this context. See also gdk_app_launch_context_set_screen().
+
+Since: 2.14
+
+Deprecated: 3.0: Use gdk_display_get_app_launch_context() instead
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="context">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkAppLaunchContext
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="display">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplay
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_app_launch_context_set_icon">
+<description>
+Sets the icon for applications that are launched with this
+context.
+
+Window Managers can use this information when displaying startup
+notification.
+
+See also gdk_app_launch_context_set_icon_name().
+
+Since: 2.14
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="context">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkAppLaunchContext
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="icon">
+<parameter_description> a #GIcon, or %NULL
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_app_launch_context_set_icon_name">
+<description>
+Sets the icon for applications that are launched with this context.
+The @icon_name will be interpreted in the same way as the Icon field
+in desktop files. See also gdk_app_launch_context_set_icon().
+
+If both @icon and @icon_name are set, the @icon_name takes priority.
+If neither @icon or @icon_name is set, the icon is taken from either
+the file that is passed to launched application or from the #GAppInfo
+for the launched application itself.
+
+Since: 2.14
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="context">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkAppLaunchContext
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="icon_name">
+<parameter_description> an icon name, or %NULL
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_app_launch_context_set_screen">
+<description>
+Sets the screen on which applications will be launched when
+using this context. See also gdk_app_launch_context_set_display().
+
+If both @screen and @display are set, the @screen takes priority.
+If neither @screen or @display are set, the default screen and
+display are used.
+
+Since: 2.14
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="context">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkAppLaunchContext
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="screen">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkScreen
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_app_launch_context_set_timestamp">
+<description>
+Sets the timestamp of @context. The timestamp should ideally
+be taken from the event that triggered the launch.
+
+Window managers can use this information to avoid moving the
+focus to the newly launched application when the user is busy
+typing in another window. This is also known as 'focus stealing
+prevention'.
+
+Since: 2.14
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="context">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkAppLaunchContext
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="timestamp">
+<parameter_description> a timestamp
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_atom_intern">
+<description>
+Finds or creates an atom corresponding to a given string.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="atom_name">
+<parameter_description> a string.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="only_if_exists">
+<parameter_description> if %TRUE, GDK is allowed to not create a new atom, but
+just return %GDK_NONE if the requested atom doesn't already
+exists. Currently, the flag is ignored, since checking the
+existance of an atom is as expensive as creating it.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> the atom corresponding to @atom_name.
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_atom_intern_static_string">
+<description>
+Finds or creates an atom corresponding to a given string.
+
+Note that this function is identical to gdk_atom_intern() except
+that if a new #GdkAtom is created the string itself is used rather
+than a copy. This saves memory, but can only be used if the string
+will <emphasis>always</emphasis> exist. It can be used with statically
+allocated strings in the main program, but not with statically
+allocated memory in dynamically loaded modules, if you expect to
+ever unload the module again (e.g. do not use this function in
+GTK+ theme engines).
+
+Since: 2.10
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="atom_name">
+<parameter_description> a static string
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> the atom corresponding to @atom_name
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_atom_name">
+<description>
+Determines the string corresponding to an atom.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="atom">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkAtom.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> a newly-allocated string containing the string
+corresponding to @atom. When you are done with the
+return value, you should free it using g_free().
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_beep">
+<description>
+Emits a short beep on the default display.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_cairo_create">
+<description>
+Creates a Cairo context for drawing to @window.
+
+<note><warning>
+Note that calling cairo_reset_clip() on the resulting #cairo_t will
+produce undefined results, so avoid it at all costs.
+</warning></note>
+
+Since: 2.8
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="window">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkWindow
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> A newly created Cairo context. Free with
+cairo_destroy() when you are done drawing.
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_cairo_get_clip_rectangle">
+<description>
+This is a convenience function around cairo_clip_extents().
+It rounds the clip extents to integer coordinates and returns
+a boolean indicating if a clip area exists.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="cr">
+<parameter_description> a cairo context
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="rect">
+<parameter_description> return location for the clip, or %NULL
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> %TRUE if a clip rectangle exists, %FALSE if all of @cr is
+clipped and all drawing can be skipped
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_cairo_rectangle">
+<description>
+Adds the given rectangle to the current path of @cr.
+
+Since: 2.8
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="cr">
+<parameter_description> a cairo context
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="rectangle">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkRectangle
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_cairo_region">
+<description>
+Adds the given region to the current path of @cr.
+
+Since: 2.8
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="cr">
+<parameter_description> a cairo context
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="region">
+<parameter_description> a #cairo_region_t
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_cairo_region_create_from_surface">
+<description>
+Creates region that describes covers the area where the given
+ surface is more than 50% opaque.
+
+This function takes into account device offsets that might be
+set with cairo_surface_set_device_offset().
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="surface">
+<parameter_description> a cairo surface
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> A #cairo_region_t; must be freed with cairo_region_destroy()
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_cairo_set_source_color">
+<description>
+Sets the specified #GdkColor as the source color of @cr.
+
+Since: 2.8
+
+Deprecated: 3.4: Use gdk_cairo_set_source_rgba() instead
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="cr">
+<parameter_description> a cairo context
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="color">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkColor
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_cairo_set_source_pixbuf">
+<description>
+Sets the given pixbuf as the source pattern for @cr.
+
+The pattern has an extend mode of %CAIRO_EXTEND_NONE and is aligned
+so that the origin of @pixbuf is @pixbuf_x, @pixbuf_y.
+
+Since: 2.8
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="cr">
+<parameter_description> a cairo context
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="pixbuf">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkPixbuf
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="pixbuf_x">
+<parameter_description> X coordinate of location to place upper left corner of @pixbuf
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="pixbuf_y">
+<parameter_description> Y coordinate of location to place upper left corner of @pixbuf
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_cairo_set_source_rgba">
+<description>
+Sets the specified #GdkRGBA as the source color of @cr.
+
+Since: 3.0
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="cr">
+<parameter_description> a cairo context
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="rgba">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkRGBA
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_cairo_set_source_window">
+<description>
+Sets the given window as the source pattern for @cr.
+
+The pattern has an extend mode of %CAIRO_EXTEND_NONE and is aligned
+so that the origin of @window is @x, @y. The window contains all its
+subwindows when rendering.
+
+Note that the contents of @window are undefined outside of the
+visible part of @window, so use this function with care.
+
+Since: 2.24
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="cr">
+<parameter_description> a cairo context
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="window">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkWindow
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="x">
+<parameter_description> X coordinate of location to place upper left corner of @window
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="y">
+<parameter_description> Y coordinate of location to place upper left corner of @window
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_color_copy">
+<description>
+Makes a copy of a color structure.
+
+The result must be freed using gdk_color_free().
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="color">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkColor
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> a copy of @color
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_color_equal">
+<description>
+Compares two colors.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="colora">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkColor
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="colorb">
+<parameter_description> another #GdkColor
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> %TRUE if the two colors compare equal
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_color_free">
+<description>
+Frees a color structure created with gdk_color_copy().
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="color">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkColor
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_color_hash">
+<description>
+A hash function suitable for using for a hash
+table that stores #GdkColors.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="color">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkColor
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> The hash function applied to @color
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_color_parse">
+<description>
+Parses a textual specification of a color and fill in the
+<structfield>red</structfield>, <structfield>green</structfield>,
+and <structfield>blue</structfield> fields of a #GdkColor
+structure.
+
+The string can either one of a large set of standard names
+(taken from the X11 <filename>rgb.txt</filename> file), or
+it can be a hex value in the form '#rgb' '#rrggbb'
+'#rrrgggbbb' or '#rrrrggggbbbb' where 'r', 'g' and
+'b' are hex digits of the red, green, and blue components
+of the color, respectively. (White in the four forms is
+'#fff', '#ffffff', '#fffffffff' and
+'#ffffffffffff').
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="spec">
+<parameter_description> the string specifying the color
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="color">
+<parameter_description> the #GdkColor to fill in
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> %TRUE if the parsing succeeded
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_color_to_string">
+<description>
+Returns a textual specification of @color in the hexadecimal form
+<literal>#rrrrggggbbbb</literal>, where <literal>r</literal>,
+<literal>g</literal> and <literal>b</literal> are hex digits
+representing the red, green and blue components respectively.
+
+The returned string can be parsed by gdk_color_parse().
+
+Since: 2.12
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="color">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkColor
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> a newly-allocated text string
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_cursor_get_cursor_type">
+<description>
+Returns the cursor type for this cursor.
+
+Since: 2.22
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="cursor">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkCursor
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> a #GdkCursorType
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_cursor_get_display">
+<description>
+Returns the display on which the #GdkCursor is defined.
+
+Since: 2.2
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="cursor">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkCursor.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
<return> the #GdkDisplay associated to @cursor
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_cursor_get_image">
+<function name="gdk_cursor_get_image">
+<description>
+Returns a #GdkPixbuf with the image used to display the cursor.
+
+Note that depending on the capabilities of the windowing system and
+on the cursor, GDK may not be able to obtain the image data. In this
+case, %NULL is returned.
+
+Since: 2.8
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="cursor">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkCursor
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> a #GdkPixbuf representing @cursor, or %NULL
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_cursor_new">
+<description>
+Creates a new cursor from the set of builtin cursors for the default display.
+See gdk_cursor_new_for_display().
+
+To make the cursor invisible, use %GDK_BLANK_CURSOR.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="cursor_type">
+<parameter_description> cursor to create
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> a new #GdkCursor
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_cursor_new_for_display">
+<description>
+Creates a new cursor from the set of builtin cursors.
+Some useful ones are:
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem><para>
+<inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="right_ptr.png"></inlinegraphic>
#GDK_RIGHT_PTR (right-facing arrow)
+</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>
+<inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="crosshair.png"></inlinegraphic>
#GDK_CROSSHAIR (crosshair)
+</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>
+<inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="xterm.png"></inlinegraphic> #GDK_XTERM
(I-beam)
+</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>
+<inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="watch.png"></inlinegraphic> #GDK_WATCH
(busy)
+</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>
+<inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="fleur.png"></inlinegraphic> #GDK_FLEUR
(for moving objects)
+</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>
+<inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="hand1.png"></inlinegraphic> #GDK_HAND1
(a right-pointing hand)
+</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>
+<inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="hand2.png"></inlinegraphic> #GDK_HAND2
(a left-pointing hand)
+</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>
+<inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="left_side.png"></inlinegraphic>
#GDK_LEFT_SIDE (resize left side)
+</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>
+<inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="right_side.png"></inlinegraphic>
#GDK_RIGHT_SIDE (resize right side)
+</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>
+<inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="top_left_corner.png"></inlinegraphic>
#GDK_TOP_LEFT_CORNER (resize northwest corner)
+</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>
+<inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="top_right_corner.png"></inlinegraphic>
#GDK_TOP_RIGHT_CORNER (resize northeast corner)
+</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>
+<inlinegraphic format="PNG"
fileref="bottom_left_corner.png"></inlinegraphic> #GDK_BOTTOM_LEFT_CORNER (resize
southwest corner)
+</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>
+<inlinegraphic format="PNG"
fileref="bottom_right_corner.png"></inlinegraphic> #GDK_BOTTOM_RIGHT_CORNER (resize
southeast corner)
+</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>
+<inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="top_side.png"></inlinegraphic>
#GDK_TOP_SIDE (resize top side)
+</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>
+<inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="bottom_side.png"></inlinegraphic>
#GDK_BOTTOM_SIDE (resize bottom side)
+</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>
+<inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="sb_h_double_arrow.png"></inlinegraphic>
#GDK_SB_H_DOUBLE_ARROW (move vertical splitter)
+</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>
+<inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="sb_v_double_arrow.png"></inlinegraphic>
#GDK_SB_V_DOUBLE_ARROW (move horizontal splitter)
+</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>
+#GDK_BLANK_CURSOR (Blank cursor). Since 2.16
+</para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+
+Since: 2.2
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="display">
+<parameter_description> the #GdkDisplay for which the cursor will be created
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="cursor_type">
+<parameter_description> cursor to create
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> a new #GdkCursor
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_cursor_new_from_name">
+<description>
+Creates a new cursor by looking up @name in the current cursor
+theme.
+
+Since: 2.8
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="display">
+<parameter_description> the #GdkDisplay for which the cursor will be created
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="name">
+<parameter_description> the name of the cursor
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> a new #GdkCursor, or %NULL if there is no cursor with
+the given name
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_cursor_new_from_pixbuf">
+<description>
+Creates a new cursor from a pixbuf.
+
+Not all GDK backends support RGBA cursors. If they are not
+supported, a monochrome approximation will be displayed.
+The functions gdk_display_supports_cursor_alpha() and
+gdk_display_supports_cursor_color() can be used to determine
+whether RGBA cursors are supported;
+gdk_display_get_default_cursor_size() and
+gdk_display_get_maximal_cursor_size() give information about
+cursor sizes.
+
+If @x or @y are <literal>-1</literal>, the pixbuf must have
+options named "x_hot" and "y_hot", resp., containing
+integer values between %0 and the width resp. height of
+the pixbuf. (Since: 3.0)
+
+On the X backend, support for RGBA cursors requires a
+sufficently new version of the X Render extension.
+
+Since: 2.4
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="display">
+<parameter_description> the #GdkDisplay for which the cursor will be created
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="pixbuf">
+<parameter_description> the #GdkPixbuf containing the cursor image
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="x">
+<parameter_description> the horizontal offset of the 'hotspot' of the cursor.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="y">
+<parameter_description> the vertical offset of the 'hotspot' of the cursor.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> a new #GdkCursor.
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_cursor_ref">
+<description>
+Adds a reference to @cursor.
+
+Deprecated: 3.0: Use g_object_ref() instead
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="cursor">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkCursor
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> Same @cursor that was passed in
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_cursor_unref">
+<description>
+Removes a reference from @cursor, deallocating the cursor
+if no references remain.
+
+Deprecated: 3.0: Use g_object_unref() instead
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="cursor">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkCursor
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_device_free_history">
+<description>
+Frees an array of #GdkTimeCoord that was returned by gdk_device_get_history().
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="events">
+<parameter_description> an array of #GdkTimeCoord.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="n_events">
+<parameter_description> the length of the array.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_device_get_associated_device">
+<description>
+Returns the associated device to @device, if @device is of type
+%GDK_DEVICE_TYPE_MASTER, it will return the paired pointer or
+keyboard.
+
+If @device is of type %GDK_DEVICE_TYPE_SLAVE, it will return
+the master device to which @device is attached to.
+
+If @device is of type %GDK_DEVICE_TYPE_FLOATING, %NULL will be
+returned, as there is no associated device.
+
+Since: 3.0
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="device">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkDevice
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> The associated device, or %NULL
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_device_get_axis">
+<description>
+Interprets an array of double as axis values for a given device,
+and locates the value in the array for a given axis use.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="device">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkDevice
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="axes">
+<parameter_description> pointer to an array of axes
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="use">
+<parameter_description> the use to look for
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> location to store the found value.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> %TRUE if the given axis use was found, otherwise %FALSE
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_device_get_axis_use">
+<description>
+Returns the axis use for @index_.
+
+Since: 2.20
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="device">
+<parameter_description> a pointer #GdkDevice.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="index_">
+<parameter_description> the index of the axis.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> a #GdkAxisUse specifying how the axis is used.
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_device_get_axis_value">
+<description>
+Interprets an array of double as axis values for a given device,
+and locates the value in the array for a given axis label, as returned
+by gdk_device_list_axes()
+
+Since: 3.0
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="device">
+<parameter_description> a pointer #GdkDevice.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="axes">
+<parameter_description> pointer to an array of axes
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="axis_label">
+<parameter_description> #GdkAtom with the axis label.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> location to store the found value.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> %TRUE if the given axis use was found, otherwise %FALSE.
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_device_get_device_type">
+<description>
+Returns the device type for @device.
+
+Since: 3.0
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="device">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkDevice
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> the #GdkDeviceType for @device.
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_device_get_display">
+<description>
+Returns the #GdkDisplay to which @device pertains.
+
+Since: 3.0
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="device">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkDevice
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> a #GdkDisplay. This memory is owned
+by GTK+, and must not be freed or unreffed.
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_device_get_has_cursor">
+<description>
+Determines whether the pointer follows device motion.
+
+Since: 2.20
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="device">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkDevice
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> %TRUE if the pointer follows device motion
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_device_get_history">
+<description>
+Obtains the motion history for a pointer device; given a starting and
+ending timestamp, return all events in the motion history for
+the device in the given range of time. Some windowing systems
+do not support motion history, in which case, %FALSE will
+be returned. (This is not distinguishable from the case where
+motion history is supported and no events were found.)
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="device">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkDevice
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="window">
+<parameter_description> the window with respect to which which the event coordinates will be reported
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="start">
+<parameter_description> starting timestamp for range of events to return
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="stop">
+<parameter_description> ending timestamp for the range of events to return
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="events">
+<parameter_description> location to store a newly-allocated array of #GdkTimeCoord, or %NULL
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="n_events">
+<parameter_description> location to store the length of @events, or %NULL
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> %TRUE if the windowing system supports motion history and
+at least one event was found.
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_device_get_key">
+<description>
+If @index_ has a valid keyval, this function will return %TRUE
+and fill in @keyval and @modifiers with the keyval settings.
+
+Since: 2.20
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="device">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkDevice.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="index_">
+<parameter_description> the index of the macro button to get.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="keyval">
+<parameter_description> return value for the keyval.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="modifiers">
+<parameter_description> return value for modifiers.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> %TRUE if keyval is set for @index.
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_device_get_mode">
+<description>
+Determines the mode of the device.
+
+Since: 2.20
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="device">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkDevice
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> a #GdkInputSource
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_device_get_n_axes">
+<description>
+Returns the number of axes the device currently has.
+
+Since: 3.0
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="device">
+<parameter_description> a pointer #GdkDevice
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> the number of axes.
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_device_get_n_keys">
+<description>
+Returns the number of keys the device currently has.
+
+Since: 2.24
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="device">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkDevice
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> the number of keys.
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_device_get_name">
+<description>
+Determines the name of the device.
+
+Since: 2.20
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="device">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkDevice
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> a name
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_device_get_position">
+<description>
+Gets the current location of @device. As a slave device
+coordinates are those of its master pointer, This function
+may not be called on devices of type %GDK_DEVICE_TYPE_SLAVE,
+unless there is an ongoing grab on them, see gdk_device_grab().
+
+Since: 3.0
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="device">
+<parameter_description> pointer device to query status about.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="screen">
+<parameter_description> location to store the #GdkScreen
+the @device is on, or %NULL.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="x">
+<parameter_description> location to store root window X coordinate of @device, or %NULL.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="y">
+<parameter_description> location to store root window Y coordinate of @device, or %NULL.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_device_get_source">
+<description>
+Determines the type of the device.
+
+Since: 2.20
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="device">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkDevice
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> a #GdkInputSource
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_device_get_state">
+<description>
+Gets the current state of a pointer device relative to @window. As a slave
+device coordinates are those of its master pointer, This
+function may not be called on devices of type %GDK_DEVICE_TYPE_SLAVE,
+unless there is an ongoing grab on them, see gdk_device_grab().
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="device">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkDevice.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="window">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkWindow.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="axes">
+<parameter_description> an array of doubles to store the values of the axes of @device in,
+or %NULL.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="mask">
+<parameter_description> location to store the modifiers, or %NULL.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_device_get_window_at_position">
+<description>
+Obtains the window underneath @device, returning the location of the device in @win_x and @win_y. Returns
+%NULL if the window tree under @device is not known to GDK (for example, belongs to another application).
+
+As a slave device coordinates are those of its master pointer, This
+function may not be called on devices of type %GDK_DEVICE_TYPE_SLAVE,
+unless there is an ongoing grab on them, see gdk_device_grab().
+
+Since: 3.0
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="device">
+<parameter_description> pointer #GdkDevice to query info to.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="win_x">
+<parameter_description> return location for the X coordinate of the device location,
+relative to the window origin, or %NULL.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="win_y">
+<parameter_description> return location for the Y coordinate of the device location,
+relative to the window origin, or %NULL.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> the #GdkWindow under the device position, or %NULL.
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_device_grab">
+<description>
+Grabs the device so that all events coming from this device are passed to
+this application until the device is ungrabbed with gdk_device_ungrab(),
+or the window becomes unviewable. This overrides any previous grab on the device
+by this client.
+
+Device grabs are used for operations which need complete control over the
+given device events (either pointer or keyboard). For example in GTK+ this
+is used for Drag and Drop operations, popup menus and such.
+
+Note that if the event mask of an X window has selected both button press
+and button release events, then a button press event will cause an automatic
+pointer grab until the button is released. X does this automatically since
+most applications expect to receive button press and release events in pairs.
+It is equivalent to a pointer grab on the window with @owner_events set to
+%TRUE.
+
+If you set up anything at the time you take the grab that needs to be
+cleaned up when the grab ends, you should handle the #GdkEventGrabBroken
+events that are emitted when the grab ends unvoluntarily.
+
+Since: 3.0
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="device">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkDevice. To get the device you can use gtk_get_current_event_device()
+or gdk_event_get_device() if the grab is in reaction to an event. Also, you can use
+gdk_device_manager_get_client_pointer() but only in code that isn't triggered by a
+#GdkEvent and there aren't other means to get a meaningful #GdkDevice to operate on.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="window">
+<parameter_description> the #GdkWindow which will own the grab (the grab window)
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="grab_ownership">
+<parameter_description> specifies the grab ownership.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="owner_events">
+<parameter_description> if %FALSE then all device events are reported with respect to
+ window and are only reported if selected by @event_mask. If
+%TRUE then pointer events for this application are reported
+as normal, but pointer events outside this application are
+reported with respect to @window and only if selected by
+ event_mask In either mode, unreported events are discarded.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="event_mask">
+<parameter_description> specifies the event mask, which is used in accordance with
+ owner_events
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="cursor">
+<parameter_description> the cursor to display while the grab is active if the device is
+a pointer. If this is %NULL then the normal cursors are used for
+ window and its descendants, and the cursor for @window is used
+elsewhere.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="time_">
+<parameter_description> the timestamp of the event which led to this pointer grab. This
+usually comes from the #GdkEvent struct, though %GDK_CURRENT_TIME
+can be used if the time isn't known.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> %GDK_GRAB_SUCCESS if the grab was successful.
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_device_grab_info_libgtk_only">
+<description>
+Determines information about the current keyboard grab.
+This is not public API and must not be used by applications.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="display">
+<parameter_description> the display for which to get the grab information
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="device">
+<parameter_description> device to get the grab information from
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="grab_window">
+<parameter_description> location to store current grab window
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="owner_events">
+<parameter_description> location to store boolean indicating whether
+the @owner_events flag to gdk_keyboard_grab() or
+gdk_pointer_grab() was %TRUE.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> %TRUE if this application currently has the
+keyboard grabbed.
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_device_list_axes">
+<description>
+Returns a #GList of #GdkAtom<!-- -->s, containing the labels for
+the axes that @device currently has.
+
+Since: 3.0
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="device">
+<parameter_description> a pointer #GdkDevice
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return>
+A #GList of #GdkAtom<!-- -->s, free with g_list_free().
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_device_list_slave_devices">
+<description>
+If the device if of type %GDK_DEVICE_TYPE_MASTER, it will return
+the list of slave devices attached to it, otherwise it will return
+%NULL
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="device">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkDevice
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> the list of
+slave devices, or %NULL. The list must be freed with
+g_list_free(), the contents of the list are owned by GTK+
+and should not be freed.
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_device_manager_get_client_pointer">
+<description>
+Returns the client pointer, that is, the master pointer that acts as the core pointer
+for this application. In X11, window managers may change this depending on the interaction
+pattern under the presence of several pointers.
+
+You should use this function sheldomly, only in code that isn't triggered by a #GdkEvent
+and there aren't other means to get a meaningful #GdkDevice to operate on.
+
+Since: 3.0
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="device_manager">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkDeviceManager
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> The client pointer. This memory is
+owned by GDK and must not be freed or unreferenced.
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_device_manager_get_display">
+<description>
+Gets the #GdkDisplay associated to @device_manager.
+
+Since: 3.0
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="device_manager">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkDeviceManager
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> the #GdkDisplay to which @device_manager is
+associated to, or #NULL. This memory is owned by GDK and
+must not be freed or unreferenced.
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_device_manager_list_devices">
+<description>
+Returns the list of devices of type @type currently attached to
+ device_manager
+
+Since: 3.0
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="device_manager">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkDeviceManager
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="type">
+<parameter_description> device type to get.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> a list of
+#GdkDevice<!-- -->s. The returned list must be
+freed with g_list_free (). The list elements are owned by
+GTK+ and must not be freed or unreffed.
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_device_set_axis_use">
+<description>
+Specifies how an axis of a device is used.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="device">
+<parameter_description> a pointer #GdkDevice
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="index_">
+<parameter_description> the index of the axis
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="use">
+<parameter_description> specifies how the axis is used
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_device_set_key">
+<description>
+Specifies the X key event to generate when a macro button of a device
+is pressed.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="device">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkDevice
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="index_">
+<parameter_description> the index of the macro button to set
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="keyval">
+<parameter_description> the keyval to generate
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="modifiers">
+<parameter_description> the modifiers to set
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_device_set_mode">
+<description>
+Sets a the mode of an input device. The mode controls if the
+device is active and whether the device's range is mapped to the
+entire screen or to a single window.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="device">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkDevice.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="mode">
+<parameter_description> the input mode.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> %TRUE if the mode was successfully changed.
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_device_ungrab">
+<description>
+Release any grab on @device.
+
+Since: 3.0
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="device">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkDevice
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="time_">
+<parameter_description> a timestap (e.g. %GDK_CURRENT_TIME).
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_device_warp">
+<description>
+Warps @device in @display to the point @x,@y on
+the screen @screen, unless the device is confined
+to a window by a grab, in which case it will be moved
+as far as allowed by the grab. Warping the pointer
+creates events as if the user had moved the mouse
+instantaneously to the destination.
+
+Note that the pointer should normally be under the
+control of the user. This function was added to cover
+some rare use cases like keyboard navigation support
+for the color picker in the #GtkColorSelectionDialog.
+
+Since: 3.0
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="device">
+<parameter_description> the device to warp.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="screen">
+<parameter_description> the screen to warp @device to.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="x">
+<parameter_description> the X coordinate of the destination.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="y">
+<parameter_description> the Y coordinate of the destination.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_disable_multidevice">
+<description>
+Disables multidevice support in GDK. This call must happen prior
+to gdk_display_open(), gtk_init(), gtk_init_with_args() or
+gtk_init_check() in order to take effect.
+
+Most common GTK+ applications won't ever need to call this. Only
+applications that do mixed GDK/Xlib calls could want to disable
+multidevice support if such Xlib code deals with input devices in
+any way and doesn't observe the presence of XInput 2.
+
+Since: 3.0
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_display_beep">
+<description>
+Emits a short beep on @display
+
+Since: 2.2
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="display">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplay
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_display_close">
+<description>
+Closes the connection to the windowing system for the given display,
+and cleans up associated resources.
+
+Since: 2.2
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="display">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplay
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_display_device_is_grabbed">
+<description>
+Returns %TRUE if there is an ongoing grab on @device for @display.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="display">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplay
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="device">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkDevice
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> %TRUE if there is a grab in effect for @device.
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_display_flush">
+<description>
+Flushes any requests queued for the windowing system; this happens automatically
+when the main loop blocks waiting for new events, but if your application
+is drawing without returning control to the main loop, you may need
+to call this function explicitely. A common case where this function
+needs to be called is when an application is executing drawing commands
+from a thread other than the thread where the main loop is running.
+
+This is most useful for X11. On windowing systems where requests are
+handled synchronously, this function will do nothing.
+
+Since: 2.4
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="display">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplay
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_display_get_app_launch_context">
+<description>
+Returns a #GdkAppLaunchContext suitable for launching
+applications on the given display.
+
+Since: 3.0
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="display">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplay
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> a new #GdkAppLaunchContext for @display.
+Free with g_object_unref() when done
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_display_get_default">
+<description>
+Gets the default #GdkDisplay. This is a convenience
+function for
+<literal>gdk_display_manager_get_default_display (gdk_display_manager_get ())</literal>.
+
+Since: 2.2
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+</parameters>
+<return> a #GdkDisplay, or %NULL if there is no default
+display.
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_display_get_default_cursor_size">
+<description>
+Returns the default size to use for cursors on @display.
+
+Since: 2.4
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="display">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplay
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> the default cursor size.
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_display_get_default_group">
+<description>
+Returns the default group leader window for all toplevel windows
+on @display. This window is implicitly created by GDK.
+See gdk_window_set_group().
+
+Since: 2.4
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="display">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplay
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> The default group leader window
+for @display
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_display_get_default_screen">
+<description>
+Get the default #GdkScreen for @display.
+
+Since: 2.2
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="display">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplay
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> the default #GdkScreen object for @display
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_display_get_device_manager">
+<description>
+Returns the #GdkDeviceManager associated to @display.
+
+Since: 3.0
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="display">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplay.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> A #GdkDeviceManager, or %NULL. This memory is
+owned by GDK and must not be freed or unreferenced.
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_display_get_event">
+<description>
+Gets the next #GdkEvent to be processed for @display, fetching events from the
+windowing system if necessary.
+
+Since: 2.2
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="display">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplay
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> the next #GdkEvent to be processed, or %NULL if no events
+are pending. The returned #GdkEvent should be freed with gdk_event_free().
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_display_get_maximal_cursor_size">
+<description>
+Gets the maximal size to use for cursors on @display.
+
+Since: 2.4
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="display">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplay
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="width">
+<parameter_description> the return location for the maximal cursor width
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="height">
+<parameter_description> the return location for the maximal cursor height
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_display_get_n_screens">
+<description>
+Gets the number of screen managed by the @display.
+
+Since: 2.2
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="display">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplay
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> number of screens.
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_display_get_name">
+<description>
+Gets the name of the display.
+
+Since: 2.2
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="display">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplay
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> a string representing the display name. This string is owned
+by GDK and should not be modified or freed.
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_display_get_pointer">
+<description>
+Gets the current location of the pointer and the current modifier
+mask for a given display.
+
+Since: 2.2
+
+Deprecated: 3.0: Use gdk_device_get_position() instead.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="display">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplay
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="screen">
+<parameter_description> location to store the screen that the
+cursor is on, or %NULL.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="x">
+<parameter_description> location to store root window X coordinate of pointer, or %NULL.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="y">
+<parameter_description> location to store root window Y coordinate of pointer, or %NULL.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="mask">
+<parameter_description> location to store current modifier mask, or %NULL
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_display_get_screen">
+<description>
+Returns a screen object for one of the screens of the display.
+
+Since: 2.2
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="display">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplay
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="screen_num">
+<parameter_description> the screen number
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> the #GdkScreen object
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_display_get_window_at_pointer">
+<description>
+Obtains the window underneath the mouse pointer, returning the location
+of the pointer in that window in @win_x, @win_y for @screen. Returns %NULL
+if the window under the mouse pointer is not known to GDK (for example,
+belongs to another application).
+
+Since: 2.2
+
+Deprecated: 3.0: Use gdk_device_get_window_at_position() instead.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="display">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplay
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="win_x">
+<parameter_description> return location for x coordinate of the pointer location relative
+to the window origin, or %NULL
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="win_y">
+<parameter_description> return location for y coordinate of the pointer location relative
+ & to the window origin, or %NULL
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> the window under the mouse pointer, or %NULL
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_display_has_pending">
+<description>
+Returns whether the display has events that are waiting
+to be processed.
+
+Since: 3.0
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="display">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplay
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> %TRUE if there are events ready to be processed.
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_display_is_closed">
+<description>
+Finds out if the display has been closed.
+
+Since: 2.22
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="display">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplay
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> %TRUE if the display is closed.
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_display_keyboard_ungrab">
+<description>
+Release any keyboard grab
+
+Since: 2.2
+
+Deprecated: 3.0: Use gdk_device_ungrab(), together with gdk_device_grab()
+instead.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="display">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplay.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="time_">
+<parameter_description> a timestap (e.g #GDK_CURRENT_TIME).
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_display_list_devices">
+<description>
+Returns the list of available input devices attached to @display.
+The list is statically allocated and should not be freed.
+
+Since: 2.2
+
+Deprecated: 3.0: Use gdk_device_manager_list_devices() instead.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="display">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplay
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return>
+a list of #GdkDevice
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_display_manager_get">
+<description>
+Gets the singleton #GdkDisplayManager object.
+
+When called for the first time, this function consults the
+<envar>GDK_BACKEND</envar> environment variable to find out which
+of the supported GDK backends to use (in case GDK has been compiled
+with multiple backends).
+
+Since: 2.2
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+</parameters>
+<return> The global #GdkDisplayManager singleton;
+gdk_parse_args(), gdk_init(), or gdk_init_check() must have
+been called first.
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_display_manager_get_default_display">
+<description>
+Gets the default #GdkDisplay.
+
+Since: 2.2
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="manager">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplayManager
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> a #GdkDisplay, or %NULL
+if there is no default display.
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_display_manager_list_displays">
+<description>
+List all currently open displays.
+
+Since: 2.2
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="manager">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplayManager
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> a newly
+allocated #GSList of #GdkDisplay objects. Free with g_slist_free()
+when you are done with it.
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_display_manager_open_display">
+<description>
+Opens a display.
+
+Since: 3.0
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="manager">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplayManager
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="name">
+<parameter_description> the name of the display to open
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> a #GdkDisplay, or %NULL
+if the display could not be opened
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_display_manager_set_default_display">
+<description>
+Sets @display as the default display.
+
+Since: 2.2
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="manager">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplayManager
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="display">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplay
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_display_notify_startup_complete">
+<description>
+Indicates to the GUI environment that the application has
+finished loading, using a given identifier.
+
+GTK+ will call this function automatically for #GtkWindow
+with custom startup-notification identifier unless
+gtk_window_set_auto_startup_notification() is called to
+disable that feature.
+
+Since: 3.0
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="display">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplay
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="startup_id">
+<parameter_description> a startup-notification identifier, for which
+notification process should be completed
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_display_open">
+<description>
+Opens a display.
+
+Since: 2.2
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="display_name">
+<parameter_description> the name of the display to open
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> a #GdkDisplay, or %NULL
+if the display could not be opened
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_display_open_default_libgtk_only">
+<description>
+Opens the default display specified by command line arguments or
+environment variables, sets it as the default display, and returns
+it. gdk_parse_args must have been called first. If the default
+display has previously been set, simply returns that. An internal
+function that should not be used by applications.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+</parameters>
+<return> the default display, if it could be
+opened, otherwise %NULL.
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_display_peek_event">
+<description>
+Gets a copy of the first #GdkEvent in the @display's event queue, without
+removing the event from the queue. (Note that this function will
+not get more events from the windowing system. It only checks the events
+that have already been moved to the GDK event queue.)
+
+Since: 2.2
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="display">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplay
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> a copy of the first #GdkEvent on the event queue, or %NULL
+if no events are in the queue. The returned #GdkEvent should be freed with
+gdk_event_free().
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_display_pointer_is_grabbed">
+<description>
+Test if the pointer is grabbed.
+
+Since: 2.2
+
+Deprecated: 3.0: Use gdk_display_device_is_grabbed() instead.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="display">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplay
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> %TRUE if an active X pointer grab is in effect
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_display_pointer_ungrab">
+<description>
+Release any pointer grab.
+
+Since: 2.2
+
+Deprecated: 3.0: Use gdk_device_ungrab(), together with gdk_device_grab()
+instead.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="display">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplay.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="time_">
+<parameter_description> a timestap (e.g. %GDK_CURRENT_TIME).
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_display_put_event">
+<description>
+Appends a copy of the given event onto the front of the event
+queue for @display.
+
+Since: 2.2
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="display">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplay
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="event">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkEvent.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_display_request_selection_notification">
+<description>
+Request #GdkEventOwnerChange events for ownership changes
+of the selection named by the given atom.
+
+Since: 2.6
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="display">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplay
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="selection">
+<parameter_description> the #GdkAtom naming the selection for which
+ownership change notification is requested
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> whether #GdkEventOwnerChange events will
+be sent.
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_display_set_double_click_distance">
+<description>
+Sets the double click distance (two clicks within this distance
+count as a double click and result in a #GDK_2BUTTON_PRESS event).
+See also gdk_display_set_double_click_time().
+Applications should <emphasis>not</emphasis> set this, it is a global
+user-configured setting.
+
+Since: 2.4
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="display">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplay
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="distance">
+<parameter_description> distance in pixels
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_display_set_double_click_time">
+<description>
+Sets the double click time (two clicks within this time interval
+count as a double click and result in a #GDK_2BUTTON_PRESS event).
+Applications should <emphasis>not</emphasis> set this, it is a global
+user-configured setting.
+
+Since: 2.2
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="display">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplay
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="msec">
+<parameter_description> double click time in milliseconds (thousandths of a second)
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_display_store_clipboard">
+<description>
+Issues a request to the clipboard manager to store the
+clipboard data. On X11, this is a special program that works
+according to the freedesktop clipboard specification, available at
+<ulink url="http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/clipboard-manager-spec">
+http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/clipboard-manager-spec</ulink>.
+
+Since: 2.6
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="display">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplay
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="clipboard_window">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkWindow belonging to the clipboard owner
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="time_">
+<parameter_description> a timestamp
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="targets">
+<parameter_description> an array of targets
+that should be saved, or %NULL
+if all available targets should be saved.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="n_targets">
+<parameter_description> length of the @targets array
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_display_supports_clipboard_persistence">
+<description>
+Returns whether the speicifed display supports clipboard
+persistance; i.e. if it's possible to store the clipboard data after an
+application has quit. On X11 this checks if a clipboard daemon is
+running.
+
+Since: 2.6
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="display">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplay
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> %TRUE if the display supports clipboard persistance.
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_display_supports_composite">
+<description>
+Returns %TRUE if gdk_window_set_composited() can be used
+to redirect drawing on the window using compositing.
+
+Currently this only works on X11 with XComposite and
+XDamage extensions available.
+
+Since: 2.12
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="display">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplay
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> %TRUE if windows may be composited.
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_display_supports_cursor_alpha">
+<description>
+Returns %TRUE if cursors can use an 8bit alpha channel
+on @display. Otherwise, cursors are restricted to bilevel
+alpha (i.e. a mask).
+
+Since: 2.4
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="display">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplay
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> whether cursors can have alpha channels.
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_display_supports_cursor_color">
+<description>
+Returns %TRUE if multicolored cursors are supported
+on @display. Otherwise, cursors have only a forground
+and a background color.
+
+Since: 2.4
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="display">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplay
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> whether cursors can have multiple colors.
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_display_supports_input_shapes">
+<description>
+Returns %TRUE if gdk_window_input_shape_combine_mask() can
+be used to modify the input shape of windows on @display.
+
+Since: 2.10
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="display">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplay
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> %TRUE if windows with modified input shape are supported
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_display_supports_selection_notification">
+<description>
+Returns whether #GdkEventOwnerChange events will be
+sent when the owner of a selection changes.
+
+Since: 2.6
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="display">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplay
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> whether #GdkEventOwnerChange events will
+be sent.
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_display_supports_shapes">
+<description>
+Returns %TRUE if gdk_window_shape_combine_mask() can
+be used to create shaped windows on @display.
+
+Since: 2.10
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="display">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplay
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> %TRUE if shaped windows are supported
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_display_sync">
+<description>
+Flushes any requests queued for the windowing system and waits until all
+requests have been handled. This is often used for making sure that the
+display is synchronized with the current state of the program. Calling
+gdk_display_sync() before gdk_error_trap_pop() makes sure that any errors
+generated from earlier requests are handled before the error trap is
+removed.
+
+This is most useful for X11. On windowing systems where requests are
+handled synchronously, this function will do nothing.
+
+Since: 2.2
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="display">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplay
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_display_warp_pointer">
+<description>
+Warps the pointer of @display to the point @x,@y on
+the screen @screen, unless the pointer is confined
+to a window by a grab, in which case it will be moved
+as far as allowed by the grab. Warping the pointer
+creates events as if the user had moved the mouse
+instantaneously to the destination.
+
+Note that the pointer should normally be under the
+control of the user. This function was added to cover
+some rare use cases like keyboard navigation support
+for the color picker in the #GtkColorSelectionDialog.
+
+Since: 2.8
+
+Deprecated: 3.0: Use gdk_device_warp() instead.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="display">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplay
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="screen">
+<parameter_description> the screen of @display to warp the pointer to
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="x">
+<parameter_description> the x coordinate of the destination
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="y">
+<parameter_description> the y coordinate of the destination
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_drag_abort">
+<description>
+Aborts a drag without dropping.
+
+This function is called by the drag source.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="context">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkDragContext
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="time_">
+<parameter_description> the timestamp for this operation
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_drag_begin">
+<description>
+Starts a drag and creates a new drag context for it.
+This function assumes that the drag is controlled by the
+client pointer device, use gdk_drag_begin_for_device() to
+begin a drag with a different device.
+
+This function is called by the drag source.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="window">
+<parameter_description> the source window for this drag.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="targets">
+<parameter_description> the offered targets,
+as list of #GdkAtoms
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> a newly created #GdkDragContext
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_drag_begin_for_device">
+<description>
+Starts a drag and creates a new drag context for it.
+
+This function is called by the drag source.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="window">
+<parameter_description> the source window for this drag
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="device">
+<parameter_description> the device that controls this drag
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="targets">
+<parameter_description> the offered targets,
+as list of #GdkAtoms
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> a newly created #GdkDragContext
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_drag_context_get_actions">
+<description>
+Determines the bitmask of actions proposed by the source if
+gdk_drag_context_get_suggested_action() returns GDK_ACTION_ASK.
+
+Since: 2.22
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="context">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkDragContext
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> the #GdkDragAction flags
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_drag_context_get_dest_window">
+<description>
+Returns the destination windw for the DND operation.
+
+Since: 3.0
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="context">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkDragContext
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> a #GdkWindow
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_drag_context_get_device">
+<description>
+Returns the #GdkDevice associated to the drag context.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="context">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkDragContext
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> The #GdkDevice associated to @context.
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_drag_context_get_protocol">
+<description>
+Returns the drag protocol thats used by this context.
+
+Since: 3.0
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="context">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkDragContext
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> the drag protocol
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_drag_context_get_selected_action">
+<description>
+Determines the action chosen by the drag destination.
+
+Since: 2.22
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="context">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkDragContext
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> a #GdkDragAction value
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_drag_context_get_source_window">
+<description>
+Returns the #GdkWindow where the DND operation started.
+
+Since: 2.22
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="context">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkDragContext
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> a #GdkWindow
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_drag_context_get_suggested_action">
+<description>
+Determines the suggested drag action of the context.
+
+Since: 2.22
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="context">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkDragContext
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> a #GdkDragAction value
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_drag_context_list_targets">
+<description>
+Retrieves the list of targets of the context.
+
+Since: 2.22
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="context">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkDragContext
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> a #GList of targets
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_drag_context_set_device">
+<description>
+Associates a #GdkDevice to @context, so all Drag and Drop events
+for @context are emitted as if they came from this device.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="context">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkDragContext
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="device">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkDevice
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_drag_drop">
+<description>
+Drops on the current destination.
+
+This function is called by the drag source.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="context">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkDragContext
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="time_">
+<parameter_description> the timestamp for this operation
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_drag_drop_succeeded">
+<description>
+Returns whether the dropped data has been successfully
+transferred. This function is intended to be used while
+handling a %GDK_DROP_FINISHED event, its return value is
+meaningless at other times.
+
+Since: 2.6
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="context">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkDragContext
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> %TRUE if the drop was successful.
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_drag_find_window_for_screen">
+<description>
+Finds the destination window and DND protocol to use at the
+given pointer position.
+
+This function is called by the drag source to obtain the
+ dest_window and @protocol parameters for gdk_drag_motion().
+
+Since: 2.2
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="context">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkDragContext
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="drag_window">
+<parameter_description> a window which may be at the pointer position, but
+should be ignored, since it is put up by the drag source as an icon
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="screen">
+<parameter_description> the screen where the destination window is sought
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="x_root">
+<parameter_description> the x position of the pointer in root coordinates
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="y_root">
+<parameter_description> the y position of the pointer in root coordinates
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="dest_window">
+<parameter_description> location to store the destination window in
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="protocol">
+<parameter_description> location to store the DND protocol in
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_drag_get_selection">
<description>
-Returns a #GdkPixbuf with the image used to display the cursor.
-
-Note that depending on the capabilities of the windowing system and
-on the cursor, GDK may not be able to obtain the image data. In this
-case, %NULL is returned.
+Returns the selection atom for the current source window.
-Since: 2.8
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="cursor">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkCursor
+<parameter name="context">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkDragContext.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a #GdkPixbuf representing @cursor, or %NULL
-
+<return> the selection atom, or %GDK_NONE
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_cursor_new">
+<function name="gdk_drag_motion">
<description>
-Creates a new cursor from the set of builtin cursors for the default display.
-See gdk_cursor_new_for_display().
-
-To make the cursor invisible, use %GDK_BLANK_CURSOR.
+Updates the drag context when the pointer moves or the
+set of actions changes.
+This function is called by the drag source.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="cursor_type">
-<parameter_description> cursor to create
+<parameter name="context">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkDragContext
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="dest_window">
+<parameter_description> the new destination window, obtained by
+gdk_drag_find_window()
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="protocol">
+<parameter_description> the DND protocol in use, obtained by gdk_drag_find_window()
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="x_root">
+<parameter_description> the x position of the pointer in root coordinates
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="y_root">
+<parameter_description> the y position of the pointer in root coordinates
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="suggested_action">
+<parameter_description> the suggested action
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="possible_actions">
+<parameter_description> the possible actions
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="time_">
+<parameter_description> the timestamp for this operation
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a new #GdkCursor
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_cursor_new_for_display">
+<function name="gdk_drag_status">
<description>
-Creates a new cursor from the set of builtin cursors.
-Some useful ones are:
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>
-<inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="right_ptr.png"></inlinegraphic>
#GDK_RIGHT_PTR (right-facing arrow)
-</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>
-<inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="crosshair.png"></inlinegraphic>
#GDK_CROSSHAIR (crosshair)
-</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>
-<inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="xterm.png"></inlinegraphic> #GDK_XTERM
(I-beam)
-</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>
-<inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="watch.png"></inlinegraphic> #GDK_WATCH
(busy)
-</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>
-<inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="fleur.png"></inlinegraphic> #GDK_FLEUR
(for moving objects)
-</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>
-<inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="hand1.png"></inlinegraphic> #GDK_HAND1
(a right-pointing hand)
-</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>
-<inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="hand2.png"></inlinegraphic> #GDK_HAND2
(a left-pointing hand)
-</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>
-<inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="left_side.png"></inlinegraphic>
#GDK_LEFT_SIDE (resize left side)
-</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>
-<inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="right_side.png"></inlinegraphic>
#GDK_RIGHT_SIDE (resize right side)
-</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>
-<inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="top_left_corner.png"></inlinegraphic>
#GDK_TOP_LEFT_CORNER (resize northwest corner)
-</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>
-<inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="top_right_corner.png"></inlinegraphic>
#GDK_TOP_RIGHT_CORNER (resize northeast corner)
-</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>
-<inlinegraphic format="PNG"
fileref="bottom_left_corner.png"></inlinegraphic> #GDK_BOTTOM_LEFT_CORNER (resize
southwest corner)
-</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>
-<inlinegraphic format="PNG"
fileref="bottom_right_corner.png"></inlinegraphic> #GDK_BOTTOM_RIGHT_CORNER (resize
southeast corner)
-</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>
-<inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="top_side.png"></inlinegraphic>
#GDK_TOP_SIDE (resize top side)
-</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>
-<inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="bottom_side.png"></inlinegraphic>
#GDK_BOTTOM_SIDE (resize bottom side)
-</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>
-<inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="sb_h_double_arrow.png"></inlinegraphic>
#GDK_SB_H_DOUBLE_ARROW (move vertical splitter)
-</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>
-<inlinegraphic format="PNG" fileref="sb_v_double_arrow.png"></inlinegraphic>
#GDK_SB_V_DOUBLE_ARROW (move horizontal splitter)
-</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>
-#GDK_BLANK_CURSOR (Blank cursor). Since 2.16
-</para></listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
+Selects one of the actions offered by the drag source.
-Since: 2.2
+This function is called by the drag destination in response to
+gdk_drag_motion() called by the drag source.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="display">
-<parameter_description> the #GdkDisplay for which the cursor will be created
+<parameter name="context">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkDragContext
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="cursor_type">
-<parameter_description> cursor to create
+<parameter name="action">
+<parameter_description> the selected action which will be taken when a drop happens,
+or 0 to indicate that a drop will not be accepted
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="time_">
+<parameter_description> the timestamp for this operation
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a new #GdkCursor
+<return></return>
+</function>
-</return>
+<function name="gdk_drop_finish">
+<description>
+Ends the drag operation after a drop.
+
+This function is called by the drag destination.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="context">
+<parameter_description> a #GtkDragContext
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="success">
+<parameter_description> %TRUE if the data was successfully received
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="time_">
+<parameter_description> the timestamp for this operation
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_cursor_new_from_name">
+<function name="gdk_drop_reply">
<description>
-Creates a new cursor by looking up @name in the current cursor
-theme.
+Accepts or rejects a drop.
-Since: 2.8
+This function is called by the drag destination in response
+to a drop initiated by the drag source.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="display">
-<parameter_description> the #GdkDisplay for which the cursor will be created
+<parameter name="context">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkDragContext
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="name">
-<parameter_description> the name of the cursor
+<parameter name="accepted">
+<parameter_description> %TRUE if the drop is accepted
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="time_">
+<parameter_description> the timestamp for this operation
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a new #GdkCursor, or %NULL if there is no cursor with
-the given name
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_error_trap_pop">
+<description>
+Removes an error trap pushed with gdk_error_trap_push().
+May block until an error has been definitively received
+or not received from the X server. gdk_error_trap_pop_ignored()
+is preferred if you don't need to know whether an error
+occurred, because it never has to block. If you don't
+need the return value of gdk_error_trap_pop(), use
+gdk_error_trap_pop_ignored().
+
+Prior to GDK 3.0, this function would not automatically
+sync for you, so you had to gdk_flush() if your last
+call to Xlib was not a blocking round trip.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+</parameters>
+<return> X error code or 0 on success
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_cursor_new_from_pixbuf">
+<function name="gdk_error_trap_pop_ignored">
<description>
-Creates a new cursor from a pixbuf.
+Removes an error trap pushed with gdk_error_trap_push(), but
+without bothering to wait and see whether an error occurred. If an
+error arrives later asynchronously that was triggered while the
+trap was pushed, that error will be ignored.
-Not all GDK backends support RGBA cursors. If they are not
-supported, a monochrome approximation will be displayed.
-The functions gdk_display_supports_cursor_alpha() and
-gdk_display_supports_cursor_color() can be used to determine
-whether RGBA cursors are supported;
-gdk_display_get_default_cursor_size() and
-gdk_display_get_maximal_cursor_size() give information about
-cursor sizes.
+Since: 3.0
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_error_trap_push">
+<description>
+This function allows X errors to be trapped instead of the normal
+behavior of exiting the application. It should only be used if it
+is not possible to avoid the X error in any other way. Errors are
+ignored on all #GdkDisplay currently known to the
+#GdkDisplayManager. If you don't care which error happens and just
+want to ignore everything, pop with gdk_error_trap_pop_ignored().
+If you need the error code, use gdk_error_trap_pop() which may have
+to block and wait for the error to arrive from the X server.
-If @x or @y are <literal>-1</literal>, the pixbuf must have
-options named "x_hot" and "y_hot", resp., containing
-integer values between %0 and the width resp. height of
-the pixbuf. (Since: 3.0)
+This API exists on all platforms but only does anything on X.
-On the X backend, support for RGBA cursors requires a
-sufficently new version of the X Render extension.
+You can use gdk_x11_display_error_trap_push() to ignore errors
+on only a single display.
-Since: 2.4
+<example>
+<title>Trapping an X error</title>
+<programlisting>
+gdk_error_trap_push (<!-- -->);
+
+// ... Call the X function which may cause an error here ...
+
+
+if (gdk_error_trap_pop (<!-- -->))
+{
+// ... Handle the error here ...
+}
+</programlisting>
+</example>
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="display">
-<parameter_description> the #GdkDisplay for which the cursor will be created
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="pixbuf">
-<parameter_description> the #GdkPixbuf containing the cursor image
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="x">
-<parameter_description> the horizontal offset of the 'hotspot' of the cursor.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="y">
-<parameter_description> the vertical offset of the 'hotspot' of the cursor.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a new #GdkCursor.
-
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_cursor_ref">
+<function name="gdk_event_copy">
<description>
-Adds a reference to @cursor.
+Copies a #GdkEvent, copying or incrementing the reference count of the
+resources associated with it (e.g. #GdkWindow's and strings).
-Deprecated: 3.0: Use g_object_ref() instead
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="cursor">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkCursor
+<parameter name="event">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkEvent
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> Same @cursor that was passed in
-
+<return> a copy of @event. The returned #GdkEvent should be freed with
+gdk_event_free().
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_cursor_unref">
+<function name="gdk_event_free">
<description>
-Removes a reference from @cursor, deallocating the cursor
-if no references remain.
-
-Deprecated: 3.0: Use g_object_unref() instead
+Frees a #GdkEvent, freeing or decrementing any resources associated with it.
+Note that this function should only be called with events returned from
+functions such as gdk_event_peek(), gdk_event_get(), gdk_event_copy()
+and gdk_event_new().
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="cursor">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkCursor
+<parameter name="event">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkEvent.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_device_free_history">
+<function name="gdk_event_get">
<description>
-Frees an array of #GdkTimeCoord that was returned by gdk_device_get_history().
+Checks all open displays for a #GdkEvent to process,to be processed
+on, fetching events from the windowing system if necessary.
+See gdk_display_get_event().
+
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="events">
-<parameter_description> an array of #GdkTimeCoord.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="n_events">
-<parameter_description> the length of the array.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> the next #GdkEvent to be processed, or %NULL if no events
+are pending. The returned #GdkEvent should be freed with gdk_event_free().
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_device_get_associated_device">
+<function name="gdk_event_get_axis">
<description>
-Returns the associated device to @device, if @device is of type
-%GDK_DEVICE_TYPE_MASTER, it will return the paired pointer or
-keyboard.
-
-If @device is of type %GDK_DEVICE_TYPE_SLAVE, it will return
-the master device to which @device is attached to.
-
-If @device is of type %GDK_DEVICE_TYPE_FLOATING, %NULL will be
-returned, as there is no associated device.
+Extract the axis value for a particular axis use from
+an event structure.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="device">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkDevice
+<parameter name="event">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkEvent
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="axis_use">
+<parameter_description> the axis use to look for
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> location to store the value found
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> The associated device, or %NULL
-
+<return> %TRUE if the specified axis was found, otherwise %FALSE
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_device_get_axis">
+<function name="gdk_event_get_button">
<description>
-Interprets an array of double as axis values for a given device,
-and locates the value in the array for a given axis use.
+Extract the button number from an event.
+Since: 3.2
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="device">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkDevice
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="axes">
-<parameter_description> pointer to an array of axes
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="use">
-<parameter_description> the use to look for
+<parameter name="event">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkEvent
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="value">
-<parameter_description> location to store the found value.
+<parameter name="button">
+<parameter_description> location to store mouse button number
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the given axis use was found, otherwise %FALSE
+<return> %TRUE if the event delivered a button number
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_device_get_axis_use">
+<function name="gdk_event_get_click_count">
<description>
-Returns the axis use for @index_.
+Extracts the click count from an event.
-Since: 2.20
+Since: 3.2
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="device">
-<parameter_description> a pointer #GdkDevice.
+<parameter name="event">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkEvent
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="index_">
-<parameter_description> the index of the axis.
+<parameter name="click_count">
+<parameter_description> location to store click count
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a #GdkAxisUse specifying how the axis is used.
+<return> %TRUE if the event delivered a click count
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_device_get_axis_value">
+<function name="gdk_event_get_coords">
<description>
-Interprets an array of double as axis values for a given device,
-and locates the value in the array for a given axis label, as returned
-by gdk_device_list_axes()
+Extract the event window relative x/y coordinates from an event.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="device">
-<parameter_description> a pointer #GdkDevice.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="axes">
-<parameter_description> pointer to an array of axes
+<parameter name="event">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkEvent
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="axis_label">
-<parameter_description> #GdkAtom with the axis label.
+<parameter name="x_win">
+<parameter_description> location to put event window x coordinate
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="value">
-<parameter_description> location to store the found value.
+<parameter name="y_win">
+<parameter_description> location to put event window y coordinate
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the given axis use was found, otherwise %FALSE.
-
+<return> %TRUE if the event delivered event window coordinates
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_device_get_device_type">
+<function name="gdk_event_get_device">
<description>
-Returns the device type for @device.
+If the event contains a "device" field, this function will return
+it, else it will return %NULL.
Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="device">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkDevice
+<parameter name="event">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkEvent.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the #GdkDeviceType for @device.
+<return> a #GdkDevice, or %NULL.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_device_get_display">
+<function name="gdk_event_get_event_sequence">
<description>
-Returns the #GdkDisplay to which @device pertains.
+If @event if of type %GDK_TOUCH_BEGIN, %GDK_TOUCH_UPDATE,
+%GDK_TOUCH_END or %GDK_TOUCH_CANCEL, returns the #GdkEventSequence
+to which the event belongs. Otherwise, return %NULL.
-Since: 3.0
+Since: 3.4
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="device">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkDevice
+<parameter name="event">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkEvent
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a #GdkDisplay. This memory is owned
-by GTK+, and must not be freed or unreffed.
+<return> the event sequence that the event belongs to
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_device_get_has_cursor">
+<function name="gdk_event_get_keycode">
<description>
-Determines whether the pointer follows device motion.
+Extracts the hardware keycode from an event.
-Since: 2.20
+Since: 3.2
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="device">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkDevice
+<parameter name="event">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkEvent
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="keycode">
+<parameter_description> location to store the keycode
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the pointer follows device motion
+<return> %TRUE if the event delivered a hardware keycode
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_device_get_history">
+<function name="gdk_event_get_keyval">
<description>
-Obtains the motion history for a pointer device; given a starting and
-ending timestamp, return all events in the motion history for
-the device in the given range of time. Some windowing systems
-do not support motion history, in which case, %FALSE will
-be returned. (This is not distinguishable from the case where
-motion history is supported and no events were found.)
+Extracts the keyval from an event.
+Since: 3.2
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="device">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkDevice
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="window">
-<parameter_description> the window with respect to which which the event coordinates will be reported
+<parameter name="event">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkEvent
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="start">
-<parameter_description> starting timestamp for range of events to return
+<parameter name="keyval">
+<parameter_description> location to store the keyval
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="stop">
-<parameter_description> ending timestamp for the range of events to return
+</parameters>
+<return> %TRUE if the event delivered a key symbol
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_event_get_root_coords">
+<description>
+Extract the root window relative x/y coordinates from an event.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="event">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkEvent
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="events">
-<parameter_description> location to store a newly-allocated array of #GdkTimeCoord, or %NULL
+<parameter name="x_root">
+<parameter_description> location to put root window x coordinate
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="n_events">
-<parameter_description> location to store the length of @events, or %NULL
+<parameter name="y_root">
+<parameter_description> location to put root window y coordinate
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the windowing system supports motion history and
-at least one event was found.
+<return> %TRUE if the event delivered root window coordinates
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_device_get_key">
+<function name="gdk_event_get_screen">
<description>
-If @index_ has a valid keyval, this function will return %TRUE
-and fill in @keyval and @modifiers with the keyval settings.
+Returns the screen for the event. The screen is
+typically the screen for <literal>event->any.window</literal>, but
+for events such as mouse events, it is the screen
+where the pointer was when the event occurs -
+that is, the screen which has the root window
+to which <literal>event->motion.x_root</literal> and
+<literal>event->motion.y_root</literal> are relative.
-Since: 2.20
+Since: 2.2
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="device">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkDevice.
+<parameter name="event">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkEvent
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="index_">
-<parameter_description> the index of the macro button to get.
+</parameters>
+<return> the screen for the event
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_event_get_scroll_deltas">
+<description>
+Retrieves the scroll deltas from a #GdkEvent
+
+Since: 3.4
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="event">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkEvent
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="keyval">
-<parameter_description> return value for the keyval.
+<parameter name="delta_x">
+<parameter_description> return location for X delta
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="modifiers">
-<parameter_description> return value for modifiers.
+<parameter name="delta_y">
+<parameter_description> return location for Y delta
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if keyval is set for @index.
+<return> %TRUE if the event contains smooth scroll information
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_device_get_mode">
+<function name="gdk_event_get_scroll_direction">
<description>
-Determines the mode of the device.
+Extracts the scroll direction from an event.
-Since: 2.20
+Since: 3.2
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="device">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkDevice
+<parameter name="event">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkEvent
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="direction">
+<parameter_description> location to store the scroll direction
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a #GdkInputSource
+<return> %TRUE if the event delivered a scroll direction
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_device_get_n_axes">
+<function name="gdk_event_get_source_device">
<description>
-Returns the number of axes the device currently has.
+This function returns the hardware (slave) #GdkDevice that has
+triggered the event, falling back to the virtual (master) device
+(as in gdk_event_get_device()) if the event wasn't caused by
+interaction with a hardware device. This may happen for example
+in synthesized crossing events after a #GdkWindow updates its
+geometry or a grab is acquired/released.
+
+If the event does not contain a device field, this function will
+return %NULL.
Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="device">
-<parameter_description> a pointer #GdkDevice
+<parameter name="event">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkEvent
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the number of axes.
+<return> a #GdkDevice, or %NULL.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_device_get_n_keys">
+<function name="gdk_event_get_state">
<description>
-Returns the number of keys the device currently has.
+If the event contains a "state" field, puts that field in @state. Otherwise
+stores an empty state (0). Returns %TRUE if there was a state field
+in the event. @event may be %NULL, in which case it's treated
+as if the event had no state field.
-Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="device">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkDevice
+<parameter name="event">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkEvent or NULL
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="state">
+<parameter_description> return location for state
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the number of keys.
-
+<return> %TRUE if there was a state field in the event
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_device_get_name">
+<function name="gdk_event_get_time">
<description>
-Determines the name of the device.
+Returns the time stamp from @event, if there is one; otherwise
+returns #GDK_CURRENT_TIME. If @event is %NULL, returns #GDK_CURRENT_TIME.
-Since: 2.20
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="device">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkDevice
+<parameter name="event">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkEvent
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a name
-
+<return> time stamp field from @event
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_device_get_position">
+<function name="gdk_event_handler_set">
<description>
-Gets the current location of @device. As a slave device
-coordinates are those of its master pointer, This function
-may not be called on devices of type %GDK_DEVICE_TYPE_SLAVE,
-unless there is an ongoing grab on them, see gdk_device_grab().
+Sets the function to call to handle all events from GDK.
-Since: 3.0
+Note that GTK+ uses this to install its own event handler, so it is
+usually not useful for GTK+ applications. (Although an application
+can call this function then call gtk_main_do_event() to pass
+events to GTK+.)
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="device">
-<parameter_description> pointer device to query status about.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="screen">
-<parameter_description> location to store the #GdkScreen
-the @device is on, or %NULL.
+<parameter name="func">
+<parameter_description> the function to call to handle events from GDK.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="x">
-<parameter_description> location to store root window X coordinate of @device, or %NULL.
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> user data to pass to the function.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="y">
-<parameter_description> location to store root window Y coordinate of @device, or %NULL.
+<parameter name="notify">
+<parameter_description> the function to call when the handler function is removed, i.e. when
+gdk_event_handler_set() is called with another event handler.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_device_get_source">
+<function name="gdk_event_new">
<description>
-Determines the type of the device.
+Creates a new event of the given type. All fields are set to 0.
-Since: 2.20
+Since: 2.2
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="device">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkDevice
+<parameter name="type">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkEventType
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a #GdkInputSource
+<return> a newly-allocated #GdkEvent. The returned #GdkEvent
+should be freed with gdk_event_free().
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_device_get_state">
+<function name="gdk_event_peek">
<description>
-Gets the current state of a pointer device relative to @window. As a slave
-device coordinates are those of its master pointer, This
-function may not be called on devices of type %GDK_DEVICE_TYPE_SLAVE,
-unless there is an ongoing grab on them, see gdk_device_grab().
+If there is an event waiting in the event queue of some open
+display, returns a copy of it. See gdk_display_peek_event().
+
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="device">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkDevice.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="window">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkWindow.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="axes">
-<parameter_description> an array of doubles to store the values of the axes of @device in,
-or %NULL.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="mask">
-<parameter_description> location to store the modifiers, or %NULL.
+</parameters>
+<return> a copy of the first #GdkEvent on some event queue, or %NULL if no
+events are in any queues. The returned #GdkEvent should be freed with
+gdk_event_free().
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_event_put">
+<description>
+Appends a copy of the given event onto the front of the event
+queue for event->any.window's display, or the default event
+queue if event->any.window is %NULL. See gdk_display_put_event().
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="event">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkEvent.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_device_get_window_at_position">
+<function name="gdk_event_request_motions">
<description>
-Obtains the window underneath @device, returning the location of the device in @win_x and @win_y. Returns
-%NULL if the window tree under @device is not known to GDK (for example, belongs to another application).
+Request more motion notifies if @event is a motion notify hint event.
-As a slave device coordinates are those of its master pointer, This
-function may not be called on devices of type %GDK_DEVICE_TYPE_SLAVE,
-unless there is an ongoing grab on them, see gdk_device_grab().
+This function should be used instead of gdk_window_get_pointer() to
+request further motion notifies, because it also works for extension
+events where motion notifies are provided for devices other than the
+core pointer. Coordinate extraction, processing and requesting more
+motion events from a %GDK_MOTION_NOTIFY event usually works like this:
-Since: 3.0
+|[
+{
+/ * motion_event handler * /
+x = motion_event->x;
+y = motion_event->y;
+/ * handle (x,y) motion * /
+gdk_event_request_motions (motion_event); / * handles is_hint events * /
+}
+]|
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="device">
-<parameter_description> pointer #GdkDevice to query info to.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="win_x">
-<parameter_description> return location for the X coordinate of the device location,
-relative to the window origin, or %NULL.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="win_y">
-<parameter_description> return location for the Y coordinate of the device location,
-relative to the window origin, or %NULL.
+Since: 2.12
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="event">
+<parameter_description> a valid #GdkEvent
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the #GdkWindow under the device position, or %NULL.
-
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_device_grab">
+<function name="gdk_event_set_device">
<description>
-Grabs the device so that all events coming from this device are passed to
-this application until the device is ungrabbed with gdk_device_ungrab(),
-or the window becomes unviewable. This overrides any previous grab on the device
-by this client.
-
-Device grabs are used for operations which need complete control over the
-given device events (either pointer or keyboard). For example in GTK+ this
-is used for Drag and Drop operations, popup menus and such.
-
-Note that if the event mask of an X window has selected both button press
-and button release events, then a button press event will cause an automatic
-pointer grab until the button is released. X does this automatically since
-most applications expect to receive button press and release events in pairs.
-It is equivalent to a pointer grab on the window with @owner_events set to
-%TRUE.
-
-If you set up anything at the time you take the grab that needs to be
-cleaned up when the grab ends, you should handle the #GdkEventGrabBroken
-events that are emitted when the grab ends unvoluntarily.
+Sets the device for @event to @device. The event must
+have been allocated by GTK+, for instance, by
+gdk_event_copy().
Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="device">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkDevice. To get the device you can use gtk_get_current_event_device()
-or gdk_event_get_device() if the grab is in reaction to an event. Also, you can use
-gdk_device_manager_get_client_pointer() but only in code that isn't triggered by a
-#GdkEvent and there aren't other means to get a meaningful #GdkDevice to operate on.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="window">
-<parameter_description> the #GdkWindow which will own the grab (the grab window)
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="grab_ownership">
-<parameter_description> specifies the grab ownership.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="owner_events">
-<parameter_description> if %FALSE then all device events are reported with respect to
- window and are only reported if selected by @event_mask. If
-%TRUE then pointer events for this application are reported
-as normal, but pointer events outside this application are
-reported with respect to @window and only if selected by
- event_mask In either mode, unreported events are discarded.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="event_mask">
-<parameter_description> specifies the event mask, which is used in accordance with
- owner_events
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="cursor">
-<parameter_description> the cursor to display while the grab is active if the device is
-a pointer. If this is %NULL then the normal cursors are used for
- window and its descendants, and the cursor for @window is used
-elsewhere.
+<parameter name="event">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkEvent
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="time_">
-<parameter_description> the timestamp of the event which led to this pointer grab. This
-usually comes from the #GdkEvent struct, though %GDK_CURRENT_TIME
-can be used if the time isn't known.
+<parameter name="device">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkDevice
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %GDK_GRAB_SUCCESS if the grab was successful.
-
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_device_grab_info_libgtk_only">
+<function name="gdk_event_set_screen">
<description>
-Determines information about the current keyboard grab.
-This is not public API and must not be used by applications.
+Sets the screen for @event to @screen. The event must
+have been allocated by GTK+, for instance, by
+gdk_event_copy().
+Since: 2.2
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="display">
-<parameter_description> the display for which to get the grab information
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="device">
-<parameter_description> device to get the grab information from
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="grab_window">
-<parameter_description> location to store current grab window
+<parameter name="event">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkEvent
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="owner_events">
-<parameter_description> location to store boolean indicating whether
-the @owner_events flag to gdk_keyboard_grab() or
-gdk_pointer_grab() was %TRUE.
+<parameter name="screen">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkScreen
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if this application currently has the
-keyboard grabbed.
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_device_list_axes">
+<function name="gdk_event_set_source_device">
<description>
-Returns a #GList of #GdkAtom<!-- -->s, containing the labels for
-the axes that @device currently has.
+Sets the slave device for @event to @device.
+
+The event must have been allocated by GTK+,
+for instance by gdk_event_copy().
Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
+<parameter name="event">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkEvent
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
<parameter name="device">
-<parameter_description> a pointer #GdkDevice
+<parameter_description> a #GdkDevice
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return>
-A #GList of #GdkAtom<!-- -->s, free with g_list_free().
-
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_device_list_slave_devices">
+<function name="gdk_event_triggers_context_menu">
<description>
-If the device if of type %GDK_DEVICE_TYPE_MASTER, it will return
-the list of slave devices attached to it, otherwise it will return
-%NULL
+This function returns whether a #GdkEventButton should trigger a
+context menu, according to platform conventions. The right mouse
+button always triggers context menus. Additionally, if
+gdk_keymap_get_modifier_mask() returns a non-0 mask for
+%GDK_MODIFIER_INTENT_CONTEXT_MENU, then the left mouse button will
+also trigger a context menu if this modifier is pressed.
+
+This function should always be used instead of simply checking for
+event->button == %GDK_BUTTON_SECONDARY.
+Since: 3.4
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="device">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkDevice
+<parameter name="event">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkEvent, currently only button events are meaningful values
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the list of
-slave devices, or %NULL. The list must be freed with
-g_list_free(), the contents of the list are owned by GTK+
-and should not be freed.
+<return> %TRUE if the event should trigger a context menu.
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_device_manager_get_client_pointer">
+<function name="gdk_events_get_angle">
<description>
-Returns the client pointer, that is, the master pointer that acts as the core pointer
-for this application. In X11, window managers may change this depending on the interaction
-pattern under the presence of several pointers.
-
-You should use this function sheldomly, only in code that isn't triggered by a #GdkEvent
-and there aren't other means to get a meaningful #GdkDevice to operate on.
+If both events contain X/Y information, this function will return %TRUE
+and return in @angle the relative angle from @event1 to @event2. The rotation
+direction for positive angles is from the positive X axis towards the positive
+Y axis.
Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="device_manager">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkDeviceManager
+<parameter name="event1">
+<parameter_description> first #GdkEvent
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="event2">
+<parameter_description> second #GdkEvent
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="angle">
+<parameter_description> return location for the relative angle between both events
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> The client pointer. This memory is
-owned by GDK and must not be freed or unreferenced.
+<return> %TRUE if the angle could be calculated.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_device_manager_get_display">
+<function name="gdk_events_get_center">
<description>
-Gets the #GdkDisplay associated to @device_manager.
+If both events contain X/Y information, the center of both coordinates
+will be returned in @x and @y.
Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="device_manager">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkDeviceManager
+<parameter name="event1">
+<parameter_description> first #GdkEvent
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="event2">
+<parameter_description> second #GdkEvent
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="x">
+<parameter_description> return location for the X coordinate of the center
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="y">
+<parameter_description> return location for the Y coordinate of the center
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the #GdkDisplay to which @device_manager is
-associated to, or #NULL. This memory is owned by GDK and
-must not be freed or unreferenced.
+<return> %TRUE if the center could be calculated.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_device_manager_list_devices">
+<function name="gdk_events_get_distance">
<description>
-Returns the list of devices of type @type currently attached to
- device_manager
+If both events have X/Y information, the distance between both coordinates
+(as in a straight line going from @event1 to @event2) will be returned.
Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="device_manager">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkDeviceManager
+<parameter name="event1">
+<parameter_description> first #GdkEvent
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="type">
-<parameter_description> device type to get.
+<parameter name="event2">
+<parameter_description> second #GdkEvent
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="distance">
+<parameter_description> return location for the distance
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a list of
-#GdkDevice<!-- -->s. The returned list must be
-freed with g_list_free (). The list elements are owned by
-GTK+ and must not be freed or unreffed.
+<return> %TRUE if the distance could be calculated.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_device_set_axis_use">
+<function name="gdk_events_pending">
<description>
-Specifies how an axis of a device is used.
+Checks if any events are ready to be processed for any display.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+</parameters>
+<return> %TRUE if any events are pending.
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_flush">
+<description>
+Flushes the output buffers of all display connections and waits
+until all requests have been processed.
+This is rarely needed by applications.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="device">
-<parameter_description> a pointer #GdkDevice
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="index_">
-<parameter_description> the index of the axis
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="use">
-<parameter_description> specifies how the axis is used
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_device_set_key">
+<function name="gdk_frame_clock_begin_updating">
<description>
-Specifies the X key event to generate when a macro button of a device
-is pressed.
+Starts updates for an animation. Until a matching call to
+gdk_frame_clock_end_updating() is made, the frame clock will continually
+request a new frame with the %GDK_FRAME_CLOCK_PHASE_UPDATE phase.
+This function may be called multiple times and frames will be
+requested until gdk_frame_clock_end_updating() is called the same
+number of times.
+
+Since: 3.8
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="device">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkDevice
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="index_">
-<parameter_description> the index of the macro button to set
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="keyval">
-<parameter_description> the keyval to generate
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="modifiers">
-<parameter_description> the modifiers to set
+<parameter name="frame_clock">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkFrameClock
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_device_set_mode">
+<function name="gdk_frame_clock_end_updating">
<description>
-Sets a the mode of an input device. The mode controls if the
-device is active and whether the device's range is mapped to the
-entire screen or to a single window.
+Stops updates for an animation. See the documentation for
+gdk_frame_clock_begin_updating().
+Since: 3.8
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="device">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkDevice.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="mode">
-<parameter_description> the input mode.
+<parameter name="frame_clock">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkFrameClock
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the mode was successfully changed.
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_device_ungrab">
+<function name="gdk_frame_clock_get_current_timings">
<description>
-Release any grab on @device.
+Gets the frame timings for the current frame.
-Since: 3.0
+Since: 3.8
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="device">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkDevice
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="time_">
-<parameter_description> a timestap (e.g. %GDK_CURRENT_TIME).
+<parameter name="frame_clock">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkFrameClock
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> the #GdkFrameTimings for the frame currently being
+processed, or even no frame is being processed, for the
+previous frame. Before any frames have been procesed,
+returns %NULL.
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_device_warp">
+<function name="gdk_frame_clock_get_frame_counter">
<description>
-Warps @device in @display to the point @x,@y on
-the screen @screen, unless the device is confined
-to a window by a grab, in which case it will be moved
-as far as allowed by the grab. Warping the pointer
-creates events as if the user had moved the mouse
-instantaneously to the destination.
-
-Note that the pointer should normally be under the
-control of the user. This function was added to cover
-some rare use cases like keyboard navigation support
-for the color picker in the #GtkColorSelectionDialog.
+A #GdkFrameClock maintains a 64-bit counter that increments for
+each frame drawn.
-Since: 3.0
+Since: 3.8
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="device">
-<parameter_description> the device to warp.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="screen">
-<parameter_description> the screen to warp @device to.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="x">
-<parameter_description> the X coordinate of the destination.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="y">
-<parameter_description> the Y coordinate of the destination.
+<parameter name="frame_clock">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkFrameClock
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> inside frame processing, the value of the frame counter
+for the current frame. Outside of frame processing, the frame
+counter for the last frame.
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_disable_multidevice">
+<function name="gdk_frame_clock_get_frame_time">
<description>
-Disables multidevice support in GDK. This call must happen prior
-to gdk_display_open(), gtk_init(), gtk_init_with_args() or
-gtk_init_check() in order to take effect.
-
-Most common GTK+ applications won't ever need to call this. Only
-applications that do mixed GDK/Xlib calls could want to disable
-multidevice support if such Xlib code deals with input devices in
-any way and doesn't observe the presence of XInput 2.
+Gets the time that should currently be used for animations. Inside
+the processing of a frame, it's the time used to compute the
+animation position of everything in a frame. Outside of a frame, it's
+the time of the conceptual "previous frame," which may be either
+the actual previous frame time, or if that's too old, an updated
+time.
-Since: 3.0
+Since: 3.8
</description>
<parameters>
+<parameter name="frame_clock">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkFrameClock
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> a timestamp in microseconds, in the timescale of
+of g_get_monotonic_time().
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_display_beep">
+<function name="gdk_frame_clock_get_history_start">
<description>
-Emits a short beep on @display
+#GdkFrameClock internally keeps a history of #GdkFrameTiming
+objects for recent frames that can be retrieved with
+gdk_frame_clock_get_timings(). The set of stored frames
+is the set from the counter values given by
+gdk_frame_clock_get_history_start() and
+gdk_frame_clock_get_frame_counter(), inclusive.
-Since: 2.2
+Since: 3.8
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="display">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplay
+<parameter name="frame_clock">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkFrameClock
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> the frame counter value for the oldest frame
+that is available in the internal frame history of the
+#GdkFrameClock.
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_display_close">
+<function name="gdk_frame_clock_get_refresh_info">
<description>
-Closes the connection to the windowing system for the given display,
-and cleans up associated resources.
+Using the frame history stored in the frame clock, finds the last
+known presentation time and refresh interval, and assuming that
+presentation times are separated by the refresh interval,
+predicts a presentation time that is a multiple of the refresh
+interval after the last presentation time, and later than @base_time.
-Since: 2.2
+Since: 3.8
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="display">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplay
+<parameter name="frame_clock">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkFrameClock
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="base_time">
+<parameter_description> base time for determining a presentaton time
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="refresh_interval_return">
+<parameter_description> a location to store the determined refresh
+interval, or %NULL. A default refresh interval of 1/60th of
+a second will be stored if no history is present.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="presentation_time_return">
+<parameter_description> a location to store the next
+candidate presentation time after the given base time.
+0 will be will be stored if no history is present.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_display_device_is_grabbed">
+<function name="gdk_frame_clock_get_timings">
<description>
-Returns %TRUE if there is an ongoing grab on @device for @display.
+Retrieves a #GdkFrameTimings object holding timing information
+for the current frame or a recent frame. The #GdkFrameTimings
+object may not yet be complete: see gdk_frame_timings_get_complete().
+Since: 3.8
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="display">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplay
+<parameter name="frame_clock">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkFrameClock
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="device">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkDevice
+<parameter name="frame_counter">
+<parameter_description> the frame counter value identifying the frame to
+be received.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if there is a grab in effect for @device.
+<return> the #GdkFrameTimings object for the specified
+frame, or %NULL if it is not available. See
+gdk_frame_clock_get_history_start().
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_display_flush">
+<function name="gdk_frame_clock_request_phase">
<description>
-Flushes any requests queued for the windowing system; this happens automatically
-when the main loop blocks waiting for new events, but if your application
-is drawing without returning control to the main loop, you may need
-to call this function explicitely. A common case where this function
-needs to be called is when an application is executing drawing commands
-from a thread other than the thread where the main loop is running.
+Asks the frame clock to run a particular phase. The signal
+corresponding the requested phase will be emitted the next
+time the frame clock processes. Multiple calls to
+gdk_frame_clock_request_phase() will be combined together
+and only one frame processed. If you are displaying animated
+content and want to continually request the
+%GDK_FRAME_CLOCK_PHASE_UPDATE phase for a period of time,
+you should use gdk_frame_clock_begin_updating() instead, since
+this allows GTK+ to adjust system parameters to get maximally
+smooth animations.
-This is most useful for X11. On windowing systems where requests are
-handled synchronously, this function will do nothing.
-
-Since: 2.4
+Since: 3.8
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="display">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplay
+<parameter name="frame_clock">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkFrameClock
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="phase">
+<parameter_description> the phase that is requested
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_display_get_app_launch_context">
+<function name="gdk_frame_timings_get_complete">
<description>
-Returns a #GdkAppLaunchContext suitable for launching
-applications on the given display.
+The timing information in a #GdkFrameTimings is filled in
+incrementally as the frame as drawn and passed off to the
+window system for processing and display to the user. The
+accessor functions for #GdkFrameTimings can return 0 to
+indicate an unavailable value for two reasons: either because
+the information is not yet available, or because it isn't
+available at all. Once gdk_frame_timings_complete() returns
+%TRUE for a frame, you can be certain that no further values
+will become available and be stored in the #GdkFrameTimings.
-Since: 3.0
+Since: 3.8
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="display">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplay
+<parameter name="timings">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkFrameTimings
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a new #GdkAppLaunchContext for @display.
-Free with g_object_unref() when done
-
+<return> %TRUE if all information that will be available
+for the frame has been filled in.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_display_get_default">
+<function name="gdk_frame_timings_get_frame_counter">
<description>
-Gets the default #GdkDisplay. This is a convenience
-function for
-<literal>gdk_display_manager_get_default_display (gdk_display_manager_get ())</literal>.
+Gets the frame counter value of the #GdkFrameClock when this
+this frame was drawn.
-Since: 2.2
+Since: 3.8
</description>
<parameters>
+<parameter name="timings">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkFrameTimings
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a #GdkDisplay, or %NULL if there is no default
-display.
-
+<return> the frame counter value for this frame
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_display_get_default_cursor_size">
+<function name="gdk_frame_timings_get_frame_time">
<description>
-Returns the default size to use for cursors on @display.
+Returns the frame time for the frame. This is the time value
+that is typically used to time animations for the frame. See
+gdk_frame_clock_get_frame_time().
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="display">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplay
+<parameter name="timings">
+<parameter_description> A #GdkFrameTimings
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the default cursor size.
-
+<return> the frame time for the frame, in the timescale
+of g_get_monotonic_time()
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_display_get_default_group">
+<function name="gdk_frame_timings_get_predicted_presentation_time">
<description>
-Returns the default group leader window for all toplevel windows
-on @display. This window is implicitly created by GDK.
-See gdk_window_set_group().
+Gets the predicted time at which this frame will be displayed. Although
+no predicted time may be available, if one is available, it will
+be available while the frame is being generated, in contrast to
+gdk_frame_timings_get_presentation_time(), which is only available
+after the frame has been presented. In general, if you are simply
+animating, you should use gdk_frame_clock_get_frame_time() rather
+than this function, but this function is useful for applications
+that want exact control over latency. For example, a movie player
+may want this information for Audio/Video synchronization.
-Since: 2.4
+Since: 3.8
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="display">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplay
+<parameter name="timings">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkFrameTimings
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> The default group leader window
-for @display
-
+<return> The predicted time at which the frame will be presented,
+in the timescale of g_get_monotonic_time(), or 0 if no predicted
+presentation time is available.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_display_get_default_screen">
+<function name="gdk_frame_timings_get_presentation_time">
<description>
-Get the default #GdkScreen for @display.
+Reurns the presentation time. This is the time at which the frame
+became visible to the user.
-Since: 2.2
+Since: 3.8
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="display">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplay
+<parameter name="timings">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkFrameTimings
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the default #GdkScreen object for @display
-
+<return> the time the frame was displayed to the user, in the
+timescale of g_get_monotonic_time(), or 0 if no presentation
+time is available. See gdk_frame_timings_get_complete()
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_display_get_device_manager">
+<function name="gdk_frame_timings_get_refresh_interval">
<description>
-Returns the #GdkDeviceManager associated to @display.
+Gets the natural interval between presentation times for
+the display that this frame was displayed on. Frame presentation
+usually happens during the "vertical blanking interval".
-Since: 3.0
+Since: 3.8
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="display">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplay.
+<parameter name="timings">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkFrameTimings
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> A #GdkDeviceManager, or %NULL. This memory is
-owned by GDK and must not be freed or unreferenced.
-
+<return> the refresh interval of the display, in microseconds,
+or 0 if the refresh interval is not available.
+See gdk_frame_timings_get_complete().
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_display_get_event">
+<function name="gdk_frame_timings_ref">
<description>
-Gets the next #GdkEvent to be processed for @display, fetching events from the
-windowing system if necessary.
+Increases the reference count of @timings.
-Since: 2.2
+Since: 3.8
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="display">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplay
+<parameter name="timings">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkFrameTimings
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the next #GdkEvent to be processed, or %NULL if no events
-are pending. The returned #GdkEvent should be freed with gdk_event_free().
-
+<return> @timings
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_display_get_maximal_cursor_size">
+<function name="gdk_frame_timings_unref">
<description>
-Gets the maximal size to use for cursors on @display.
+Decreases the reference count of @timings. If @timings
+is no longer referenced, it will be freed.
-Since: 2.4
+Since: 3.8
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="display">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplay
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="width">
-<parameter_description> the return location for the maximal cursor width
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="height">
-<parameter_description> the return location for the maximal cursor height
+<parameter name="timings">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkFrameTimings
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_display_get_n_screens">
+<function name="gdk_get_default_root_window">
<description>
-Gets the number of screen managed by the @display.
+Obtains the root window (parent all other windows are inside)
+for the default display and screen.
-Since: 2.2
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="display">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplay
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> number of screens.
+<return> the default root window
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_get_display">
+<description>
+Gets the name of the display, which usually comes from the
+<envar>DISPLAY</envar> environment variable or the
+<option>--display</option> command line option.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+</parameters>
+<return> the name of the display.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_display_get_name">
+<function name="gdk_get_display_arg_name">
<description>
-Gets the name of the display.
+Gets the display name specified in the command line arguments passed
+to gdk_init() or gdk_parse_args(), if any.
Since: 2.2
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="display">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplay
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a string representing the display name. This string is owned
-by GDK and should not be modified or freed.
+<return> the display name, if specified explicitely, otherwise %NULL
+this string is owned by GTK+ and must not be modified or freed.
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_get_program_class">
+<description>
+Gets the program class. Unless the program class has explicitly
+been set with gdk_set_program_class() or with the <option>--class</option>
+commandline option, the default value is the program name (determined
+with g_get_prgname()) with the first character converted to uppercase.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+</parameters>
+<return> the program class.
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_get_show_events">
+<description>
+Gets whether event debugging output is enabled.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+</parameters>
+<return> %TRUE if event debugging output is enabled.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_display_get_pointer">
+<function name="gdk_init">
<description>
-Gets the current location of the pointer and the current modifier
-mask for a given display.
+Initializes the GDK library and connects to the windowing system.
+If initialization fails, a warning message is output and the application
+terminates with a call to <literal>exit(1)</literal>.
-Since: 2.2
+Any arguments used by GDK are removed from the array and @argc and @argv
+are updated accordingly.
-Deprecated: 3.0: Use gdk_device_get_position() instead.
+GTK+ initializes GDK in gtk_init() and so this function is not usually
+needed by GTK+ applications.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="display">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplay
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="screen">
-<parameter_description> location to store the screen that the
-cursor is on, or %NULL.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="x">
-<parameter_description> location to store root window X coordinate of pointer, or %NULL.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="y">
-<parameter_description> location to store root window Y coordinate of pointer, or %NULL.
+<parameter name="argc">
+<parameter_description> the number of command line arguments.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="mask">
-<parameter_description> location to store current modifier mask, or %NULL
+<parameter name="argv">
+<parameter_description> the array of command line arguments.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_display_get_screen">
+<function name="gdk_init_check">
<description>
-Returns a screen object for one of the screens of the display.
+Initializes the GDK library and connects to the windowing system,
+returning %TRUE on success.
+
+Any arguments used by GDK are removed from the array and @argc and @argv
+are updated accordingly.
+
+GTK+ initializes GDK in gtk_init() and so this function is not usually
+needed by GTK+ applications.
-Since: 2.2
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="display">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplay
+<parameter name="argc">
+<parameter_description> the number of command line arguments.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="screen_num">
-<parameter_description> the screen number
+<parameter name="argv">
+<parameter_description> the array of command line arguments.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the #GdkScreen object
-
+<return> %TRUE if initialization succeeded.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_display_get_window_at_pointer">
+<function name="gdk_keyboard_grab">
<description>
-Obtains the window underneath the mouse pointer, returning the location
-of the pointer in that window in @win_x, @win_y for @screen. Returns %NULL
-if the window under the mouse pointer is not known to GDK (for example,
-belongs to another application).
+Grabs the keyboard so that all events are passed to this
+application until the keyboard is ungrabbed with gdk_keyboard_ungrab().
+This overrides any previous keyboard grab by this client.
-Since: 2.2
+If you set up anything at the time you take the grab that needs to be cleaned
+up when the grab ends, you should handle the #GdkEventGrabBroken events that
+are emitted when the grab ends unvoluntarily.
-Deprecated: 3.0: Use gdk_device_get_window_at_position() instead.
+Deprecated: 3.0: Use gdk_device_grab() instead.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="display">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplay
+<parameter name="window">
+<parameter_description> the #GdkWindow which will own the grab (the grab window).
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="win_x">
-<parameter_description> return location for x coordinate of the pointer location relative
-to the window origin, or %NULL
+<parameter name="owner_events">
+<parameter_description> if %FALSE then all keyboard events are reported with respect to
+ window If %TRUE then keyboard events for this application are
+reported as normal, but keyboard events outside this application
+are reported with respect to @window. Both key press and key
+release events are always reported, independant of the event mask
+set by the application.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="win_y">
-<parameter_description> return location for y coordinate of the pointer location relative
- & to the window origin, or %NULL
+<parameter name="time_">
+<parameter_description> a timestamp from a #GdkEvent, or %GDK_CURRENT_TIME if no timestamp is
+available.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the window under the mouse pointer, or %NULL
+<return> %GDK_GRAB_SUCCESS if the grab was successful.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_display_has_pending">
+<function name="gdk_keyboard_ungrab">
<description>
-Returns whether the display has events that are waiting
-to be processed.
+Ungrabs the keyboard on the default display, if it is grabbed by this
+application.
-Since: 3.0
+Deprecated: 3.0: Use gdk_device_ungrab(), together with gdk_device_grab()
+instead.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="display">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplay
+<parameter name="time_">
+<parameter_description> a timestamp from a #GdkEvent, or %GDK_CURRENT_TIME if no
+timestamp is available.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if there are events ready to be processed.
-
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_display_is_closed">
+<function name="gdk_keymap_add_virtual_modifiers">
<description>
-Finds out if the display has been closed.
+Maps the non-virtual modifiers (i.e Mod2, Mod3, ...) which are set
+in @state to the virtual modifiers (i.e. Super, Hyper and Meta) and
+set the corresponding bits in @state.
-Since: 2.22
+GDK already does this before delivering key events, but for
+compatibility reasons, it only sets the first virtual modifier
+it finds, whereas this function sets all matching virtual modifiers.
+
+This function is useful when matching key events against
+accelerators.
+
+Since: 2.20
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="display">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplay
+<parameter name="keymap">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkKeymap
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="state">
+<parameter_description> pointer to the modifier mask to change
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the display is closed.
-
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_display_keyboard_ungrab">
+<function name="gdk_keymap_get_caps_lock_state">
<description>
-Release any keyboard grab
-
-Since: 2.2
+Returns whether the Caps Lock modifer is locked.
-Deprecated: 3.0: Use gdk_device_ungrab(), together with gdk_device_grab()
-instead.
+Since: 2.16
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="display">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplay.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="time_">
-<parameter_description> a timestap (e.g #GDK_CURRENT_TIME).
+<parameter name="keymap">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkKeymap
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> %TRUE if Caps Lock is on
+
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_display_list_devices">
+<function name="gdk_keymap_get_default">
<description>
-Returns the list of available input devices attached to @display.
-The list is statically allocated and should not be freed.
+Returns the #GdkKeymap attached to the default display.
-Since: 2.2
-Deprecated: 3.0: Use gdk_device_manager_list_devices() instead.
+</description>
+<parameters>
+</parameters>
+<return> the #GdkKeymap attached to the default display.
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_keymap_get_direction">
+<description>
+Returns the direction of effective layout of the keymap.
+
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="display">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplay
+<parameter name="keymap">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkKeymap
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return>
-a list of #GdkDevice
-
+<return> %PANGO_DIRECTION_LTR or %PANGO_DIRECTION_RTL
+if it can determine the direction. %PANGO_DIRECTION_NEUTRAL
+otherwise.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_display_manager_get">
+<function name="gdk_keymap_get_entries_for_keycode">
<description>
-Gets the singleton #GdkDisplayManager object.
-
-When called for the first time, this function consults the
-<envar>GDK_BACKEND</envar> environment variable to find out which
-of the supported GDK backends to use (in case GDK has been compiled
-with multiple backends).
+Returns the keyvals bound to @hardware_keycode.
+The Nth #GdkKeymapKey in @keys is bound to the Nth
+keyval in @keyvals. Free the returned arrays with g_free().
+When a keycode is pressed by the user, the keyval from
+this list of entries is selected by considering the effective
+keyboard group and level. See gdk_keymap_translate_keyboard_state().
-Since: 2.2
</description>
<parameters>
+<parameter name="keymap">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkKeymap
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="hardware_keycode">
+<parameter_description> a keycode
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="keys">
+<parameter_description> return
+location for array of #GdkKeymapKey, or %NULL
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="keyvals">
+<parameter_description> return
+location for array of keyvals, or %NULL
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="n_entries">
+<parameter_description> length of @keys and @keyvals
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> The global #GdkDisplayManager singleton;
-gdk_parse_args(), gdk_init(), or gdk_init_check() must have
-been called first.
-
+<return> %TRUE if there were any entries
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_display_manager_get_default_display">
+<function name="gdk_keymap_get_entries_for_keyval">
<description>
-Gets the default #GdkDisplay.
+Obtains a list of keycode/group/level combinations that will
+generate @keyval. Groups and levels are two kinds of keyboard mode;
+in general, the level determines whether the top or bottom symbol
+on a key is used, and the group determines whether the left or
+right symbol is used. On US keyboards, the shift key changes the
+keyboard level, and there are no groups. A group switch key might
+convert a keyboard between Hebrew to English modes, for example.
+#GdkEventKey contains a %group field that indicates the active
+keyboard group. The level is computed from the modifier mask.
+The returned array should be freed
+with g_free().
-Since: 2.2
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="manager">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplayManager
+<parameter name="keymap">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkKeymap
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="keyval">
+<parameter_description> a keyval, such as %GDK_a, %GDK_Up, %GDK_Return, etc.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="keys">
+<parameter_description> return location
+for an array of #GdkKeymapKey
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="n_keys">
+<parameter_description> return location for number of elements in returned array
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a #GdkDisplay, or %NULL
-if there is no default display.
-
+<return> %TRUE if keys were found and returned
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_display_manager_list_displays">
+<function name="gdk_keymap_get_for_display">
<description>
-List all currently open displays.
+Returns the #GdkKeymap attached to @display.
Since: 2.2
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="manager">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplayManager
+<parameter name="display">
+<parameter_description> the #GdkDisplay.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a newly
-allocated #GSList of #GdkDisplay objects. Free with g_slist_free()
-when you are done with it.
+<return> the #GdkKeymap attached to @display.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_display_manager_open_display">
+<function name="gdk_keymap_get_modifier_mask">
<description>
-Opens a display.
+Returns the modifier mask the @keymap's windowing system backend
+uses for a particular purpose.
-Since: 3.0
+Note that this function always returns real hardware modifiers, not
+virtual ones (e.g. it will return #GDK_MOD1_MASK rather than
+#GDK_META_MASK if the backend maps MOD1 to META), so there are use
+cases where the return value of this function has to be transformed
+by gdk_keymap_add_virtual_modifiers() in order to contain the
+expected result.
+
+Since: 3.4
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="manager">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplayManager
+<parameter name="keymap">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkKeymap
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="name">
-<parameter_description> the name of the display to open
+<parameter name="intent">
+<parameter_description> the use case for the modifier mask
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a #GdkDisplay, or %NULL
-if the display could not be opened
+<return> the modifier mask used for @intent.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_display_manager_set_default_display">
+<function name="gdk_keymap_get_modifier_state">
<description>
-Sets @display as the default display.
+Returns the current modifier state.
-Since: 2.2
+Since: 3.4
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="manager">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplayManager
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="display">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplay
+<parameter name="keymap">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkKeymap
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> the current modifier state.
+
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_display_notify_startup_complete">
+<function name="gdk_keymap_get_num_lock_state">
<description>
-Indicates to the GUI environment that the application has
-finished loading, using a given identifier.
-
-GTK+ will call this function automatically for #GtkWindow
-with custom startup-notification identifier unless
-gtk_window_set_auto_startup_notification() is called to
-disable that feature.
+Returns whether the Num Lock modifer is locked.
Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="display">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplay
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="startup_id">
-<parameter_description> a startup-notification identifier, for which
-notification process should be completed
+<parameter name="keymap">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkKeymap
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> %TRUE if Num Lock is on
+
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_display_open">
+<function name="gdk_keymap_have_bidi_layouts">
<description>
-Opens a display.
+Determines if keyboard layouts for both right-to-left and left-to-right
+languages are in use.
-Since: 2.2
+Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="display_name">
-<parameter_description> the name of the display to open
+<parameter name="keymap">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkKeymap
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a #GdkDisplay, or %NULL
-if the display could not be opened
-
-</return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gdk_display_open_default_libgtk_only">
-<description>
-Opens the default display specified by command line arguments or
-environment variables, sets it as the default display, and returns
-it. gdk_parse_args must have been called first. If the default
-display has previously been set, simply returns that. An internal
-function that should not be used by applications.
-
+<return> %TRUE if there are layouts in both directions, %FALSE otherwise
-</description>
-<parameters>
-</parameters>
-<return> the default display, if it could be
-opened, otherwise %NULL.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_display_peek_event">
+<function name="gdk_keymap_lookup_key">
<description>
-Gets a copy of the first #GdkEvent in the @display's event queue, without
-removing the event from the queue. (Note that this function will
-not get more events from the windowing system. It only checks the events
-that have already been moved to the GDK event queue.)
+Looks up the keyval mapped to a keycode/group/level triplet.
+If no keyval is bound to @key, returns 0. For normal user input,
+you want to use gdk_keymap_translate_keyboard_state() instead of
+this function, since the effective group/level may not be
+the same as the current keyboard state.
-Since: 2.2
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="display">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplay
+<parameter name="keymap">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkKeymap
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="key">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkKeymapKey with keycode, group, and level initialized
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a copy of the first #GdkEvent on the event queue, or %NULL
-if no events are in the queue. The returned #GdkEvent should be freed with
-gdk_event_free().
-
+<return> a keyval, or 0 if none was mapped to the given @key
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_display_pointer_is_grabbed">
+<function name="gdk_keymap_map_virtual_modifiers">
<description>
-Test if the pointer is grabbed.
+Maps the virtual modifiers (i.e. Super, Hyper and Meta) which
+are set in @state to their non-virtual counterparts (i.e. Mod2,
+Mod3,...) and set the corresponding bits in @state.
-Since: 2.2
+This function is useful when matching key events against
+accelerators.
-Deprecated: 3.0: Use gdk_display_device_is_grabbed() instead.
+Since: 2.20
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="display">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplay
+<parameter name="keymap">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkKeymap
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="state">
+<parameter_description> pointer to the modifier state to map
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if an active X pointer grab is in effect
+<return> %TRUE if no virtual modifiers were mapped to the
+same non-virtual modifier. Note that %FALSE is also returned
+if a virtual modifier is mapped to a non-virtual modifier that
+was already set in @state.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_display_pointer_ungrab">
+<function name="gdk_keymap_translate_keyboard_state">
<description>
-Release any pointer grab.
+Translates the contents of a #GdkEventKey into a keyval, effective
+group, and level. Modifiers that affected the translation and
+are thus unavailable for application use are returned in
+ consumed_modifiers
+See <xref linkend="key-group-explanation"/> for an explanation of
+groups and levels. The @effective_group is the group that was
+actually used for the translation; some keys such as Enter are not
+affected by the active keyboard group. The @level is derived from
+ state For convenience, #GdkEventKey already contains the translated
+keyval, so this function isn't as useful as you might think.
-Since: 2.2
+<note><para>
+ consumed_modifiers gives modifiers that should be masked out
+from @state when comparing this key press to a hot key. For
+instance, on a US keyboard, the <literal>plus</literal>
+symbol is shifted, so when comparing a key press to a
+<literal><Control>plus</literal> accelerator <Shift> should
+be masked out.
+</para>
+<informalexample><programlisting>
+ / * We want to ignore irrelevant modifiers like ScrollLock * /
+#define ALL_ACCELS_MASK (GDK_CONTROL_MASK | GDK_SHIFT_MASK | GDK_MOD1_MASK)
+gdk_keymap_translate_keyboard_state (keymap, event->hardware_keycode,
+event->state, event->group,
+&keyval, NULL, NULL, &consumed);
+if (keyval == GDK_PLUS &&
+(event->state & ~consumed & ALL_ACCELS_MASK) == GDK_CONTROL_MASK)
+ / * Control was pressed * /
+</programlisting></informalexample>
+<para>
+An older interpretation @consumed_modifiers was that it contained
+all modifiers that might affect the translation of the key;
+this allowed accelerators to be stored with irrelevant consumed
+modifiers, by doing:</para>
+<informalexample><programlisting>
+ / * XXX Don't do this XXX * /
+if (keyval == accel_keyval &&
+(event->state & ~consumed & ALL_ACCELS_MASK) == (accel_mods & ~consumed))
+ / * Accelerator was pressed * /
+</programlisting></informalexample>
+<para>
+However, this did not work if multi-modifier combinations were
+used in the keymap, since, for instance, <literal><Control></literal>
+would be masked out even if only <literal><Control><Alt></literal>
+was used in the keymap. To support this usage as well as well as
+possible, all <emphasis>single modifier</emphasis> combinations
+that could affect the key for any combination of modifiers will
+be returned in @consumed_modifiers; multi-modifier combinations
+are returned only when actually found in @state. When you store
+accelerators, you should always store them with consumed modifiers
+removed. Store <literal><Control>plus</literal>,
+not <literal><Control><Shift>plus</literal>,
+</para></note>
-Deprecated: 3.0: Use gdk_device_ungrab(), together with gdk_device_grab()
-instead.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="display">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplay.
+<parameter name="keymap">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkKeymap
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="hardware_keycode">
+<parameter_description> a keycode
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="state">
+<parameter_description> a modifier state
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="group">
+<parameter_description> active keyboard group
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="keyval">
+<parameter_description> return location for keyval, or %NULL
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="effective_group">
+<parameter_description> return location for effective
+group, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="time_">
-<parameter_description> a timestap (e.g. %GDK_CURRENT_TIME).
+<parameter name="level">
+<parameter_description> return location for level, or %NULL
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="consumed_modifiers">
+<parameter_description> return location for modifiers
+that were used to determine the group or level, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> %TRUE if there was a keyval bound to the keycode/state/group
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_display_put_event">
+<function name="gdk_keyval_convert_case">
<description>
-Appends a copy of the given event onto the front of the event
-queue for @display.
-
-Since: 2.2
+Obtains the upper- and lower-case versions of the keyval @symbol.
+Examples of keyvals are #GDK_KEY_a, #GDK_KEY_Enter, #GDK_KEY_F1, etc.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="display">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplay
+<parameter name="symbol">
+<parameter_description> a keyval
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="event">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkEvent.
+<parameter name="lower">
+<parameter_description> return location for lowercase version of @symbol
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="upper">
+<parameter_description> return location for uppercase version of @symbol
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_display_request_selection_notification">
+<function name="gdk_keyval_from_name">
<description>
-Request #GdkEventOwnerChange events for ownership changes
-of the selection named by the given atom.
+Converts a key name to a key value.
+
+The names are the same as those in the
+<filename><gdk/gdkkeysyms.h></filename> header file
+but without the leading "GDK_KEY_".
-Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="display">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplay
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="selection">
-<parameter_description> the #GdkAtom naming the selection for which
-ownership change notification is requested
+<parameter name="keyval_name">
+<parameter_description> a key name
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> whether #GdkEventOwnerChange events will
-be sent.
-
+<return> the corresponding key value, or %GDK_KEY_VoidSymbol
+if the key name is not a valid key
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_display_set_double_click_distance">
+<function name="gdk_keyval_is_lower">
<description>
-Sets the double click distance (two clicks within this distance
-count as a double click and result in a #GDK_2BUTTON_PRESS event).
-See also gdk_display_set_double_click_time().
-Applications should <emphasis>not</emphasis> set this, it is a global
-user-configured setting.
+Returns %TRUE if the given key value is in lower case.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="display">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplay
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="distance">
-<parameter_description> distance in pixels
+<parameter name="keyval">
+<parameter_description> a key value.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> %TRUE if @keyval is in lower case, or if @keyval is not
+subject to case conversion.
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_display_set_double_click_time">
+<function name="gdk_keyval_is_upper">
<description>
-Sets the double click time (two clicks within this time interval
-count as a double click and result in a #GDK_2BUTTON_PRESS event).
-Applications should <emphasis>not</emphasis> set this, it is a global
-user-configured setting.
+Returns %TRUE if the given key value is in upper case.
-Since: 2.2
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="display">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplay
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="msec">
-<parameter_description> double click time in milliseconds (thousandths of a second)
+<parameter name="keyval">
+<parameter_description> a key value.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> %TRUE if @keyval is in upper case, or if @keyval is not subject to
+case conversion.
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_display_store_clipboard">
+<function name="gdk_keyval_name">
<description>
-Issues a request to the clipboard manager to store the
-clipboard data. On X11, this is a special program that works
-according to the freedesktop clipboard specification, available at
-<ulink url="http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/clipboard-manager-spec">
-http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/clipboard-manager-spec</ulink>.
+Converts a key value into a symbolic name.
+
+The names are the same as those in the
+<filename><gdk/gdkkeysyms.h></filename> header file
+but without the leading "GDK_KEY_".
-Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="display">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplay
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="clipboard_window">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkWindow belonging to the clipboard owner
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="time_">
-<parameter_description> a timestamp
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="targets">
-<parameter_description> an array of targets
-that should be saved, or %NULL
-if all available targets should be saved.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="n_targets">
-<parameter_description> length of the @targets array
+<parameter name="keyval">
+<parameter_description> a key value
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> a string containing the name of the key,
+or %NULL if @keyval is not a valid key. The string should not be
+modified.
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_display_supports_clipboard_persistence">
+<function name="gdk_keyval_to_lower">
<description>
-Returns whether the speicifed display supports clipboard
-persistance; i.e. if it's possible to store the clipboard data after an
-application has quit. On X11 this checks if a clipboard daemon is
-running.
+Converts a key value to lower case, if applicable.
-Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="display">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplay
+<parameter name="keyval">
+<parameter_description> a key value.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the display supports clipboard persistance.
-
+<return> the lower case form of @keyval, or @keyval itself if it is already
+in lower case or it is not subject to case conversion.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_display_supports_composite">
+<function name="gdk_keyval_to_unicode">
<description>
-Returns %TRUE if gdk_window_set_composited() can be used
-to redirect drawing on the window using compositing.
-
-Currently this only works on X11 with XComposite and
-XDamage extensions available.
+Convert from a GDK key symbol to the corresponding ISO10646 (Unicode)
+character.
-Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="display">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplay
+<parameter name="keyval">
+<parameter_description> a GDK key symbol
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if windows may be composited.
-
+<return> the corresponding unicode character, or 0 if there
+is no corresponding character.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_display_supports_cursor_alpha">
+<function name="gdk_keyval_to_upper">
<description>
-Returns %TRUE if cursors can use an 8bit alpha channel
-on @display. Otherwise, cursors are restricted to bilevel
-alpha (i.e. a mask).
+Converts a key value to upper case, if applicable.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="display">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplay
+<parameter name="keyval">
+<parameter_description> a key value.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> whether cursors can have alpha channels.
-
+<return> the upper case form of @keyval, or @keyval itself if it is already
+in upper case or it is not subject to case conversion.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_display_supports_cursor_color">
+<function name="gdk_list_visuals">
<description>
-Returns %TRUE if multicolored cursors are supported
-on @display. Otherwise, cursors have only a forground
-and a background color.
+Lists the available visuals for the default screen.
+(See gdk_screen_list_visuals())
+A visual describes a hardware image data format.
+For example, a visual might support 24-bit color, or 8-bit color,
+and might expect pixels to be in a certain format.
+
+Call g_list_free() on the return value when you're finished with it.
-Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="display">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplay
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> whether cursors can have multiple colors.
-
+<return>
+a list of visuals; the list must be freed, but not its contents
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_display_supports_input_shapes">
+<function name="gdk_notify_startup_complete">
<description>
-Returns %TRUE if gdk_window_input_shape_combine_mask() can
-be used to modify the input shape of windows on @display.
+Indicates to the GUI environment that the application has finished
+loading. If the applications opens windows, this function is
+normally called after opening the application's initial set of
+windows.
-Since: 2.10
+GTK+ will call this function automatically after opening the first
+#GtkWindow unless gtk_window_set_auto_startup_notification() is called
+to disable that feature.
+
+Since: 2.2
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="display">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplay
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if windows with modified input shape are supported
-
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_display_supports_selection_notification">
+<function name="gdk_notify_startup_complete_with_id">
<description>
-Returns whether #GdkEventOwnerChange events will be
-sent when the owner of a selection changes.
+Indicates to the GUI environment that the application has
+finished loading, using a given identifier.
-Since: 2.6
+GTK+ will call this function automatically for #GtkWindow
+with custom startup-notification identifier unless
+gtk_window_set_auto_startup_notification() is called to
+disable that feature.
+
+Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="display">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplay
+<parameter name="startup_id">
+<parameter_description> a startup-notification identifier, for which
+notification process should be completed
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> whether #GdkEventOwnerChange events will
-be sent.
-
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_display_supports_shapes">
+<function name="gdk_offscreen_window_get_embedder">
<description>
-Returns %TRUE if gdk_window_shape_combine_mask() can
-be used to create shaped windows on @display.
+Gets the window that @window is embedded in.
-Since: 2.10
+Since: 2.18
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="display">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplay
+<parameter name="window">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkWindow
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if shaped windows are supported
+<return> the embedding #GdkWindow, or %NULL
+if @window is not an mbedded offscreen window
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_display_sync">
+<function name="gdk_offscreen_window_get_surface">
<description>
-Flushes any requests queued for the windowing system and waits until all
-requests have been handled. This is often used for making sure that the
-display is synchronized with the current state of the program. Calling
-gdk_display_sync() before gdk_error_trap_pop() makes sure that any errors
-generated from earlier requests are handled before the error trap is
-removed.
-
-This is most useful for X11. On windowing systems where requests are
-handled synchronously, this function will do nothing.
+Gets the offscreen surface that an offscreen window renders into.
+If you need to keep this around over window resizes, you need to
+add a reference to it.
-Since: 2.2
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="display">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplay
+<parameter name="window">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkWindow
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> The offscreen surface, or %NULL if not offscreen
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_display_warp_pointer">
+<function name="gdk_offscreen_window_set_embedder">
<description>
-Warps the pointer of @display to the point @x,@y on
-the screen @screen, unless the pointer is confined
-to a window by a grab, in which case it will be moved
-as far as allowed by the grab. Warping the pointer
-creates events as if the user had moved the mouse
-instantaneously to the destination.
-
-Note that the pointer should normally be under the
-control of the user. This function was added to cover
-some rare use cases like keyboard navigation support
-for the color picker in the #GtkColorSelectionDialog.
+Sets @window to be embedded in @embedder.
-Since: 2.8
+To fully embed an offscreen window, in addition to calling this
+function, it is also necessary to handle the #GdkWindow::pick-embedded-child
+signal on the @embedder and the #GdkWindow::to-embedder and
+#GdkWindow::from-embedder signals on @window.
-Deprecated: 3.0: Use gdk_device_warp() instead.
+Since: 2.18
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="display">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplay
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="screen">
-<parameter_description> the screen of @display to warp the pointer to
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="x">
-<parameter_description> the x coordinate of the destination
+<parameter name="window">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkWindow
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="y">
-<parameter_description> the y coordinate of the destination
+<parameter name="embedder">
+<parameter_description> the #GdkWindow that @window gets embedded in
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_drag_abort">
+<function name="gdk_pango_context_get">
<description>
-Aborts a drag without dropping.
+Creates a #PangoContext for the default GDK screen.
+
+The context must be freed when you're finished with it.
+
+When using GTK+, normally you should use gtk_widget_get_pango_context()
+instead of this function, to get the appropriate context for
+the widget you intend to render text onto.
+
+The newly created context will have the default font options (see
+#cairo_font_options_t) for the default screen; if these options
+change it will not be updated. Using gtk_widget_get_pango_context()
+is more convenient if you want to keep a context around and track
+changes to the screen's font rendering settings.
-This function is called by the drag source.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="context">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkDragContext
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="time_">
-<parameter_description> the timestamp for this operation
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> a new #PangoContext for the default display
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_drag_begin">
+<function name="gdk_pango_context_get_for_screen">
<description>
-Starts a drag and creates a new drag context for it.
-This function assumes that the drag is controlled by the
-client pointer device, use gdk_drag_begin_for_device() to
-begin a drag with a different device.
+Creates a #PangoContext for @screen.
-This function is called by the drag source.
+The context must be freed when you're finished with it.
+
+When using GTK+, normally you should use gtk_widget_get_pango_context()
+instead of this function, to get the appropriate context for
+the widget you intend to render text onto.
+
+The newly created context will have the default font options
+(see #cairo_font_options_t) for the screen; if these options
+change it will not be updated. Using gtk_widget_get_pango_context()
+is more convenient if you want to keep a context around and track
+changes to the screen's font rendering settings.
+Since: 2.2
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="window">
-<parameter_description> the source window for this drag.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="targets">
-<parameter_description> the offered targets,
-as list of #GdkAtoms
+<parameter name="screen">
+<parameter_description> the #GdkScreen for which the context is to be created.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a newly created #GdkDragContext
+<return> a new #PangoContext for @screen
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_drag_begin_for_device">
+<function name="gdk_pango_layout_get_clip_region">
<description>
-Starts a drag and creates a new drag context for it.
+Obtains a clip region which contains the areas where the given ranges
+of text would be drawn. @x_origin and @y_origin are the top left point
+to center the layout. @index_ranges should contain
+ranges of bytes in the layout's text.
-This function is called by the drag source.
+Note that the regions returned correspond to logical extents of the text
+ranges, not ink extents. So the drawn layout may in fact touch areas out of
+the clip region. The clip region is mainly useful for highlightling parts
+of text, such as when text is selected.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="window">
-<parameter_description> the source window for this drag
+<parameter name="layout">
+<parameter_description> a #PangoLayout
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="device">
-<parameter_description> the device that controls this drag
+<parameter name="x_origin">
+<parameter_description> X pixel where you intend to draw the layout with this clip
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="targets">
-<parameter_description> the offered targets,
-as list of #GdkAtoms
+<parameter name="y_origin">
+<parameter_description> Y pixel where you intend to draw the layout with this clip
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-</parameters>
-<return> a newly created #GdkDragContext
-</return>
-</function>
-
-<function name="gdk_drag_context_get_actions">
-<description>
-Determines the bitmask of actions proposed by the source if
-gdk_drag_context_get_suggested_action() returns GDK_ACTION_ASK.
-
-Since: 2.22
-
-</description>
-<parameters>
-<parameter name="context">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkDragContext
+<parameter name="index_ranges">
+<parameter_description> array of byte indexes into the layout, where even members of array are start indexes
and odd elements are end indexes
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="n_ranges">
+<parameter_description> number of ranges in @index_ranges, i.e. half the size of @index_ranges
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the #GdkDragAction flags
-
+<return> a clip region containing the given ranges
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_drag_context_get_dest_window">
+<function name="gdk_pango_layout_line_get_clip_region">
<description>
-Returns the destination windw for the DND operation.
+Obtains a clip region which contains the areas where the given
+ranges of text would be drawn. @x_origin and @y_origin are the top left
+position of the layout. @index_ranges
+should contain ranges of bytes in the layout's text. The clip
+region will include space to the left or right of the line (to the
+layout bounding box) if you have indexes above or below the indexes
+contained inside the line. This is to draw the selection all the way
+to the side of the layout. However, the clip region is in line coordinates,
+not layout coordinates.
+
+Note that the regions returned correspond to logical extents of the text
+ranges, not ink extents. So the drawn line may in fact touch areas out of
+the clip region. The clip region is mainly useful for highlightling parts
+of text, such as when text is selected.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="context">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkDragContext
+<parameter name="line">
+<parameter_description> a #PangoLayoutLine
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="x_origin">
+<parameter_description> X pixel where you intend to draw the layout line with this clip
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="y_origin">
+<parameter_description> baseline pixel where you intend to draw the layout line with this clip
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="index_ranges">
+<parameter_description> array of byte indexes into the layout,
+where even members of array are start indexes and odd elements
+are end indexes
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="n_ranges">
+<parameter_description> number of ranges in @index_ranges, i.e. half the size of @index_ranges
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a #GdkWindow
-
+<return> a clip region containing the given ranges
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_drag_context_get_device">
+<function name="gdk_parse_args">
<description>
-Returns the #GdkDevice associated to the drag context.
+Parse command line arguments, and store for future
+use by calls to gdk_display_open().
+
+Any arguments used by GDK are removed from the array and @argc and @argv are
+updated accordingly.
+
+You shouldn't call this function explicitely if you are using
+gtk_init(), gtk_init_check(), gdk_init(), or gdk_init_check().
+Since: 2.2
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="context">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkDragContext
+<parameter name="argc">
+<parameter_description> the number of command line arguments.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="argv">
+<parameter_description> the array of command line arguments.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> The #GdkDevice associated to @context.
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_drag_context_get_protocol">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_add_alpha">
<description>
-Returns the drag protocol thats used by this context.
+Takes an existing pixbuf and adds an alpha channel to it.
+If the existing pixbuf already had an alpha channel, the channel
+values are copied from the original; otherwise, the alpha channel
+is initialized to 255 (full opacity).
+
+If @substitute_color is %TRUE, then the color specified by (@r, @g, @b) will be
+assigned zero opacity. That is, if you pass (255, 255, 255) for the
+substitute color, all white pixels will become fully transparent.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="context">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkDragContext
+<parameter name="pixbuf">
+<parameter_description> A #GdkPixbuf.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="substitute_color">
+<parameter_description> Whether to set a color to zero opacity. If this
+is %FALSE, then the (@r, @g, @b) arguments will be ignored.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="r">
+<parameter_description> Red value to substitute.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="g">
+<parameter_description> Green value to substitute.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="b">
+<parameter_description> Blue value to substitute.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the drag protocol
-
+<return> A newly-created pixbuf with a reference count of 1.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_drag_context_get_selected_action">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_animation_get_height">
<description>
-Determines the action chosen by the drag destination.
+Queries the height of the bounding box of a pixbuf animation.
-Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="context">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkDragContext
+<parameter name="animation">
+<parameter_description> An animation.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a #GdkDragAction value
-
+<return> Height of the bounding box of the animation.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_drag_context_get_source_window">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_animation_get_iter">
<description>
-Returns the #GdkWindow where the DND operation started.
+Get an iterator for displaying an animation. The iterator provides
+the frames that should be displayed at a given time.
+It should be freed after use with g_object_unref().
+
+ start_time would normally come from g_get_current_time(), and
+marks the beginning of animation playback. After creating an
+iterator, you should immediately display the pixbuf returned by
+gdk_pixbuf_animation_iter_get_pixbuf(). Then, you should install a
+timeout (with g_timeout_add()) or by some other mechanism ensure
+that you'll update the image after
+gdk_pixbuf_animation_iter_get_delay_time() milliseconds. Each time
+the image is updated, you should reinstall the timeout with the new,
+possibly-changed delay time.
+
+As a shortcut, if @start_time is %NULL, the result of
+g_get_current_time() will be used automatically.
+
+To update the image (i.e. possibly change the result of
+gdk_pixbuf_animation_iter_get_pixbuf() to a new frame of the animation),
+call gdk_pixbuf_animation_iter_advance().
+
+If you're using #GdkPixbufLoader, in addition to updating the image
+after the delay time, you should also update it whenever you
+receive the area_updated signal and
+gdk_pixbuf_animation_iter_on_currently_loading_frame() returns
+%TRUE. In this case, the frame currently being fed into the loader
+has received new data, so needs to be refreshed. The delay time for
+a frame may also be modified after an area_updated signal, for
+example if the delay time for a frame is encoded in the data after
+the frame itself. So your timeout should be reinstalled after any
+area_updated signal.
+
+A delay time of -1 is possible, indicating "infinite."
-Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="context">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkDragContext
+<parameter name="animation">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkPixbufAnimation
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="start_time">
+<parameter_description> time when the animation starts playing
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a #GdkWindow
-
+<return> an iterator to move over the animation
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_drag_context_get_suggested_action">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_animation_get_static_image">
<description>
-Determines the suggested drag action of the context.
+If an animation is really just a plain image (has only one frame),
+this function returns that image. If the animation is an animation,
+this function returns a reasonable thing to display as a static
+unanimated image, which might be the first frame, or something more
+sophisticated. If an animation hasn't loaded any frames yet, this
+function will return %NULL.
-Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="context">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkDragContext
+<parameter name="animation">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkPixbufAnimation
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a #GdkDragAction value
-
+<return> unanimated image representing the animation
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_drag_context_list_targets">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_animation_get_width">
<description>
-Retrieves the list of targets of the context.
+Queries the width of the bounding box of a pixbuf animation.
-Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="context">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkDragContext
+<parameter name="animation">
+<parameter_description> An animation.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a #GList of targets
-
+<return> Width of the bounding box of the animation.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_drag_context_set_device">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_animation_is_static_image">
<description>
-Associates a #GdkDevice to @context, so all Drag and Drop events
-for @context are emitted as if they came from this device.
+If you load a file with gdk_pixbuf_animation_new_from_file() and it turns
+out to be a plain, unanimated image, then this function will return
+%TRUE. Use gdk_pixbuf_animation_get_static_image() to retrieve
+the image.
+
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="context">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkDragContext
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="device">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkDevice
+<parameter name="animation">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkPixbufAnimation
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> %TRUE if the "animation" was really just an image
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_drag_drop">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_animation_iter_advance">
<description>
-Drops on the current destination.
+Possibly advances an animation to a new frame. Chooses the frame based
+on the start time passed to gdk_pixbuf_animation_get_iter().
+
+ current_time would normally come from g_get_current_time(), and
+must be greater than or equal to the time passed to
+gdk_pixbuf_animation_get_iter(), and must increase or remain
+unchanged each time gdk_pixbuf_animation_iter_get_pixbuf() is
+called. That is, you can't go backward in time; animations only
+play forward.
+
+As a shortcut, pass %NULL for the current time and g_get_current_time()
+will be invoked on your behalf. So you only need to explicitly pass
+ current_time if you're doing something odd like playing the animation
+at double speed.
+
+If this function returns %FALSE, there's no need to update the animation
+display, assuming the display had been rendered prior to advancing;
+if %TRUE, you need to call gdk_pixbuf_animation_iter_get_pixbuf()
+and update the display with the new pixbuf.
-This function is called by the drag source.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="context">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkDragContext
+<parameter name="iter">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkPixbufAnimationIter
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="time_">
-<parameter_description> the timestamp for this operation
+<parameter name="current_time">
+<parameter_description> current time
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> %TRUE if the image may need updating
+
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_drag_drop_succeeded">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_animation_iter_get_delay_time">
<description>
-Returns whether the dropped data has been successfully
-transferred. This function is intended to be used while
-handling a %GDK_DROP_FINISHED event, its return value is
-meaningless at other times.
+Gets the number of milliseconds the current pixbuf should be displayed,
+or -1 if the current pixbuf should be displayed forever. g_timeout_add()
+conveniently takes a timeout in milliseconds, so you can use a timeout
+to schedule the next update.
-Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="context">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkDragContext
+<parameter name="iter">
+<parameter_description> an animation iterator
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the drop was successful.
-
+<return> delay time in milliseconds (thousandths of a second)
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_drag_find_window_for_screen">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_animation_iter_get_pixbuf">
<description>
-Finds the destination window and DND protocol to use at the
-given pointer position.
-
-This function is called by the drag source to obtain the
- dest_window and @protocol parameters for gdk_drag_motion().
+Gets the current pixbuf which should be displayed; the pixbuf might not
+be the same size as the animation itself
+(gdk_pixbuf_animation_get_width(), gdk_pixbuf_animation_get_height()).
+This pixbuf should be displayed for
+gdk_pixbuf_animation_iter_get_delay_time() milliseconds. The caller
+of this function does not own a reference to the returned pixbuf;
+the returned pixbuf will become invalid when the iterator advances
+to the next frame, which may happen anytime you call
+gdk_pixbuf_animation_iter_advance(). Copy the pixbuf to keep it
+(don't just add a reference), as it may get recycled as you advance
+the iterator.
-Since: 2.2
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="context">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkDragContext
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="drag_window">
-<parameter_description> a window which may be at the pointer position, but
-should be ignored, since it is put up by the drag source as an icon
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="screen">
-<parameter_description> the screen where the destination window is sought
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="x_root">
-<parameter_description> the x position of the pointer in root coordinates
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="y_root">
-<parameter_description> the y position of the pointer in root coordinates
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="dest_window">
-<parameter_description> location to store the destination window in
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="protocol">
-<parameter_description> location to store the DND protocol in
+<parameter name="iter">
+<parameter_description> an animation iterator
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> the pixbuf to be displayed
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_drag_get_selection">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_animation_iter_on_currently_loading_frame">
<description>
-Returns the selection atom for the current source window.
+Used to determine how to respond to the area_updated signal on
+#GdkPixbufLoader when loading an animation. area_updated is emitted
+for an area of the frame currently streaming in to the loader. So if
+you're on the currently loading frame, you need to redraw the screen for
+the updated area.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="context">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkDragContext.
+<parameter name="iter">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkPixbufAnimationIter
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the selection atom, or %GDK_NONE
+<return> %TRUE if the frame we're on is partially loaded, or the last frame
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_drag_motion">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_animation_new_from_file">
<description>
-Updates the drag context when the pointer moves or the
-set of actions changes.
+Creates a new animation by loading it from a file. The file format is
+detected automatically. If the file's format does not support multi-frame
+images, then an animation with a single frame will be created. Possible errors
+are in the #GDK_PIXBUF_ERROR and #G_FILE_ERROR domains.
-This function is called by the drag source.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="context">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkDragContext
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="dest_window">
-<parameter_description> the new destination window, obtained by
-gdk_drag_find_window()
+<parameter name="filename">
+<parameter_description> Name of file to load, in the GLib file name encoding
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="protocol">
-<parameter_description> the DND protocol in use, obtained by gdk_drag_find_window()
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="x_root">
-<parameter_description> the x position of the pointer in root coordinates
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="y_root">
-<parameter_description> the y position of the pointer in root coordinates
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="suggested_action">
-<parameter_description> the suggested action
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="possible_actions">
-<parameter_description> the possible actions
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="time_">
-<parameter_description> the timestamp for this operation
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> return location for error
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> A newly-created animation with a reference count of 1, or %NULL
+if any of several error conditions ocurred: the file could not be opened,
+there was no loader for the file's format, there was not enough memory to
+allocate the image buffer, or the image file contained invalid data.
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_drag_status">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_animation_new_from_resource">
<description>
-Selects one of the actions offered by the drag source.
+Creates a new pixbuf animation by loading an image from an resource.
-This function is called by the drag destination in response to
-gdk_drag_motion() called by the drag source.
+The file format is detected automatically. If %NULL is returned, then
+ error will be set.
+
+Since: 2.28
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="context">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkDragContext
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="action">
-<parameter_description> the selected action which will be taken when a drop happens,
-or 0 to indicate that a drop will not be accepted
+<parameter name="resource_path">
+<parameter_description> the path of the resource file
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="time_">
-<parameter_description> the timestamp for this operation
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> Return location for an error
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> A newly-created animation, or %NULL if any of several error
+conditions occurred: the file could not be opened, the image format is
+not supported, there was not enough memory to allocate the image buffer,
+the stream contained invalid data, or the operation was cancelled.
+
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_drop_finish">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_animation_new_from_stream">
<description>
-Ends the drag operation after a drop.
+Creates a new animation by loading it from an input stream.
-This function is called by the drag destination.
+The file format is detected automatically. If %NULL is returned, then
+ error will be set. The @cancellable can be used to abort the operation
+from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error
+%G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. Other possible errors are in
+the #GDK_PIXBUF_ERROR and %G_IO_ERROR domains.
+
+The stream is not closed.
+
+Since: 2.28
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="context">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkDragContext
+<parameter name="stream">
+<parameter_description> a #GInputStream to load the pixbuf from
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="success">
-<parameter_description> %TRUE if the data was successfully received
+<parameter name="cancellable">
+<parameter_description> optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="time_">
-<parameter_description> the timestamp for this operation
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> Return location for an error
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> A newly-created pixbuf, or %NULL if any of several error
+conditions occurred: the file could not be opened, the image format is
+not supported, there was not enough memory to allocate the image buffer,
+the stream contained invalid data, or the operation was cancelled.
+
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_drop_reply">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_animation_new_from_stream_async">
<description>
-Accepts or rejects a drop.
+Creates a new animation by asynchronously loading an image from an input stream.
-This function is called by the drag destination in response
-to a drop initiated by the drag source.
+For more details see gdk_pixbuf_new_from_stream(), which is the synchronous
+version of this function.
+
+When the operation is finished, @callback will be called in the main thread.
+You can then call gdk_pixbuf_animation_new_from_stream_finish() to get the
+result of the operation.
+
+Since: 2.28
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="context">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkDragContext
+<parameter name="stream">
+<parameter_description> a #GInputStream from which to load the animation
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="accepted">
-<parameter_description> %TRUE if the drop is accepted
+<parameter name="cancellable">
+<parameter_description> optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="time_">
-<parameter_description> the timestamp for this operation
+<parameter name="callback">
+<parameter_description> a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the the pixbuf is loaded
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="user_data">
+<parameter_description> the data to pass to the callback function
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_error_trap_pop">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_animation_new_from_stream_finish">
<description>
-Removes an error trap pushed with gdk_error_trap_push().
-May block until an error has been definitively received
-or not received from the X server. gdk_error_trap_pop_ignored()
-is preferred if you don't need to know whether an error
-occurred, because it never has to block. If you don't
-need the return value of gdk_error_trap_pop(), use
-gdk_error_trap_pop_ignored().
-
-Prior to GDK 3.0, this function would not automatically
-sync for you, so you had to gdk_flush() if your last
-call to Xlib was not a blocking round trip.
+Finishes an asynchronous pixbuf animation creation operation started with
+gdk_pixbuf_animation_new_from_stream_async().
+Since: 2.28
</description>
<parameters>
+<parameter name="async_result">
+<parameter_description> a #GAsyncResult
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> a #GError, or %NULL
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> X error code or 0 on success
+<return> a #GdkPixbufAnimation or %NULL on error. Free the returned
+object with g_object_unref().
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_error_trap_pop_ignored">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_animation_ref">
<description>
-Removes an error trap pushed with gdk_error_trap_push(), but
-without bothering to wait and see whether an error occurred. If an
-error arrives later asynchronously that was triggered while the
-trap was pushed, that error will be ignored.
+Adds a reference to an animation.
-Since: 3.0
+Deprecated: 2.0: Use g_object_ref().
</description>
<parameters>
+<parameter name="animation">
+<parameter_description> An animation.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> The same as the @animation argument.
+
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_error_trap_push">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_animation_unref">
<description>
-This function allows X errors to be trapped instead of the normal
-behavior of exiting the application. It should only be used if it
-is not possible to avoid the X error in any other way. Errors are
-ignored on all #GdkDisplay currently known to the
-#GdkDisplayManager. If you don't care which error happens and just
-want to ignore everything, pop with gdk_error_trap_pop_ignored().
-If you need the error code, use gdk_error_trap_pop() which may have
-to block and wait for the error to arrive from the X server.
-
-This API exists on all platforms but only does anything on X.
-
-You can use gdk_x11_display_error_trap_push() to ignore errors
-on only a single display.
-
-<example>
-<title>Trapping an X error</title>
-<programlisting>
-gdk_error_trap_push (<!-- -->);
-
-// ... Call the X function which may cause an error here ...
+Removes a reference from an animation.
-
-if (gdk_error_trap_pop (<!-- -->))
-{
-// ... Handle the error here ...
-}
-</programlisting>
-</example>
+Deprecated: 2.0: Use g_object_unref().
</description>
<parameters>
+<parameter name="animation">
+<parameter_description> An animation.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_event_copy">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_apply_embedded_orientation">
<description>
-Copies a #GdkEvent, copying or incrementing the reference count of the
-resources associated with it (e.g. #GdkWindow's and strings).
+Takes an existing pixbuf and checks for the presence of an
+associated "orientation" option, which may be provided by the
+jpeg loader (which reads the exif orientation tag) or the
+tiff loader (which reads the tiff orientation tag, and
+compensates it for the partial transforms performed by
+libtiff). If an orientation option/tag is present, the
+appropriate transform will be performed so that the pixbuf
+is oriented correctly.
+Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="event">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkEvent
+<parameter name="src">
+<parameter_description> A #GdkPixbuf.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a copy of @event. The returned #GdkEvent should be freed with
-gdk_event_free().
+<return> A newly-created pixbuf, or a reference to the
+input pixbuf (with an increased reference count).
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_event_free">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_composite">
<description>
-Frees a #GdkEvent, freeing or decrementing any resources associated with it.
-Note that this function should only be called with events returned from
-functions such as gdk_event_peek(), gdk_event_get(), gdk_event_copy()
-and gdk_event_new().
+Creates a transformation of the source image @src by scaling by
+ scale_x and @scale_y then translating by @offset_x and @offset_y.
+This gives an image in the coordinates of the destination pixbuf.
+The rectangle (@dest_x, @dest_y, @dest_width, @dest_height)
+is then composited onto the corresponding rectangle of the
+original destination image.
+
+When the destination rectangle contains parts not in the source
+image, the data at the edges of the source image is replicated
+to infinity.
+
+<figure id="pixbuf-composite-diagram">
+<title>Compositing of pixbufs</title>
+<graphic fileref="composite.png" format="PNG"/>
+</figure>
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="event">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkEvent.
+<parameter name="src">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkPixbuf
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="dest">
+<parameter_description> the #GdkPixbuf into which to render the results
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="dest_x">
+<parameter_description> the left coordinate for region to render
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="dest_y">
+<parameter_description> the top coordinate for region to render
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="dest_width">
+<parameter_description> the width of the region to render
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="dest_height">
+<parameter_description> the height of the region to render
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="offset_x">
+<parameter_description> the offset in the X direction (currently rounded to an integer)
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="offset_y">
+<parameter_description> the offset in the Y direction (currently rounded to an integer)
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="scale_x">
+<parameter_description> the scale factor in the X direction
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="scale_y">
+<parameter_description> the scale factor in the Y direction
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="interp_type">
+<parameter_description> the interpolation type for the transformation.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="overall_alpha">
+<parameter_description> overall alpha for source image (0..255)
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_event_get">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_composite_color">
<description>
-Checks all open displays for a #GdkEvent to process,to be processed
-on, fetching events from the windowing system if necessary.
-See gdk_display_get_event().
+Creates a transformation of the source image @src by scaling by
+ scale_x and @scale_y then translating by @offset_x and @offset_y,
+then composites the rectangle (@dest_x ,@dest_y, @dest_width,
+ dest_height) of the resulting image with a checkboard of the
+colors @color1 and @color2 and renders it onto the destination
+image.
+
+See gdk_pixbuf_composite_color_simple() for a simpler variant of this
+function suitable for many tasks.
</description>
<parameters>
+<parameter name="src">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkPixbuf
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="dest">
+<parameter_description> the #GdkPixbuf into which to render the results
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="dest_x">
+<parameter_description> the left coordinate for region to render
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="dest_y">
+<parameter_description> the top coordinate for region to render
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="dest_width">
+<parameter_description> the width of the region to render
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="dest_height">
+<parameter_description> the height of the region to render
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="offset_x">
+<parameter_description> the offset in the X direction (currently rounded to an integer)
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="offset_y">
+<parameter_description> the offset in the Y direction (currently rounded to an integer)
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="scale_x">
+<parameter_description> the scale factor in the X direction
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="scale_y">
+<parameter_description> the scale factor in the Y direction
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="interp_type">
+<parameter_description> the interpolation type for the transformation.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="overall_alpha">
+<parameter_description> overall alpha for source image (0..255)
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="check_x">
+<parameter_description> the X offset for the checkboard (origin of checkboard is at - check_x, - check_y)
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="check_y">
+<parameter_description> the Y offset for the checkboard
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="check_size">
+<parameter_description> the size of checks in the checkboard (must be a power of two)
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="color1">
+<parameter_description> the color of check at upper left
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="color2">
+<parameter_description> the color of the other check
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the next #GdkEvent to be processed, or %NULL if no events
-are pending. The returned #GdkEvent should be freed with gdk_event_free().
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_event_get_axis">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_composite_color_simple">
<description>
-Extract the axis value for a particular axis use from
-an event structure.
+Creates a new #GdkPixbuf by scaling @src to @dest_width x
+ dest_height and compositing the result with a checkboard of colors
+ color1 and @color2.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="event">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkEvent
+<parameter name="src">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkPixbuf
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="axis_use">
-<parameter_description> the axis use to look for
+<parameter name="dest_width">
+<parameter_description> the width of destination image
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="value">
-<parameter_description> location to store the value found
+<parameter name="dest_height">
+<parameter_description> the height of destination image
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="interp_type">
+<parameter_description> the interpolation type for the transformation.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="overall_alpha">
+<parameter_description> overall alpha for source image (0..255)
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="check_size">
+<parameter_description> the size of checks in the checkboard (must be a power of two)
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="color1">
+<parameter_description> the color of check at upper left
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="color2">
+<parameter_description> the color of the other check
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the specified axis was found, otherwise %FALSE
+<return> the new #GdkPixbuf, or %NULL if not enough memory could be
+allocated for it.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_event_get_button">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_copy">
<description>
-Extract the button number from an event.
+Creates a new #GdkPixbuf with a copy of the information in the specified
+ pixbuf
-Since: 3.2
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="event">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkEvent
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="button">
-<parameter_description> location to store mouse button number
+<parameter name="pixbuf">
+<parameter_description> A pixbuf.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the event delivered a button number
-
+<return> A newly-created pixbuf with a reference count of 1, or %NULL if
+not enough memory could be allocated.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_event_get_click_count">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_copy_area">
<description>
-Extracts the click count from an event.
+Copies a rectangular area from @src_pixbuf to @dest_pixbuf. Conversion of
+pixbuf formats is done automatically.
-Since: 3.2
+If the source rectangle overlaps the destination rectangle on the
+same pixbuf, it will be overwritten during the copy operation.
+Therefore, you can not use this function to scroll a pixbuf.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="event">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkEvent
+<parameter name="src_pixbuf">
+<parameter_description> Source pixbuf.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="click_count">
-<parameter_description> location to store click count
+<parameter name="src_x">
+<parameter_description> Source X coordinate within @src_pixbuf.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="src_y">
+<parameter_description> Source Y coordinate within @src_pixbuf.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="width">
+<parameter_description> Width of the area to copy.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="height">
+<parameter_description> Height of the area to copy.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="dest_pixbuf">
+<parameter_description> Destination pixbuf.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="dest_x">
+<parameter_description> X coordinate within @dest_pixbuf.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="dest_y">
+<parameter_description> Y coordinate within @dest_pixbuf.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the event delivered a click count
-
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_event_get_coords">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_fill">
<description>
-Extract the event window relative x/y coordinates from an event.
+Clears a pixbuf to the given RGBA value, converting the RGBA value into
+the pixbuf's pixel format. The alpha will be ignored if the pixbuf
+doesn't have an alpha channel.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="event">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkEvent
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="x_win">
-<parameter_description> location to put event window x coordinate
+<parameter name="pixbuf">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkPixbuf
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="y_win">
-<parameter_description> location to put event window y coordinate
+<parameter name="pixel">
+<parameter_description> RGBA pixel to clear to
+(0xffffffff is opaque white, 0x00000000 transparent black)
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the event delivered event window coordinates
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_event_get_device">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_flip">
<description>
-If the event contains a "device" field, this function will return
-it, else it will return %NULL.
+Flips a pixbuf horizontally or vertically and returns the
+result in a new pixbuf.
-Since: 3.0
+Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="event">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkEvent.
+<parameter name="src">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkPixbuf
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="horizontal">
+<parameter_description> %TRUE to flip horizontally, %FALSE to flip vertically
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a #GdkDevice, or %NULL.
+<return> the new #GdkPixbuf, or %NULL if not enough memory could be
+allocated for it.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_event_get_event_sequence">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_format_copy">
<description>
-If @event if of type %GDK_TOUCH_BEGIN, %GDK_TOUCH_UPDATE,
-%GDK_TOUCH_END or %GDK_TOUCH_CANCEL, returns the #GdkEventSequence
-to which the event belongs. Otherwise, return %NULL.
+Creates a copy of @format
-Since: 3.4
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="event">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkEvent
+<parameter name="format">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkPixbufFormat
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the event sequence that the event belongs to
+<return> the newly allocated copy of a #GdkPixbufFormat. Use
+gdk_pixbuf_format_free() to free the resources when done
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_event_get_keycode">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_format_free">
<description>
-Extracts the hardware keycode from an event.
+Frees the resources allocated when copying a #GdkPixbufFormat
+using gdk_pixbuf_format_copy()
-Since: 3.2
+Since: 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="event">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkEvent
+<parameter name="format">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkPixbufFormat
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="keycode">
-<parameter_description> location to store the keycode
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_format_get_description">
+<description>
+Returns a description of the format.
+
+Since: 2.2
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="format">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkPixbufFormat
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the event delivered a hardware keycode
+<return> a description of the format.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_event_get_keyval">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_format_get_extensions">
<description>
-Extracts the keyval from an event.
+Returns the filename extensions typically used for files in the
+given format.
-Since: 3.2
+Since: 2.2
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="event">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkEvent
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="keyval">
-<parameter_description> location to store the keyval
+<parameter name="format">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkPixbufFormat
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the event delivered a key symbol
+<return> a %NULL-terminated array of filename extensions which must be
+freed with g_strfreev() when it is no longer needed.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_event_get_root_coords">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_format_get_license">
<description>
-Extract the root window relative x/y coordinates from an event.
+Returns information about the license of the image loader for the format. The
+returned string should be a shorthand for a wellknown license, e.g. "LGPL",
+"GPL", "QPL", "GPL/QPL", or "other" to indicate some other license.
This
+string should be freed with g_free() when it's no longer needed.
+Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="event">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkEvent
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="x_root">
-<parameter_description> location to put root window x coordinate
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="y_root">
-<parameter_description> location to put root window y coordinate
+<parameter name="format">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkPixbufFormat
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the event delivered root window coordinates
+<return> a string describing the license of @format.
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_event_get_screen">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_format_get_mime_types">
<description>
-Returns the screen for the event. The screen is
-typically the screen for <literal>event->any.window</literal>, but
-for events such as mouse events, it is the screen
-where the pointer was when the event occurs -
-that is, the screen which has the root window
-to which <literal>event->motion.x_root</literal> and
-<literal>event->motion.y_root</literal> are relative.
+Returns the mime types supported by the format.
+
+Since: 2.2
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="format">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkPixbufFormat
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> a %NULL-terminated array of mime types which must be freed with
+g_strfreev() when it is no longer needed.
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_format_get_name">
+<description>
+Returns the name of the format.
Since: 2.2
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="event">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkEvent
+<parameter name="format">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkPixbufFormat
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the screen for the event
+<return> the name of the format.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_event_get_scroll_deltas">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_format_is_disabled">
<description>
-Retrieves the scroll deltas from a #GdkEvent
+Returns whether this image format is disabled. See
+gdk_pixbuf_format_set_disabled().
-Since: 3.4
+Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="event">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkEvent
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="delta_x">
-<parameter_description> return location for X delta
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="delta_y">
-<parameter_description> return location for Y delta
+<parameter name="format">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkPixbufFormat
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the event contains smooth scroll information
+<return> whether this image format is disabled.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_event_get_scroll_direction">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_format_is_scalable">
<description>
-Extracts the scroll direction from an event.
+Returns whether this image format is scalable. If a file is in a
+scalable format, it is preferable to load it at the desired size,
+rather than loading it at the default size and scaling the
+resulting pixbuf to the desired size.
-Since: 3.2
+Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="event">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkEvent
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="direction">
-<parameter_description> location to store the scroll direction
+<parameter name="format">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkPixbufFormat
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the event delivered a scroll direction
+<return> whether this image format is scalable.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_event_get_source_device">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_format_is_writable">
<description>
-This function returns the hardware (slave) #GdkDevice that has
-triggered the event, falling back to the virtual (master) device
-(as in gdk_event_get_device()) if the event wasn't caused by
-interaction with a hardware device. This may happen for example
-in synthesized crossing events after a #GdkWindow updates its
-geometry or a grab is acquired/released.
-
-If the event does not contain a device field, this function will
-return %NULL.
+Returns whether pixbufs can be saved in the given format.
-Since: 3.0
+Since: 2.2
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="event">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkEvent
+<parameter name="format">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkPixbufFormat
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a #GdkDevice, or %NULL.
+<return> whether pixbufs can be saved in the given format.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_event_get_state">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_format_set_disabled">
<description>
-If the event contains a "state" field, puts that field in @state. Otherwise
-stores an empty state (0). Returns %TRUE if there was a state field
-in the event. @event may be %NULL, in which case it's treated
-as if the event had no state field.
+Disables or enables an image format. If a format is disabled,
+gdk-pixbuf won't use the image loader for this format to load
+images. Applications can use this to avoid using image loaders
+with an inappropriate license, see gdk_pixbuf_format_get_license().
+Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="event">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkEvent or NULL
+<parameter name="format">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkPixbufFormat
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="state">
-<parameter_description> return location for state
+<parameter name="disabled">
+<parameter_description> %TRUE to disable the format @format
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if there was a state field in the event
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_event_get_time">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_from_pixdata">
<description>
-Returns the time stamp from @event, if there is one; otherwise
-returns #GDK_CURRENT_TIME. If @event is %NULL, returns #GDK_CURRENT_TIME.
+Converts a #GdkPixdata to a #GdkPixbuf. If @copy_pixels is %TRUE or
+if the pixel data is run-length-encoded, the pixel data is copied into
+newly-allocated memory; otherwise it is reused.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="event">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkEvent
+<parameter name="pixdata">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkPixdata to convert into a #GdkPixbuf.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="copy_pixels">
+<parameter_description> whether to copy raw pixel data; run-length encoded
+pixel data is always copied.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> location to store possible errors.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> time stamp field from @event
+<return> a new #GdkPixbuf.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_event_handler_set">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_get_bits_per_sample">
<description>
-Sets the function to call to handle all events from GDK.
+Queries the number of bits per color sample in a pixbuf.
-Note that GTK+ uses this to install its own event handler, so it is
-usually not useful for GTK+ applications. (Although an application
-can call this function then call gtk_main_do_event() to pass
-events to GTK+.)
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="func">
-<parameter_description> the function to call to handle events from GDK.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="data">
-<parameter_description> user data to pass to the function.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="notify">
-<parameter_description> the function to call when the handler function is removed, i.e. when
-gdk_event_handler_set() is called with another event handler.
+<parameter name="pixbuf">
+<parameter_description> A pixbuf.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> Number of bits per color sample.
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_event_new">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_get_byte_length">
<description>
-Creates a new event of the given type. All fields are set to 0.
+Returns the length of the pixel data, in bytes.
-Since: 2.2
+Since: 2.26
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="type">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkEventType
+<parameter name="pixbuf">
+<parameter_description> A pixbuf
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a newly-allocated #GdkEvent. The returned #GdkEvent
-should be freed with gdk_event_free().
+<return> The length of the pixel data.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_event_peek">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_get_colorspace">
<description>
-If there is an event waiting in the event queue of some open
-display, returns a copy of it. See gdk_display_peek_event().
+Queries the color space of a pixbuf.
</description>
<parameters>
+<parameter name="pixbuf">
+<parameter_description> A pixbuf.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a copy of the first #GdkEvent on some event queue, or %NULL if no
-events are in any queues. The returned #GdkEvent should be freed with
-gdk_event_free().
+<return> Color space.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_event_put">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_get_file_info">
<description>
-Appends a copy of the given event onto the front of the event
-queue for event->any.window's display, or the default event
-queue if event->any.window is %NULL. See gdk_display_put_event().
+Parses an image file far enough to determine its format and size.
+
+Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="event">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkEvent.
+<parameter name="filename">
+<parameter_description> The name of the file to identify.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="width">
+<parameter_description> Return location for the width of the image, or %NULL
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="height">
+<parameter_description> Return location for the height of the image, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> A #GdkPixbufFormat describing the image
+format of the file or %NULL if the image format wasn't
+recognized. The return value is owned by GdkPixbuf and should
+not be freed.
+
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_event_request_motions">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_get_formats">
<description>
-Request more motion notifies if @event is a motion notify hint event.
+Obtains the available information about the image formats supported
+by GdkPixbuf.
-This function should be used instead of gdk_window_get_pointer() to
-request further motion notifies, because it also works for extension
-events where motion notifies are provided for devices other than the
-core pointer. Coordinate extraction, processing and requesting more
-motion events from a %GDK_MOTION_NOTIFY event usually works like this:
+Since: 2.2
-|[
-{
-/ * motion_event handler * /
-x = motion_event->x;
-y = motion_event->y;
-/ * handle (x,y) motion * /
-gdk_event_request_motions (motion_event); / * handles is_hint events * /
-}
-]|
+</description>
+<parameters>
+</parameters>
+<return> A list of
+#GdkPixbufFormat<!-- -->s describing the supported
+image formats. The list should be freed when it is no longer needed,
+but the structures themselves are owned by #GdkPixbuf and should not be
+freed.
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_get_from_surface">
+<description>
+Transfers image data from a #cairo_surface_t and converts it to an RGB(A)
+representation inside a #GdkPixbuf. This allows you to efficiently read
+individual pixels from cairo surfaces. For #GdkWindows, use
+gdk_pixbuf_get_from_window() instead.
+
+This function will create an RGB pixbuf with 8 bits per channel.
+The pixbuf will contain an alpha channel if the @surface contains one.
-Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="event">
-<parameter_description> a valid #GdkEvent
+<parameter name="surface">
+<parameter_description> surface to copy from
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="src_x">
+<parameter_description> Source X coordinate within @surface
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="src_y">
+<parameter_description> Source Y coordinate within @surface
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="width">
+<parameter_description> Width in pixels of region to get
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="height">
+<parameter_description> Height in pixels of region to get
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> A newly-created pixbuf with a reference
+count of 1, or %NULL on error
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_event_set_device">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_get_from_window">
<description>
-Sets the device for @event to @device. The event must
-have been allocated by GTK+, for instance, by
-gdk_event_copy().
+Transfers image data from a #GdkWindow and converts it to an RGB(A)
+representation inside a #GdkPixbuf. In other words, copies
+image data from a server-side drawable to a client-side RGB(A) buffer.
+This allows you to efficiently read individual pixels on the client side.
+
+This function will create an RGB pixbuf with 8 bits per channel with
+the same size specified by the @width and @height arguments. The pixbuf
+will contain an alpha channel if the @window contains one.
+
+If the window is off the screen, then there is no image data in the
+obscured/offscreen regions to be placed in the pixbuf. The contents of
+portions of the pixbuf corresponding to the offscreen region are undefined.
+
+If the window you're obtaining data from is partially obscured by
+other windows, then the contents of the pixbuf areas corresponding
+to the obscured regions are undefined.
+
+If the window is not mapped (typically because it's iconified/minimized
+or not on the current workspace), then %NULL will be returned.
+
+If memory can't be allocated for the return value, %NULL will be returned
+instead.
+
+(In short, there are several ways this function can fail, and if it fails
+it returns %NULL; so check the return value.)
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="event">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkEvent
+<parameter name="window">
+<parameter_description> Source window
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="device">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkDevice
+<parameter name="src_x">
+<parameter_description> Source X coordinate within @window
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="src_y">
+<parameter_description> Source Y coordinate within @window
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="width">
+<parameter_description> Width in pixels of region to get
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="height">
+<parameter_description> Height in pixels of region to get
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> A newly-created pixbuf with a reference
+count of 1, or %NULL on error
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_event_set_screen">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_get_has_alpha">
<description>
-Sets the screen for @event to @screen. The event must
-have been allocated by GTK+, for instance, by
-gdk_event_copy().
+Queries whether a pixbuf has an alpha channel (opacity information).
-Since: 2.2
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="event">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkEvent
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="screen">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkScreen
+<parameter name="pixbuf">
+<parameter_description> A pixbuf.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> %TRUE if it has an alpha channel, %FALSE otherwise.
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_event_set_source_device">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_get_height">
<description>
-Sets the slave device for @event to @device.
-
-The event must have been allocated by GTK+,
-for instance by gdk_event_copy().
+Queries the height of a pixbuf.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="event">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkEvent
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="device">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkDevice
+<parameter name="pixbuf">
+<parameter_description> A pixbuf.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> Height in pixels.
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_event_triggers_context_menu">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_get_n_channels">
<description>
-This function returns whether a #GdkEventButton should trigger a
-context menu, according to platform conventions. The right mouse
-button always triggers context menus. Additionally, if
-gdk_keymap_get_modifier_mask() returns a non-0 mask for
-%GDK_MODIFIER_INTENT_CONTEXT_MENU, then the left mouse button will
-also trigger a context menu if this modifier is pressed.
-
-This function should always be used instead of simply checking for
-event->button == %GDK_BUTTON_SECONDARY.
+Queries the number of channels of a pixbuf.
-Since: 3.4
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="event">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkEvent, currently only button events are meaningful values
+<parameter name="pixbuf">
+<parameter_description> A pixbuf.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the event should trigger a context menu.
-
+<return> Number of channels.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_events_get_angle">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_get_option">
<description>
-If both events contain X/Y information, this function will return %TRUE
-and return in @angle the relative angle from @event1 to @event2. The rotation
-direction for positive angles is from the positive X axis towards the positive
-Y axis.
+Looks up @key in the list of options that may have been attached to the
+ pixbuf when it was loaded, or that may have been attached by another
+function using gdk_pixbuf_set_option().
+
+For instance, the ANI loader provides "Title" and "Artist" options.
+The ICO, XBM, and XPM loaders provide "x_hot" and "y_hot" hot-spot
+options for cursor definitions. The PNG loader provides the tEXt ancillary
+chunk key/value pairs as options. Since 2.12, the TIFF and JPEG loaders
+return an "orientation" option string that corresponds to the embedded
+TIFF/Exif orientation tag (if present).
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="event1">
-<parameter_description> first #GdkEvent
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="event2">
-<parameter_description> second #GdkEvent
+<parameter name="pixbuf">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkPixbuf
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="angle">
-<parameter_description> return location for the relative angle between both events
+<parameter name="key">
+<parameter_description> a nul-terminated string.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the angle could be calculated.
-
+<return> the value associated with @key. This is a nul-terminated
+string that should not be freed or %NULL if @key was not found.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_events_get_center">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_get_pixels">
<description>
-If both events contain X/Y information, the center of both coordinates
-will be returned in @x and @y.
+Queries a pointer to the pixel data of a pixbuf.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="event1">
-<parameter_description> first #GdkEvent
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="event2">
-<parameter_description> second #GdkEvent
+<parameter name="pixbuf">
+<parameter_description> A pixbuf.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="x">
-<parameter_description> return location for the X coordinate of the center
+</parameters>
+<return> A pointer to the pixbuf's pixel data.
+Please see <xref linkend="image-data"/> for information about how
+the pixel data is stored in memory.
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_get_pixels_with_length">
+<description>
+Queries a pointer to the pixel data of a pixbuf.
+
+Since: 2.26
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="pixbuf">
+<parameter_description> A pixbuf.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="y">
-<parameter_description> return location for the Y coordinate of the center
+<parameter name="length">
+<parameter_description> The length of the binary data.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the center could be calculated.
+<return> A pointer to the pixbuf's
+pixel data. Please see <xref linkend="image-data"/>
+for information about how the pixel data is stored in
+memory.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_events_get_distance">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_get_rowstride">
<description>
-If both events have X/Y information, the distance between both coordinates
-(as in a straight line going from @event1 to @event2) will be returned.
+Queries the rowstride of a pixbuf, which is the number of bytes between the start of a row
+and the start of the next row.
-Since: 3.0
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="event1">
-<parameter_description> first #GdkEvent
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="event2">
-<parameter_description> second #GdkEvent
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="distance">
-<parameter_description> return location for the distance
+<parameter name="pixbuf">
+<parameter_description> A pixbuf.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if the distance could be calculated.
-
+<return> Distance between row starts.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_events_pending">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_get_width">
<description>
-Checks if any events are ready to be processed for any display.
+Queries the width of a pixbuf.
</description>
<parameters>
+<parameter name="pixbuf">
+<parameter_description> A pixbuf.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if any events are pending.
+<return> Width in pixels.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_flush">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_loader_close">
<description>
-Flushes the output buffers of all display connections and waits
-until all requests have been processed.
-This is rarely needed by applications.
+Informs a pixbuf loader that no further writes with
+gdk_pixbuf_loader_write() will occur, so that it can free its
+internal loading structures. Also, tries to parse any data that
+hasn't yet been parsed; if the remaining data is partial or
+corrupt, an error will be returned. If %FALSE is returned, @error
+will be set to an error from the #GDK_PIXBUF_ERROR or #G_FILE_ERROR
+domains. If you're just cancelling a load rather than expecting it
+to be finished, passing %NULL for @error to ignore it is
+reasonable.
+
+Remember that this does not unref the loader, so if you plan not to
+use it anymore, please g_object_unref() it.
+
</description>
<parameters>
+<parameter name="loader">
+<parameter_description> A pixbuf loader.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> return location for a #GError, or %NULL to ignore errors
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> %TRUE if all image data written so far was successfully
+ passed out via the update_area signal
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_get_default_root_window">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_loader_get_animation">
<description>
-Obtains the root window (parent all other windows are inside)
-for the default display and screen.
+Queries the #GdkPixbufAnimation that a pixbuf loader is currently creating.
+In general it only makes sense to call this function after the "area-prepared"
+signal has been emitted by the loader. If the loader doesn't have enough
+bytes yet (hasn't emitted the "area-prepared" signal) this function will
+return %NULL.
</description>
<parameters>
+<parameter name="loader">
+<parameter_description> A pixbuf loader
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the default root window
+<return> The #GdkPixbufAnimation that the loader is loading, or %NULL if
+ not enough data has been read to determine the information.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_get_display_arg_name">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_loader_get_format">
<description>
-Gets the display name specified in the command line arguments passed
-to gdk_init() or gdk_parse_args(), if any.
+Obtains the available information about the format of the
+currently loading image file.
Since: 2.2
</description>
<parameters>
+<parameter name="loader">
+<parameter_description> A pixbuf loader.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the display name, if specified explicitely, otherwise %NULL
-this string is owned by GTK+ and must not be modified or freed.
+<return> A #GdkPixbufFormat or %NULL. The return
+value is owned by GdkPixbuf and should not be freed.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_get_program_class">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_loader_get_pixbuf">
<description>
-Gets the program class. Unless the program class has explicitly
-been set with gdk_set_program_class() or with the <option>--class</option>
-commandline option, the default value is the program name (determined
-with g_get_prgname()) with the first character converted to uppercase.
+Queries the #GdkPixbuf that a pixbuf loader is currently creating.
+In general it only makes sense to call this function after the
+"area-prepared" signal has been emitted by the loader; this means
+that enough data has been read to know the size of the image that
+will be allocated. If the loader has not received enough data via
+gdk_pixbuf_loader_write(), then this function returns %NULL. The
+returned pixbuf will be the same in all future calls to the loader,
+so simply calling g_object_ref() should be sufficient to continue
+using it. Additionally, if the loader is an animation, it will
+return the "static image" of the animation
+(see gdk_pixbuf_animation_get_static_image()).
</description>
<parameters>
+<parameter name="loader">
+<parameter_description> A pixbuf loader.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the program class.
+<return> The #GdkPixbuf that the loader is creating, or %NULL if not
+enough data has been read to determine how to create the image buffer.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_get_show_events">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_loader_new">
<description>
-Gets whether event debugging output is enabled.
+Creates a new pixbuf loader object.
</description>
<parameters>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if event debugging output is enabled.
+<return> A newly-created pixbuf loader.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_init">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_loader_new_with_mime_type">
<description>
-Initializes the GDK library and connects to the windowing system.
-If initialization fails, a warning message is output and the application
-terminates with a call to <literal>exit(1)</literal>.
+Creates a new pixbuf loader object that always attempts to parse
+image data as if it were an image of mime type @mime_type, instead of
+identifying the type automatically. Useful if you want an error if
+the image isn't the expected mime type, for loading image formats
+that can't be reliably identified by looking at the data, or if
+the user manually forces a specific mime type.
-Any arguments used by GDK are removed from the array and @argc and @argv
-are updated accordingly.
+The list of supported mime types depends on what image loaders
+are installed, but typically "image/png", "image/jpeg", "image/gif",
+"image/tiff" and "image/x-xpixmap" are among the supported mime types.
+To obtain the full list of supported mime types, call
+gdk_pixbuf_format_get_mime_types() on each of the #GdkPixbufFormat
+structs returned by gdk_pixbuf_get_formats().
-GTK+ initializes GDK in gtk_init() and so this function is not usually
-needed by GTK+ applications.
+Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="argc">
-<parameter_description> the number of command line arguments.
+<parameter name="mime_type">
+<parameter_description> the mime type to be loaded
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="argv">
-<parameter_description> the array of command line arguments.
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> return location for an allocated #GError, or %NULL to ignore errors
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> A newly-created pixbuf loader.
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_init_check">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_loader_new_with_type">
<description>
-Initializes the GDK library and connects to the windowing system,
-returning %TRUE on success.
+Creates a new pixbuf loader object that always attempts to parse
+image data as if it were an image of type @image_type, instead of
+identifying the type automatically. Useful if you want an error if
+the image isn't the expected type, for loading image formats
+that can't be reliably identified by looking at the data, or if
+the user manually forces a specific type.
-Any arguments used by GDK are removed from the array and @argc and @argv
-are updated accordingly.
-
-GTK+ initializes GDK in gtk_init() and so this function is not usually
-needed by GTK+ applications.
+The list of supported image formats depends on what image loaders
+are installed, but typically "png", "jpeg", "gif", "tiff" and
+"xpm" are among the supported formats. To obtain the full list of
+supported image formats, call gdk_pixbuf_format_get_name() on each
+of the #GdkPixbufFormat structs returned by gdk_pixbuf_get_formats().
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="argc">
-<parameter_description> the number of command line arguments.
+<parameter name="image_type">
+<parameter_description> name of the image format to be loaded with the image
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="argv">
-<parameter_description> the array of command line arguments.
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> return location for an allocated #GError, or %NULL to ignore errors
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if initialization succeeded.
+<return> A newly-created pixbuf loader.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_keyboard_grab">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_loader_set_size">
<description>
-Grabs the keyboard so that all events are passed to this
-application until the keyboard is ungrabbed with gdk_keyboard_ungrab().
-This overrides any previous keyboard grab by this client.
+Causes the image to be scaled while it is loaded. The desired
+image size can be determined relative to the original size of
+the image by calling gdk_pixbuf_loader_set_size() from a
+signal handler for the ::size-prepared signal.
-If you set up anything at the time you take the grab that needs to be cleaned
-up when the grab ends, you should handle the #GdkEventGrabBroken events that
-are emitted when the grab ends unvoluntarily.
+Attempts to set the desired image size are ignored after the
+emission of the ::size-prepared signal.
-Deprecated: 3.0: Use gdk_device_grab() instead.
+Since: 2.2
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="window">
-<parameter_description> the #GdkWindow which will own the grab (the grab window).
+<parameter name="loader">
+<parameter_description> A pixbuf loader.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="owner_events">
-<parameter_description> if %FALSE then all keyboard events are reported with respect to
- window If %TRUE then keyboard events for this application are
-reported as normal, but keyboard events outside this application
-are reported with respect to @window. Both key press and key
-release events are always reported, independant of the event mask
-set by the application.
+<parameter name="width">
+<parameter_description> The desired width of the image being loaded.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="time_">
-<parameter_description> a timestamp from a #GdkEvent, or %GDK_CURRENT_TIME if no timestamp is
-available.
+<parameter name="height">
+<parameter_description> The desired height of the image being loaded.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %GDK_GRAB_SUCCESS if the grab was successful.
-
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_keyboard_ungrab">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_loader_write">
<description>
-Ungrabs the keyboard on the default display, if it is grabbed by this
-application.
+This will cause a pixbuf loader to parse the next @count bytes of
+an image. It will return %TRUE if the data was loaded successfully,
+and %FALSE if an error occurred. In the latter case, the loader
+will be closed, and will not accept further writes. If %FALSE is
+returned, @error will be set to an error from the #GDK_PIXBUF_ERROR
+or #G_FILE_ERROR domains.
-Deprecated: 3.0: Use gdk_device_ungrab(), together with gdk_device_grab()
-instead.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="time_">
-<parameter_description> a timestamp from a #GdkEvent, or %GDK_CURRENT_TIME if no
-timestamp is available.
+<parameter name="loader">
+<parameter_description> A pixbuf loader.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="buf">
+<parameter_description> Pointer to image data.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="count">
+<parameter_description> Length of the @buf buffer in bytes.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> return location for errors
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> %TRUE if the write was successful, or %FALSE if the loader
+cannot parse the buffer.
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_keymap_add_virtual_modifiers">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_major_version">
<description>
-Maps the non-virtual modifiers (i.e Mod2, Mod3, ...) which are set
-in @state to the virtual modifiers (i.e. Super, Hyper and Meta) and
-set the corresponding bits in @state.
-
-GDK already does this before delivering key events, but for
-compatibility reasons, it only sets the first virtual modifier
-it finds, whereas this function sets all matching virtual modifiers.
+The major version number of the &gdk-pixbuf; library. (e.g. in
+&gdk-pixbuf; version 1.2.5 this is 1.)
-This function is useful when matching key events against
-accelerators.
-Since: 2.20
+This variable is in the library, so represents the
+&gdk-pixbuf; library you have linked against. Contrast with the
+#GDK_PIXBUF_MAJOR macro, which represents the major version of the
+&gdk-pixbuf; headers you have included.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="keymap">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkKeymap
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="state">
-<parameter_description> pointer to the modifier mask to change
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_keymap_get_caps_lock_state">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_micro_version">
<description>
-Returns whether the Caps Lock modifer is locked.
+The micro version number of the &gdk-pixbuf; library. (e.g. in
+&gdk-pixbuf; version 1.2.5 this is 5.)
-Since: 2.16
+
+This variable is in the library, so represents the
+&gdk-pixbuf; library you have linked against. Contrast with the
+#GDK_PIXBUF_MICRO macro, which represents the micro version of the
+&gdk-pixbuf; headers you have included.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="keymap">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkKeymap
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if Caps Lock is on
-
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_keymap_get_default">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_minor_version">
<description>
-Returns the #GdkKeymap attached to the default display.
+The minor version number of the &gdk-pixbuf; library. (e.g. in
+&gdk-pixbuf; version 1.2.5 this is 2.)
+
+This variable is in the library, so represents the
+&gdk-pixbuf; library you have linked against. Contrast with the
+#GDK_PIXBUF_MINOR macro, which represents the minor version of the
+&gdk-pixbuf; headers you have included.
</description>
<parameters>
</parameters>
-<return> the #GdkKeymap attached to the default display.
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_keymap_get_direction">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_new">
<description>
-Returns the direction of effective layout of the keymap.
+Creates a new #GdkPixbuf structure and allocates a buffer for it. The
+buffer has an optimal rowstride. Note that the buffer is not cleared;
+you will have to fill it completely yourself.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="keymap">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkKeymap
+<parameter name="colorspace">
+<parameter_description> Color space for image
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="has_alpha">
+<parameter_description> Whether the image should have transparency information
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="bits_per_sample">
+<parameter_description> Number of bits per color sample
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="width">
+<parameter_description> Width of image in pixels, must be > 0
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="height">
+<parameter_description> Height of image in pixels, must be > 0
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %PANGO_DIRECTION_LTR or %PANGO_DIRECTION_RTL
-if it can determine the direction. %PANGO_DIRECTION_NEUTRAL
-otherwise.
+<return> A newly-created #GdkPixbuf with a reference count of 1, or
+%NULL if not enough memory could be allocated for the image buffer.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_keymap_get_entries_for_keycode">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_new_from_data">
<description>
-Returns the keyvals bound to @hardware_keycode.
-The Nth #GdkKeymapKey in @keys is bound to the Nth
-keyval in @keyvals. Free the returned arrays with g_free().
-When a keycode is pressed by the user, the keyval from
-this list of entries is selected by considering the effective
-keyboard group and level. See gdk_keymap_translate_keyboard_state().
+Creates a new #GdkPixbuf out of in-memory image data. Currently only RGB
+images with 8 bits per sample are supported.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="keymap">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkKeymap
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> Image data in 8-bit/sample packed format
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="hardware_keycode">
-<parameter_description> a keycode
+<parameter name="colorspace">
+<parameter_description> Colorspace for the image data
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="keys">
-<parameter_description> return
-location for array of #GdkKeymapKey, or %NULL
+<parameter name="has_alpha">
+<parameter_description> Whether the data has an opacity channel
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="keyvals">
-<parameter_description> return
-location for array of keyvals, or %NULL
+<parameter name="bits_per_sample">
+<parameter_description> Number of bits per sample
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="n_entries">
-<parameter_description> length of @keys and @keyvals
+<parameter name="width">
+<parameter_description> Width of the image in pixels, must be > 0
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="height">
+<parameter_description> Height of the image in pixels, must be > 0
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="rowstride">
+<parameter_description> Distance in bytes between row starts
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="destroy_fn">
+<parameter_description> Function used to free the data when the pixbuf's reference count
+drops to zero, or %NULL if the data should not be freed
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="destroy_fn_data">
+<parameter_description> Closure data to pass to the destroy notification function
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if there were any entries
+<return> A newly-created #GdkPixbuf structure with a reference count of 1.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_keymap_get_entries_for_keyval">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_new_from_file">
<description>
-Obtains a list of keycode/group/level combinations that will
-generate @keyval. Groups and levels are two kinds of keyboard mode;
-in general, the level determines whether the top or bottom symbol
-on a key is used, and the group determines whether the left or
-right symbol is used. On US keyboards, the shift key changes the
-keyboard level, and there are no groups. A group switch key might
-convert a keyboard between Hebrew to English modes, for example.
-#GdkEventKey contains a %group field that indicates the active
-keyboard group. The level is computed from the modifier mask.
-The returned array should be freed
-with g_free().
+Creates a new pixbuf by loading an image from a file. The file format is
+detected automatically. If %NULL is returned, then @error will be set.
+Possible errors are in the #GDK_PIXBUF_ERROR and #G_FILE_ERROR domains.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="keymap">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkKeymap
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="keyval">
-<parameter_description> a keyval, such as %GDK_a, %GDK_Up, %GDK_Return, etc.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="keys">
-<parameter_description> return location
-for an array of #GdkKeymapKey
+<parameter name="filename">
+<parameter_description> Name of file to load, in the GLib file name encoding
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="n_keys">
-<parameter_description> return location for number of elements in returned array
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> Return location for an error
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if keys were found and returned
+<return> A newly-created pixbuf with a reference count of 1, or %NULL if
+any of several error conditions occurred: the file could not be opened,
+there was no loader for the file's format, there was not enough memory to
+allocate the image buffer, or the image file contained invalid data.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_keymap_get_for_display">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_new_from_file_at_scale">
<description>
-Returns the #GdkKeymap attached to @display.
+Creates a new pixbuf by loading an image from a file. The file format is
+detected automatically. If %NULL is returned, then @error will be set.
+Possible errors are in the #GDK_PIXBUF_ERROR and #G_FILE_ERROR domains.
+The image will be scaled to fit in the requested size, optionally preserving
+the image's aspect ratio.
-Since: 2.2
+When preserving the aspect ratio, a @width of -1 will cause the image
+to be scaled to the exact given height, and a @height of -1 will cause
+the image to be scaled to the exact given width. When not preserving
+aspect ratio, a @width or @height of -1 means to not scale the image
+at all in that dimension. Negative values for @width and @height are
+allowed since 2.8.
+
+Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="display">
-<parameter_description> the #GdkDisplay.
+<parameter name="filename">
+<parameter_description> Name of file to load, in the GLib file name encoding
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="width">
+<parameter_description> The width the image should have or -1 to not constrain the width
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="height">
+<parameter_description> The height the image should have or -1 to not constrain the height
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="preserve_aspect_ratio">
+<parameter_description> %TRUE to preserve the image's aspect ratio
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> Return location for an error
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the #GdkKeymap attached to @display.
+<return> A newly-created pixbuf with a reference count of 1, or %NULL
+if any of several error conditions occurred: the file could not be opened,
+there was no loader for the file's format, there was not enough memory to
+allocate the image buffer, or the image file contained invalid data.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_keymap_get_modifier_mask">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_new_from_file_at_size">
<description>
-Returns the modifier mask the @keymap's windowing system backend
-uses for a particular purpose.
+Creates a new pixbuf by loading an image from a file.
+The file format is detected automatically. If %NULL is returned, then
+ error will be set. Possible errors are in the #GDK_PIXBUF_ERROR and
+#G_FILE_ERROR domains.
-Note that this function always returns real hardware modifiers, not
-virtual ones (e.g. it will return #GDK_MOD1_MASK rather than
-#GDK_META_MASK if the backend maps MOD1 to META), so there are use
-cases where the return value of this function has to be transformed
-by gdk_keymap_add_virtual_modifiers() in order to contain the
-expected result.
+The image will be scaled to fit in the requested size, preserving
+the image's aspect ratio. Note that the returned pixbuf may be smaller
+than @width x @height, if the aspect ratio requires it. To load
+and image at the requested size, regardless of aspect ratio, use
+gdk_pixbuf_new_from_file_at_scale().
-Since: 3.4
+Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="keymap">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkKeymap
+<parameter name="filename">
+<parameter_description> Name of file to load, in the GLib file name encoding
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="intent">
-<parameter_description> the use case for the modifier mask
+<parameter name="width">
+<parameter_description> The width the image should have or -1 to not constrain the width
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="height">
+<parameter_description> The height the image should have or -1 to not constrain the height
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> Return location for an error
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the modifier mask used for @intent.
+<return> A newly-created pixbuf with a reference count of 1, or
+%NULL if any of several error conditions occurred: the file could not
+be opened, there was no loader for the file's format, there was not
+enough memory to allocate the image buffer, or the image file contained
+invalid data.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_keymap_get_modifier_state">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_new_from_inline">
<description>
-Returns the current modifier state.
+Create a #GdkPixbuf from a flat representation that is suitable for
+storing as inline data in a program. This is useful if you want to
+ship a program with images, but don't want to depend on any
+external files.
+
+gdk-pixbuf ships with a program called <command>gdk-pixbuf-csource</command>
+which allows for conversion of #GdkPixbufs into such a inline representation.
+In almost all cases, you should pass the <option>--raw</option> flag to
+<command>gdk-pixbuf-csource</command>. A sample invocation would be:
+
+<informalexample><programlisting>
+gdk-pixbuf-csource --raw --name=myimage_inline myimage.png
+</programlisting></informalexample>
+
+For the typical case where the inline pixbuf is read-only static data,
+you don't need to copy the pixel data unless you intend to write to
+it, so you can pass %FALSE for @copy_pixels. (If you pass
+<option>--rle</option> to <command>gdk-pixbuf-csource</command>, a copy
+will be made even if @copy_pixels is %FALSE, so using this option is
+generally a bad idea.)
+
+If you create a pixbuf from const inline data compiled into your
+program, it's probably safe to ignore errors and disable length checks,
+since things will always succeed:
+<informalexample><programlisting>
+pixbuf = gdk_pixbuf_new_from_inline (-1, myimage_inline, FALSE, NULL);
+</programlisting></informalexample>
+
+For non-const inline data, you could get out of memory. For untrusted
+inline data located at runtime, you could have corrupt inline data in
+addition.
-Since: 3.4
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="keymap">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkKeymap
+<parameter name="data_length">
+<parameter_description> Length in bytes of the @data argument or -1 to
+disable length checks
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> Byte data containing a
+serialized #GdkPixdata structure
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="copy_pixels">
+<parameter_description> Whether to copy the pixel data, or use direct pointers
+ data for the resulting pixbuf
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> #GError return location, may be %NULL to ignore errors
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the current modifier state.
-
+<return> A newly-created #GdkPixbuf structure with a reference,
+count of 1, or %NULL if an error occurred.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_keymap_get_num_lock_state">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_new_from_resource">
<description>
-Returns whether the Num Lock modifer is locked.
+Creates a new pixbuf by loading an image from an resource.
-Since: 3.0
+The file format is detected automatically. If %NULL is returned, then
+ error will be set.
+
+Since: 2.26
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="keymap">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkKeymap
+<parameter name="resource_path">
+<parameter_description> the path of the resource file
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> Return location for an error
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if Num Lock is on
+<return> A newly-created pixbuf, or %NULL if any of several error
+conditions occurred: the file could not be opened, the image format is
+not supported, there was not enough memory to allocate the image buffer,
+the stream contained invalid data, or the operation was cancelled.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_keymap_have_bidi_layouts">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_new_from_resource_at_scale">
<description>
-Determines if keyboard layouts for both right-to-left and left-to-right
-languages are in use.
+Creates a new pixbuf by loading an image from an resource.
-Since: 2.12
+The file format is detected automatically. If %NULL is returned, then
+ error will be set.
+
+The image will be scaled to fit in the requested size, optionally
+preserving the image's aspect ratio. When preserving the aspect ratio,
+a @width of -1 will cause the image to be scaled to the exact given
+height, and a @height of -1 will cause the image to be scaled to the
+exact given width. When not preserving aspect ratio, a @width or
+ height of -1 means to not scale the image at all in that dimension.
+
+The stream is not closed.
+
+Since: 2.26
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="keymap">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkKeymap
+<parameter name="resource_path">
+<parameter_description> the path of the resource file
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="width">
+<parameter_description> The width the image should have or -1 to not constrain the width
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="height">
+<parameter_description> The height the image should have or -1 to not constrain the height
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="preserve_aspect_ratio">
+<parameter_description> %TRUE to preserve the image's aspect ratio
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> Return location for an error
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if there are layouts in both directions, %FALSE otherwise
+<return> A newly-created pixbuf, or %NULL if any of several error
+conditions occurred: the file could not be opened, the image format is
+not supported, there was not enough memory to allocate the image buffer,
+the stream contained invalid data, or the operation was cancelled.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_keymap_lookup_key">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_new_from_stream">
<description>
-Looks up the keyval mapped to a keycode/group/level triplet.
-If no keyval is bound to @key, returns 0. For normal user input,
-you want to use gdk_keymap_translate_keyboard_state() instead of
-this function, since the effective group/level may not be
-the same as the current keyboard state.
+Creates a new pixbuf by loading an image from an input stream.
+
+The file format is detected automatically. If %NULL is returned, then
+ error will be set. The @cancellable can be used to abort the operation
+from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error
+%G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. Other possible errors are in
+the #GDK_PIXBUF_ERROR and %G_IO_ERROR domains.
+The stream is not closed.
+
+Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="keymap">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkKeymap
+<parameter name="stream">
+<parameter_description> a #GInputStream to load the pixbuf from
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="key">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkKeymapKey with keycode, group, and level initialized
+<parameter name="cancellable">
+<parameter_description> optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> Return location for an error
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a keyval, or 0 if none was mapped to the given @key
+<return> A newly-created pixbuf, or %NULL if any of several error
+conditions occurred: the file could not be opened, the image format is
+not supported, there was not enough memory to allocate the image buffer,
+the stream contained invalid data, or the operation was cancelled.
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_keymap_map_virtual_modifiers">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_new_from_stream_async">
<description>
-Maps the virtual modifiers (i.e. Super, Hyper and Meta) which
-are set in @state to their non-virtual counterparts (i.e. Mod2,
-Mod3,...) and set the corresponding bits in @state.
+Creates a new pixbuf by asynchronously loading an image from an input stream.
-This function is useful when matching key events against
-accelerators.
+For more details see gdk_pixbuf_new_from_stream(), which is the synchronous
+version of this function.
-Since: 2.20
+When the operation is finished, @callback will be called in the main thread.
+You can then call gdk_pixbuf_new_from_stream_finish() to get the result of the operation.
+
+Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="keymap">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkKeymap
+<parameter name="stream">
+<parameter_description> a #GInputStream from which to load the pixbuf
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="state">
-<parameter_description> pointer to the modifier state to map
+<parameter name="cancellable">
+<parameter_description> optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="callback">
+<parameter_description> a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the the pixbuf is loaded
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="user_data">
+<parameter_description> the data to pass to the callback function
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if no virtual modifiers were mapped to the
-same non-virtual modifier. Note that %FALSE is also returned
-if a virtual modifier is mapped to a non-virtual modifier that
-was already set in @state.
-
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_keymap_translate_keyboard_state">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_new_from_stream_at_scale">
<description>
-Translates the contents of a #GdkEventKey into a keyval, effective
-group, and level. Modifiers that affected the translation and
-are thus unavailable for application use are returned in
- consumed_modifiers
-See <xref linkend="key-group-explanation"/> for an explanation of
-groups and levels. The @effective_group is the group that was
-actually used for the translation; some keys such as Enter are not
-affected by the active keyboard group. The @level is derived from
- state For convenience, #GdkEventKey already contains the translated
-keyval, so this function isn't as useful as you might think.
+Creates a new pixbuf by loading an image from an input stream.
-<note><para>
- consumed_modifiers gives modifiers that should be masked out
-from @state when comparing this key press to a hot key. For
-instance, on a US keyboard, the <literal>plus</literal>
-symbol is shifted, so when comparing a key press to a
-<literal><Control>plus</literal> accelerator <Shift> should
-be masked out.
-</para>
-<informalexample><programlisting>
- / * We want to ignore irrelevant modifiers like ScrollLock * /
-#define ALL_ACCELS_MASK (GDK_CONTROL_MASK | GDK_SHIFT_MASK | GDK_MOD1_MASK)
-gdk_keymap_translate_keyboard_state (keymap, event->hardware_keycode,
-event->state, event->group,
-&keyval, NULL, NULL, &consumed);
-if (keyval == GDK_PLUS &&
-(event->state & ~consumed & ALL_ACCELS_MASK) == GDK_CONTROL_MASK)
- / * Control was pressed * /
-</programlisting></informalexample>
-<para>
-An older interpretation @consumed_modifiers was that it contained
-all modifiers that might affect the translation of the key;
-this allowed accelerators to be stored with irrelevant consumed
-modifiers, by doing:</para>
-<informalexample><programlisting>
- / * XXX Don't do this XXX * /
-if (keyval == accel_keyval &&
-(event->state & ~consumed & ALL_ACCELS_MASK) == (accel_mods & ~consumed))
- / * Accelerator was pressed * /
-</programlisting></informalexample>
-<para>
-However, this did not work if multi-modifier combinations were
-used in the keymap, since, for instance, <literal><Control></literal>
-would be masked out even if only <literal><Control><Alt></literal>
-was used in the keymap. To support this usage as well as well as
-possible, all <emphasis>single modifier</emphasis> combinations
-that could affect the key for any combination of modifiers will
-be returned in @consumed_modifiers; multi-modifier combinations
-are returned only when actually found in @state. When you store
-accelerators, you should always store them with consumed modifiers
-removed. Store <literal><Control>plus</literal>,
-not <literal><Control><Shift>plus</literal>,
-</para></note>
+The file format is detected automatically. If %NULL is returned, then
+ error will be set. The @cancellable can be used to abort the operation
+from another thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error
+%G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED will be returned. Other possible errors are in
+the #GDK_PIXBUF_ERROR and %G_IO_ERROR domains.
+
+The image will be scaled to fit in the requested size, optionally
+preserving the image's aspect ratio. When preserving the aspect ratio,
+a @width of -1 will cause the image to be scaled to the exact given
+height, and a @height of -1 will cause the image to be scaled to the
+exact given width. When not preserving aspect ratio, a @width or
+ height of -1 means to not scale the image at all in that dimension.
+
+The stream is not closed.
+
+Since: 2.14
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="stream">
+<parameter_description> a #GInputStream to load the pixbuf from
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="width">
+<parameter_description> The width the image should have or -1 to not constrain the width
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="height">
+<parameter_description> The height the image should have or -1 to not constrain the height
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="preserve_aspect_ratio">
+<parameter_description> %TRUE to preserve the image's aspect ratio
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="cancellable">
+<parameter_description> optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> Return location for an error
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> A newly-created pixbuf, or %NULL if any of several error
+conditions occurred: the file could not be opened, the image format is
+not supported, there was not enough memory to allocate the image buffer,
+the stream contained invalid data, or the operation was cancelled.
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_new_from_stream_at_scale_async">
+<description>
+Creates a new pixbuf by asynchronously loading an image from an input stream.
+
+For more details see gdk_pixbuf_new_from_stream_at_scale(), which is the synchronous
+version of this function.
+
+When the operation is finished, @callback will be called in the main thread.
+You can then call gdk_pixbuf_new_from_stream_finish() to get the result of the operation.
+
+Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="keymap">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkKeymap
+<parameter name="stream">
+<parameter_description> a #GInputStream from which to load the pixbuf
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="hardware_keycode">
-<parameter_description> a keycode
+<parameter name="width">
+<parameter_description> the width the image should have or -1 to not constrain the width
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="state">
-<parameter_description> a modifier state
+<parameter name="height">
+<parameter_description> the height the image should have or -1 to not constrain the height
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="group">
-<parameter_description> active keyboard group
+<parameter name="preserve_aspect_ratio">
+<parameter_description> %TRUE to preserve the image's aspect ratio
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="keyval">
-<parameter_description> return location for keyval, or %NULL
+<parameter name="cancellable">
+<parameter_description> optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="effective_group">
-<parameter_description> return location for effective
-group, or %NULL
+<parameter name="callback">
+<parameter_description> a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the the pixbuf is loaded
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="level">
-<parameter_description> return location for level, or %NULL
+<parameter name="user_data">
+<parameter_description> the data to pass to the callback function
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="consumed_modifiers">
-<parameter_description> return location for modifiers
-that were used to determine the group or level, or %NULL
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_new_from_stream_finish">
+<description>
+Finishes an asynchronous pixbuf creation operation started with
+gdk_pixbuf_new_from_stream_async().
+
+Since: 2.24
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="async_result">
+<parameter_description> a #GAsyncResult
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> a #GError, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if there was a keyval bound to the keycode/state/group
+<return> a #GdkPixbuf or %NULL on error. Free the returned
+object with g_object_unref().
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_keyval_convert_case">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_new_from_xpm_data">
<description>
-Obtains the upper- and lower-case versions of the keyval @symbol.
-Examples of keyvals are #GDK_KEY_a, #GDK_KEY_Enter, #GDK_KEY_F1, etc.
+Creates a new pixbuf by parsing XPM data in memory. This data is commonly
+the result of including an XPM file into a program's C source.
+
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="symbol">
-<parameter_description> a keyval
+<parameter name="data">
+<parameter_description> Pointer to inline XPM data.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="lower">
-<parameter_description> return location for lowercase version of @symbol
+</parameters>
+<return> A newly-created pixbuf with a reference count of 1.
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_new_subpixbuf">
+<description>
+Creates a new pixbuf which represents a sub-region of
+ src_pixbuf The new pixbuf shares its pixels with the
+original pixbuf, so writing to one affects both.
+The new pixbuf holds a reference to @src_pixbuf, so
+ src_pixbuf will not be finalized until the new pixbuf
+is finalized.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="src_pixbuf">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkPixbuf
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="upper">
-<parameter_description> return location for uppercase version of @symbol
+<parameter name="src_x">
+<parameter_description> X coord in @src_pixbuf
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="src_y">
+<parameter_description> Y coord in @src_pixbuf
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="width">
+<parameter_description> width of region in @src_pixbuf
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="height">
+<parameter_description> height of region in @src_pixbuf
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> a new pixbuf
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_keyval_from_name">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_ref">
<description>
-Converts a key name to a key value.
-
-The names are the same as those in the
-<filename><gdk/gdkkeysyms.h></filename> header file
-but without the leading "GDK_KEY_".
+Adds a reference to a pixbuf.
+Deprecated: 2.0: Use g_object_ref().
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="keyval_name">
-<parameter_description> a key name
+<parameter name="pixbuf">
+<parameter_description> A pixbuf.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the corresponding key value, or %GDK_KEY_VoidSymbol
-if the key name is not a valid key
+<return> The same as the @pixbuf argument.
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_keyval_is_lower">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_rotate_simple">
<description>
-Returns %TRUE if the given key value is in lower case.
+Rotates a pixbuf by a multiple of 90 degrees, and returns the
+result in a new pixbuf.
+Since: 2.6
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="keyval">
-<parameter_description> a key value.
+<parameter name="src">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkPixbuf
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="angle">
+<parameter_description> the angle to rotate by
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if @keyval is in lower case, or if @keyval is not
-subject to case conversion.
+<return> the new #GdkPixbuf, or %NULL if not enough memory could be
+allocated for it.
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_keyval_is_upper">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_saturate_and_pixelate">
<description>
-Returns %TRUE if the given key value is in upper case.
+Modifies saturation and optionally pixelates @src, placing the result in
+ dest @src and @dest may be the same pixbuf with no ill effects. If
+ saturation is 1.0 then saturation is not changed. If it's less than 1.0,
+saturation is reduced (the image turns toward grayscale); if greater than
+1.0, saturation is increased (the image gets more vivid colors). If @pixelate
+is %TRUE, then pixels are faded in a checkerboard pattern to create a
+pixelated image. @src and @dest must have the same image format, size, and
+rowstride.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="keyval">
-<parameter_description> a key value.
+<parameter name="src">
+<parameter_description> source image
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="dest">
+<parameter_description> place to write modified version of @src
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="saturation">
+<parameter_description> saturation factor
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="pixelate">
+<parameter_description> whether to pixelate
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE if @keyval is in upper case, or if @keyval is not subject to
-case conversion.
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_keyval_name">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_save">
<description>
-Converts a key value into a symbolic name.
+Saves pixbuf to a file in format @type. By default, "jpeg", "png", "ico"
+and "bmp" are possible file formats to save in, but more formats may be
+installed. The list of all writable formats can be determined in the
+following way:
-The names are the same as those in the
-<filename><gdk/gdkkeysyms.h></filename> header file
-but without the leading "GDK_KEY_".
+|[
+void add_if_writable (GdkPixbufFormat *data, GSList **list)
+{
+if (gdk_pixbuf_format_is_writable (data))
+*list = g_slist_prepend (*list, data);
+}
+
+GSList *formats = gdk_pixbuf_get_formats ();
+GSList *writable_formats = NULL;
+g_slist_foreach (formats, add_if_writable, &writable_formats);
+g_slist_free (formats);
+]|
+
+If @error is set, %FALSE will be returned. Possible errors include
+those in the #GDK_PIXBUF_ERROR domain and those in the #G_FILE_ERROR domain.
+
+The variable argument list should be %NULL-terminated; if not empty,
+it should contain pairs of strings that modify the save
+parameters. For example:
+<informalexample><programlisting>
+gdk_pixbuf_save (pixbuf, handle, "jpeg", &error,
+"quality", "100", NULL);
+</programlisting></informalexample>
+
+Currently only few parameters exist. JPEG images can be saved with a
+"quality" parameter; its value should be in the range [0,100].
+
+Text chunks can be attached to PNG images by specifying parameters of
+the form "tEXt::key", where key is an ASCII string of length 1-79.
+The values are UTF-8 encoded strings. The PNG compression level can
+be specified using the "compression" parameter; it's value is in an
+integer in the range of [0,9].
+
+ICC color profiles can also be embedded into PNG, JPEG and TIFF images.
+The "icc-profile" value should be the complete ICC profile encoded
+into base64.
+
+<informalexample><programlisting>
+gchar *contents;
+gchar *contents_encode;
+gsize length;
+g_file_get_contents ("/home/hughsie/.color/icc/L225W.icm", &contents, &length, NULL);
+contents_encode = g_base64_encode ((const guchar *) contents, length);
+gdk_pixbuf_save (pixbuf, handle, "png", &error,
+"icc-profile", contents_encode,
+NULL);
+</programlisting></informalexample>
+
+TIFF images recognize a "compression" option which acceps an integer value.
+Among the codecs are 1 None, 2 Huffman, 5 LZW, 7 JPEG and 8 Deflate, see
+the libtiff documentation and tiff.h for all supported codec values.
+
+ICO images can be saved in depth 16, 24, or 32, by using the "depth"
+parameter. When the ICO saver is given "x_hot" and "y_hot" parameters,
+it produces a CUR instead of an ICO.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="keyval">
-<parameter_description> a key value
+<parameter name="pixbuf">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkPixbuf.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="filename">
+<parameter_description> name of file to save.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="type">
+<parameter_description> name of file format.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> return location for error, or %NULL
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="Varargs">
+<parameter_description> list of key-value save options, followed by %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a string containing the name of the key,
-or %NULL if @keyval is not a valid key. The string should not be
-modified.
+<return> whether an error was set
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_keyval_to_lower">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_save_to_buffer">
<description>
-Converts a key value to lower case, if applicable.
+Saves pixbuf to a new buffer in format @type, which is currently "jpeg",
+"png", "tiff", "ico" or "bmp". This is a convenience function that
uses
+gdk_pixbuf_save_to_callback() to do the real work. Note that the buffer
+is not nul-terminated and may contain embedded nuls.
+If @error is set, %FALSE will be returned and @buffer will be set to
+%NULL. Possible errors include those in the #GDK_PIXBUF_ERROR
+domain.
+
+See gdk_pixbuf_save() for more details.
+Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="keyval">
-<parameter_description> a key value.
+<parameter name="pixbuf">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkPixbuf.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="buffer">
+<parameter_description> location to receive a pointer
+to the new buffer.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="buffer_size">
+<parameter_description> location to receive the size of the new buffer.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="type">
+<parameter_description> name of file format.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> return location for error, or %NULL
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="Varargs">
+<parameter_description> list of key-value save options
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the lower case form of @keyval, or @keyval itself if it is already
-in lower case or it is not subject to case conversion.
+<return> whether an error was set
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_keyval_to_unicode">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_save_to_bufferv">
<description>
-Convert from a GDK key symbol to the corresponding ISO10646 (Unicode)
-character.
+Saves pixbuf to a new buffer in format @type, which is currently "jpeg",
+"tiff", "png", "ico" or "bmp". See gdk_pixbuf_save_to_buffer()
+for more details.
+Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="keyval">
-<parameter_description> a GDK key symbol
+<parameter name="pixbuf">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkPixbuf.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="buffer">
+<parameter_description>
+location to receive a pointer to the new buffer.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="buffer_size">
+<parameter_description> location to receive the size of the new buffer.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="type">
+<parameter_description> name of file format.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="option_keys">
+<parameter_description> name of options to set, %NULL-terminated
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="option_values">
+<parameter_description> values for named options
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> return location for error, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the corresponding unicode character, or 0 if there
-is no corresponding character.
+<return> whether an error was set
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_keyval_to_upper">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_save_to_callback">
<description>
-Converts a key value to upper case, if applicable.
+Saves pixbuf in format @type by feeding the produced data to a
+callback. Can be used when you want to store the image to something
+other than a file, such as an in-memory buffer or a socket.
+If @error is set, %FALSE will be returned. Possible errors
+include those in the #GDK_PIXBUF_ERROR domain and whatever the save
+function generates.
+
+See gdk_pixbuf_save() for more details.
+Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="keyval">
-<parameter_description> a key value.
+<parameter name="pixbuf">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkPixbuf.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="save_func">
+<parameter_description> a function that is called to save each block of data that
+the save routine generates.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="user_data">
+<parameter_description> user data to pass to the save function.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="type">
+<parameter_description> name of file format.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> return location for error, or %NULL
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="Varargs">
+<parameter_description> list of key-value save options
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the upper case form of @keyval, or @keyval itself if it is already
-in upper case or it is not subject to case conversion.
+<return> whether an error was set
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_list_visuals">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_save_to_callbackv">
<description>
-Lists the available visuals for the default screen.
-(See gdk_screen_list_visuals())
-A visual describes a hardware image data format.
-For example, a visual might support 24-bit color, or 8-bit color,
-and might expect pixels to be in a certain format.
-
-Call g_list_free() on the return value when you're finished with it.
+Saves pixbuf to a callback in format @type, which is currently "jpeg",
+"png", "tiff", "ico" or "bmp". If @error is set, %FALSE will be
returned. See
+gdk_pixbuf_save_to_callback () for more details.
+Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
+<parameter name="pixbuf">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkPixbuf.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="save_func">
+<parameter_description> a function that is called to save each block of data that
+the save routine generates.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="user_data">
+<parameter_description> user data to pass to the save function.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="type">
+<parameter_description> name of file format.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="option_keys">
+<parameter_description> name of options to set, %NULL-terminated
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="option_values">
+<parameter_description> values for named options
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> return location for error, or %NULL
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return>
-a list of visuals; the list must be freed, but not its contents
+<return> whether an error was set
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_notify_startup_complete">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_save_to_stream">
<description>
-Indicates to the GUI environment that the application has finished
-loading. If the applications opens windows, this function is
-normally called after opening the application's initial set of
-windows.
+Saves @pixbuf to an output stream.
-GTK+ will call this function automatically after opening the first
-#GtkWindow unless gtk_window_set_auto_startup_notification() is called
-to disable that feature.
+Supported file formats are currently "jpeg", "tiff", "png", "ico" or
+"bmp". See gdk_pixbuf_save_to_buffer() for more details.
-Since: 2.2
+The @cancellable can be used to abort the operation from another
+thread. If the operation was cancelled, the error %G_IO_ERROR_CANCELLED
+will be returned. Other possible errors are in the #GDK_PIXBUF_ERROR
+and %G_IO_ERROR domains.
+
+The stream is not closed.
+
+Since: 2.14
</description>
<parameters>
+<parameter name="pixbuf">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkPixbuf
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="stream">
+<parameter_description> a #GOutputStream to save the pixbuf to
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="type">
+<parameter_description> name of file format
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="cancellable">
+<parameter_description> optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> return location for error, or %NULL
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="Varargs">
+<parameter_description> list of key-value save options
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return></return>
+<return> %TRUE if the pixbuf was saved successfully, %FALSE if an
+error was set.
+
+</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_notify_startup_complete_with_id">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_save_to_stream_async">
<description>
-Indicates to the GUI environment that the application has
-finished loading, using a given identifier.
+Saves @pixbuf to an output stream asynchronously.
-GTK+ will call this function automatically for #GtkWindow
-with custom startup-notification identifier unless
-gtk_window_set_auto_startup_notification() is called to
-disable that feature.
+For more details see gdk_pixbuf_save_to_stream(), which is the synchronous
+version of this function.
-Since: 2.12
+When the operation is finished, @callback will be called in the main thread.
+You can then call gdk_pixbuf_save_to_stream_finish() to get the result of the operation.
+
+Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="startup_id">
-<parameter_description> a startup-notification identifier, for which
-notification process should be completed
+<parameter name="pixbuf">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkPixbuf
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="stream">
+<parameter_description> a #GOutputStream to which to save the pixbuf
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="type">
+<parameter_description> name of file format
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="cancellable">
+<parameter_description> optional #GCancellable object, %NULL to ignore
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="callback">
+<parameter_description> a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the the pixbuf is loaded
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="user_data">
+<parameter_description> the data to pass to the callback function
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="Varargs">
+<parameter_description> list of key-value save options
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_offscreen_window_get_embedder">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_save_to_stream_finish">
<description>
-Gets the window that @window is embedded in.
+Finishes an asynchronous pixbuf save operation started with
+gdk_pixbuf_save_to_stream_async().
-Since: 2.18
+Since: 2.24
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="window">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkWindow
+<parameter name="async_result">
+<parameter_description> a #GAsyncResult
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> a #GError, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the embedding #GdkWindow, or %NULL
-if @window is not an mbedded offscreen window
+<return> %TRUE if the pixbuf was saved successfully, %FALSE if an error was set.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_offscreen_window_get_surface">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_savev">
<description>
-Gets the offscreen surface that an offscreen window renders into.
-If you need to keep this around over window resizes, you need to
-add a reference to it.
+Saves pixbuf to a file in @type, which is currently "jpeg", "png", "tiff",
"ico" or "bmp".
+If @error is set, %FALSE will be returned.
+See gdk_pixbuf_save () for more details.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="window">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkWindow
+<parameter name="pixbuf">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkPixbuf.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="filename">
+<parameter_description> name of file to save.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="type">
+<parameter_description> name of file format.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="option_keys">
+<parameter_description> name of options to set, %NULL-terminated
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="option_values">
+<parameter_description> values for named options
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> return location for error, or %NULL
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> The offscreen surface, or %NULL if not offscreen
+<return> whether an error was set
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_offscreen_window_set_embedder">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_scale">
<description>
-Sets @window to be embedded in @embedder.
+Creates a transformation of the source image @src by scaling by
+ scale_x and @scale_y then translating by @offset_x and @offset_y,
+then renders the rectangle (@dest_x, @dest_y, @dest_width,
+ dest_height) of the resulting image onto the destination image
+replacing the previous contents.
-To fully embed an offscreen window, in addition to calling this
-function, it is also necessary to handle the #GdkWindow::pick-embedded-child
-signal on the @embedder and the #GdkWindow::to-embedder and
-#GdkWindow::from-embedder signals on @window.
+Try to use gdk_pixbuf_scale_simple() first, this function is
+the industrial-strength power tool you can fall back to if
+gdk_pixbuf_scale_simple() isn't powerful enough.
-Since: 2.18
+If the source rectangle overlaps the destination rectangle on the
+same pixbuf, it will be overwritten during the scaling which
+results in rendering artifacts.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="window">
-<parameter_description> a #GdkWindow
+<parameter name="src">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkPixbuf
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="embedder">
-<parameter_description> the #GdkWindow that @window gets embedded in
+<parameter name="dest">
+<parameter_description> the #GdkPixbuf into which to render the results
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="dest_x">
+<parameter_description> the left coordinate for region to render
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="dest_y">
+<parameter_description> the top coordinate for region to render
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="dest_width">
+<parameter_description> the width of the region to render
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="dest_height">
+<parameter_description> the height of the region to render
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="offset_x">
+<parameter_description> the offset in the X direction (currently rounded to an integer)
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="offset_y">
+<parameter_description> the offset in the Y direction (currently rounded to an integer)
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="scale_x">
+<parameter_description> the scale factor in the X direction
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="scale_y">
+<parameter_description> the scale factor in the Y direction
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="interp_type">
+<parameter_description> the interpolation type for the transformation.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_pango_context_get">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_scale_simple">
<description>
-Creates a #PangoContext for the default GDK screen.
-
-The context must be freed when you're finished with it.
+Create a new #GdkPixbuf containing a copy of @src scaled to
+ dest_width x @dest_height. Leaves @src unaffected. @interp_type
+should be #GDK_INTERP_NEAREST if you want maximum speed (but when
+scaling down #GDK_INTERP_NEAREST is usually unusably ugly). The
+default @interp_type should be #GDK_INTERP_BILINEAR which offers
+reasonable quality and speed.
-When using GTK+, normally you should use gtk_widget_get_pango_context()
-instead of this function, to get the appropriate context for
-the widget you intend to render text onto.
+You can scale a sub-portion of @src by creating a sub-pixbuf
+pointing into @src; see gdk_pixbuf_new_subpixbuf().
-The newly created context will have the default font options (see
-#cairo_font_options_t) for the default screen; if these options
-change it will not be updated. Using gtk_widget_get_pango_context()
-is more convenient if you want to keep a context around and track
-changes to the screen's font rendering settings.
+For more complicated scaling/compositing see gdk_pixbuf_scale()
+and gdk_pixbuf_composite().
</description>
<parameters>
+<parameter name="src">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkPixbuf
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="dest_width">
+<parameter_description> the width of destination image
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="dest_height">
+<parameter_description> the height of destination image
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="interp_type">
+<parameter_description> the interpolation type for the transformation.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a new #PangoContext for the default display
+<return> the new #GdkPixbuf, or %NULL if not enough memory could be
+allocated for it.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_pango_context_get_for_screen">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_set_option">
<description>
-Creates a #PangoContext for @screen.
-
-The context must be freed when you're finished with it.
-
-When using GTK+, normally you should use gtk_widget_get_pango_context()
-instead of this function, to get the appropriate context for
-the widget you intend to render text onto.
-
-The newly created context will have the default font options
-(see #cairo_font_options_t) for the screen; if these options
-change it will not be updated. Using gtk_widget_get_pango_context()
-is more convenient if you want to keep a context around and track
-changes to the screen's font rendering settings.
+Attaches a key/value pair as an option to a #GdkPixbuf. If @key already
+exists in the list of options attached to @pixbuf, the new value is
+ignored and %FALSE is returned.
Since: 2.2
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="screen">
-<parameter_description> the #GdkScreen for which the context is to be created.
+<parameter name="pixbuf">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkPixbuf
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="key">
+<parameter_description> a nul-terminated string.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="value">
+<parameter_description> a nul-terminated string.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a new #PangoContext for @screen
+<return> %TRUE on success.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_pango_layout_get_clip_region">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_simple_anim_add_frame">
<description>
-Obtains a clip region which contains the areas where the given ranges
-of text would be drawn. @x_origin and @y_origin are the top left point
-to center the layout. @index_ranges should contain
-ranges of bytes in the layout's text.
-
-Note that the regions returned correspond to logical extents of the text
-ranges, not ink extents. So the drawn layout may in fact touch areas out of
-the clip region. The clip region is mainly useful for highlightling parts
-of text, such as when text is selected.
+Adds a new frame to @animation. The @pixbuf must
+have the dimensions specified when the animation
+was constructed.
+Since: 2.8
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="layout">
-<parameter_description> a #PangoLayout
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="x_origin">
-<parameter_description> X pixel where you intend to draw the layout with this clip
+<parameter name="animation">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkPixbufSimpleAnim
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="y_origin">
-<parameter_description> Y pixel where you intend to draw the layout with this clip
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="index_ranges">
-<parameter_description> array of byte indexes into the layout, where even members of array are start indexes
and odd elements are end indexes
+<parameter name="pixbuf">
+<parameter_description> the pixbuf to add
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="n_ranges">
-<parameter_description> number of ranges in @index_ranges, i.e. half the size of @index_ranges
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_simple_anim_get_loop">
+<description>
+Gets whether @animation should loop indefinitely when it reaches the end.
+
+Since: 2.18
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="animation">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkPixbufSimpleAnim
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a clip region containing the given ranges
+<return> %TRUE if the animation loops forever, %FALSE otherwise
+
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_pango_layout_line_get_clip_region">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_simple_anim_new">
<description>
-Obtains a clip region which contains the areas where the given
-ranges of text would be drawn. @x_origin and @y_origin are the top left
-position of the layout. @index_ranges
-should contain ranges of bytes in the layout's text. The clip
-region will include space to the left or right of the line (to the
-layout bounding box) if you have indexes above or below the indexes
-contained inside the line. This is to draw the selection all the way
-to the side of the layout. However, the clip region is in line coordinates,
-not layout coordinates.
-
-Note that the regions returned correspond to logical extents of the text
-ranges, not ink extents. So the drawn line may in fact touch areas out of
-the clip region. The clip region is mainly useful for highlightling parts
-of text, such as when text is selected.
+Creates a new, empty animation.
+Since: 2.8
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="line">
-<parameter_description> a #PangoLayoutLine
+<parameter name="width">
+<parameter_description> the width of the animation
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="x_origin">
-<parameter_description> X pixel where you intend to draw the layout line with this clip
+<parameter name="height">
+<parameter_description> the height of the animation
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="y_origin">
-<parameter_description> baseline pixel where you intend to draw the layout line with this clip
+<parameter name="rate">
+<parameter_description> the speed of the animation, in frames per second
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="index_ranges">
-<parameter_description> array of byte indexes into the layout,
-where even members of array are start indexes and odd elements
-are end indexes
+</parameters>
+<return> a newly allocated #GdkPixbufSimpleAnim
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_simple_anim_set_loop">
+<description>
+Sets whether @animation should loop indefinitely when it reaches the end.
+
+Since: 2.18
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="animation">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkPixbufSimpleAnim
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="n_ranges">
-<parameter_description> number of ranges in @index_ranges, i.e. half the size of @index_ranges
+<parameter name="loop">
+<parameter_description> whether to loop the animation
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a clip region containing the given ranges
-</return>
+<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_parse_args">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_unref">
<description>
-Parse command line arguments, and store for future
-use by calls to gdk_display_open().
-
-Any arguments used by GDK are removed from the array and @argc and @argv are
-updated accordingly.
-
-You shouldn't call this function explicitely if you are using
-gtk_init(), gtk_init_check(), gdk_init(), or gdk_init_check().
+Removes a reference from a pixbuf.
-Since: 2.2
+Deprecated: 2.0: Use g_object_unref().
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="argc">
-<parameter_description> the number of command line arguments.
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="argv">
-<parameter_description> the array of command line arguments.
+<parameter name="pixbuf">
+<parameter_description> A pixbuf.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return></return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_pixbuf_get_from_surface">
+<function name="gdk_pixbuf_version">
<description>
-Transfers image data from a #cairo_surface_t and converts it to an RGB(A)
-representation inside a #GdkPixbuf. This allows you to efficiently read
-individual pixels from cairo surfaces. For #GdkWindows, use
-gdk_pixbuf_get_from_window() instead.
+Contains the full version of the &gdk-pixbuf; library as a string.
+This is the version currently in use by a running program.
-This function will create an RGB pixbuf with 8 bits per channel.
-The pixbuf will contain an alpha channel if the @surface contains one.
+</description>
+<parameters>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_pixdata_deserialize">
+<description>
+Deserializes (reconstruct) a #GdkPixdata structure from a byte stream.
+The byte stream consists of a straightforward writeout of the
+#GdkPixdata fields in network byte order, plus the @pixel_data
+bytes the structure points to.
+The @pixdata contents are reconstructed byte by byte and are checked
+for validity. This function may fail with %GDK_PIXBUF_ERROR_CORRUPT_IMAGE
+or %GDK_PIXBUF_ERROR_UNKNOWN_TYPE.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="surface">
-<parameter_description> surface to copy from
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
-<parameter name="src_x">
-<parameter_description> Source X coordinate within @surface
+<parameter name="pixdata">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkPixdata structure to be filled in.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="src_y">
-<parameter_description> Source Y coordinate within @surface
+<parameter name="stream_length">
+<parameter_description> length of the stream used for deserialization.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="width">
-<parameter_description> Width in pixels of region to get
+<parameter name="stream">
+<parameter_description> stream of bytes containing a
+serialized #GdkPixdata structure.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="height">
-<parameter_description> Height in pixels of region to get
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> #GError location to indicate failures (maybe %NULL to ignore errors).
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> A newly-created pixbuf with a reference
-count of 1, or %NULL on error
+<return> Upon successful deserialization %TRUE is returned,
+%FALSE otherwise.
</return>
</function>
-<function name="gdk_pixbuf_get_from_window">
+<function name="gdk_pixdata_from_pixbuf">
<description>
-Transfers image data from a #GdkWindow and converts it to an RGB(A)
-representation inside a #GdkPixbuf. In other words, copies
-image data from a server-side drawable to a client-side RGB(A) buffer.
-This allows you to efficiently read individual pixels on the client side.
-
-This function will create an RGB pixbuf with 8 bits per channel with
-the same size specified by the @width and @height arguments. The pixbuf
-will contain an alpha channel if the @window contains one.
-
-If the window is off the screen, then there is no image data in the
-obscured/offscreen regions to be placed in the pixbuf. The contents of
-portions of the pixbuf corresponding to the offscreen region are undefined.
-
-If the window you're obtaining data from is partially obscured by
-other windows, then the contents of the pixbuf areas corresponding
-to the obscured regions are undefined.
+Converts a #GdkPixbuf to a #GdkPixdata. If @use_rle is %TRUE, the
+pixel data is run-length encoded into newly-allocated memory and a
+pointer to that memory is returned.
-If the window is not mapped (typically because it's iconified/minimized
-or not on the current workspace), then %NULL will be returned.
-If memory can't be allocated for the return value, %NULL will be returned
-instead.
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="pixdata">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkPixdata to fill.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="pixbuf">
+<parameter_description> the data to fill @pixdata with.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="use_rle">
+<parameter_description> whether to use run-length encoding for the pixel data.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> If @ure_rle is %TRUE, a pointer to the newly-allocated memory
+for the run-length encoded pixel data, otherwise %NULL.
+</return>
+</function>
-(In short, there are several ways this function can fail, and if it fails
-it returns %NULL; so check the return value.)
+<function name="gdk_pixdata_serialize">
+<description>
+Serializes a #GdkPixdata structure into a byte stream.
+The byte stream consists of a straightforward writeout of the
+#GdkPixdata fields in network byte order, plus the @pixel_data
+bytes the structure points to.
</description>
<parameters>
-<parameter name="window">
-<parameter_description> Source window
+<parameter name="pixdata">
+<parameter_description> a valid #GdkPixdata structure to serialize.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="src_x">
-<parameter_description> Source X coordinate within @window
+<parameter name="stream_length_p">
+<parameter_description> location to store the resulting stream length in.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="src_y">
-<parameter_description> Source Y coordinate within @window
+</parameters>
+<return> A
+newly-allocated string containing the serialized #GdkPixdata
+structure.
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_pixdata_to_csource">
+<description>
+Generates C source code suitable for compiling images directly
+into programs.
+
+gdk-pixbuf ships with a program called <command>gdk-pixbuf-csource</command>
+which offers a command line interface to this function.
+
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="pixdata">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkPixdata to convert to C source.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="width">
-<parameter_description> Width in pixels of region to get
+<parameter name="name">
+<parameter_description> used for naming generated data structures or macros.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="height">
-<parameter_description> Height in pixels of region to get
+<parameter name="dump_type">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkPixdataDumpType determining the kind of C
+source to be generated.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> A newly-created pixbuf with a reference
-count of 1, or %NULL on error
+<return> a newly-allocated string containing the C source form
+of @pixdata.
</return>
</function>
@@ -6687,6 +12528,37 @@ though it is not always correct.
</return>
</function>
+<function name="gdk_selection_convert">
+<description>
+Retrieves the contents of a selection in a given
+form.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="requestor">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkWindow.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="selection">
+<parameter_description> an atom identifying the selection to get the
+contents of.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="target">
+<parameter_description> the form in which to retrieve the selection.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="time_">
+<parameter_description> the timestamp to use when retrieving the
+selection. The selection owner may refuse the
+request if it did not own the selection at
+the time indicated by the timestamp.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
<function name="gdk_selection_owner_get">
<description>
Determines the owner of the given selection.
@@ -7907,6 +13779,96 @@ skipped in the output.)
<return></return>
</function>
+<function name="gdk_wayland_display_get_wl_compositor">
+<description>
+Returns the Wayland global singleton compositor of a #GdkDisplay
+
+Since: 3.8
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="display">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplay
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> a Wayland wl_compositor
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_wayland_display_get_wl_display">
+<description>
+Returns the Wayland wl_display of a #GdkDisplay
+
+Since: 3.8
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="display">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplay
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> a Wayland wl_display
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_wayland_display_get_wl_shell">
+<description>
+Returns the Wayland global singleton shell of a #GdkDisplay
+
+Since: 3.8
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="display">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkDisplay
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> a Wayland wl_shell
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_wayland_window_get_wl_shell_surface">
+<description>
+Returns the Wayland shell surface of a #GdkWindow
+
+Since: 3.8
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="window">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkWindow
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> a Wayland wl_shell_surface
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gdk_wayland_window_get_wl_surface">
+<description>
+Returns the Wayland surface of a #GdkWindow
+
+Since: 3.8
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="window">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkWindow
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> a Wayland wl_surface
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
<function name="gdk_wayland_window_update_size">
<description>
Updates the state of the drawable (in particular the drawable's
@@ -8235,16 +14197,10 @@ Since: 3.4
<function name="gdk_window_configure_finished">
<description>
-Signal to the window system that the application has finished
-handling Configure events it has received. Window Managers can
-use this to better synchronize the frame repaint with the
-application. GTK+ applications will automatically call this
-function when appropriate.
-
-This function can only be called if gdk_window_enable_synchronized_configure()
-was called previously.
+Does nothing, present only for compatiblity.
Since: 2.6
+Deprecated: 3.8: this function is no longer needed
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -8472,18 +14428,10 @@ reaches zero. You must call this function yourself before that happens.
<function name="gdk_window_enable_synchronized_configure">
<description>
-Indicates that the application will cooperate with the window
-system in synchronizing the window repaint with the window
-manager during resizing operations. After an application calls
-this function, it must call gdk_window_configure_finished() every
-time it has finished all processing associated with a set of
-Configure events. Toplevel GTK+ windows automatically use this
-protocol.
-
-On X, calling this function makes @window participate in the
-_NET_WM_SYNC_REQUEST window manager protocol.
+Does nothing, present only for compatiblity.
Since: 2.6
+Deprecated: 3.8: this function is no longer needed
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -9036,6 +14984,25 @@ it is mapped.
</return>
</function>
+<function name="gdk_window_get_frame_clock">
+<description>
+Gets the frame clock for the window. The frame clock for a window
+never changes unless the window is reparented to a new toplevel
+window.
+
+Since: 3.8
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="window">
+<parameter_description> window to get frame clock for
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> the frame clock
+</return>
+</function>
+
<function name="gdk_window_get_frame_extents">
<description>
Obtains the bounding box of the window, including window manager
@@ -9058,6 +15025,24 @@ the frame) in root window coordinates, use gdk_window_get_origin().
<return></return>
</function>
+<function name="gdk_window_get_fullscreen_mode">
+<description>
+Obtains the #GdkFullscreenMode of the @window.
+
+Since: 3.8
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="window">
+<parameter_description> a toplevel #GdkWindow
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> The #GdkFullscreenMode applied to the window when fullscreen.
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
<function name="gdk_window_get_geometry">
<description>
Any of the return location arguments to this function may be %NULL,
@@ -10687,6 +16672,42 @@ Since: 2.6
<return></return>
</function>
+<function name="gdk_window_set_fullscreen_mode">
+<description>
+Specifies whether the @window should span over all monitors (in a multi-head
+setup) or only the current monitor when in fullscreen mode.
+
+The @mode argument is from the #GdkFullscreenMode enumeration.
+If #GDK_FULLSCREEN_ON_ALL_MONITORS is specified, the fullscreen @window will
+span over all monitors from the #GdkScreen.
+
+On X11, searches through the list of monitors from the #GdkScreen the ones
+which delimit the 4 edges of the entire #GdkScreen and will ask the window
+manager to span the @window over these monitors.
+
+If the XINERAMA extension is not available or not usable, this function
+has no effect.
+
+Not all window managers support this, so you can't rely on the fullscreen
+window to span over the multiple monitors when #GDK_FULLSCREEN_ON_ALL_MONITORS
+is specified.
+
+Since: 3.8
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="window">
+<parameter_description> a toplevel #GdkWindow
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="mode">
+<parameter_description> fullscreen mode
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
<function name="gdk_window_set_functions">
<description>
Sets hints about the window management functions to make available
@@ -10923,23 +16944,27 @@ previously called gdk_window_set_transient_for()
<function name="gdk_window_set_opacity">
<description>
-Request the windowing system to make @window partially transparent,
+Set @window to render as partially transparent,
with opacity 0 being fully transparent and 1 fully opaque. (Values
of the opacity parameter are clamped to the [0,1] range.)
-On X11, this works only on X screens with a compositing manager
-running.
+For toplevel windows this depends on support from the windowing system
+that may not always be there. For instance, On X11, this works only on
+X screens with a compositing manager running.
+
+For child windows this function only works for non-native windows.
+
+For setting up per-pixel alpha topelevels, see gdk_screen_get_rgba_visual(),
+and for non-toplevels, see gdk_window_set_composited().
-For setting up per-pixel alpha, see gdk_screen_get_rgba_visual().
-For making non-toplevel windows translucent, see
-gdk_window_set_composited().
+Support for non-toplevel windows was added in 3.8.
Since: 2.12
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="window">
-<parameter_description> a top-level #GdkWindow
+<parameter_description> a top-level or non-native #GdkWindow
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="opacity">
diff --git a/gtk/src/gtk_docs.xml b/gtk/src/gtk_docs.xml
index 4539b39..811a322 100644
--- a/gtk/src/gtk_docs.xml
+++ b/gtk/src/gtk_docs.xml
@@ -270,6 +270,46 @@ Emitted when the #GtkAdjustment:value property has been changed.
<return></return>
</signal>
+<enum name="GtkAlign">
+<description>
+Controls how a widget deals with extra space in a single (x or y)
+dimension.
+
+Alignment only matters if the widget receives a "too large" allocation,
+for example if you packed the widget with the #GtkWidget:expand
+flag inside a #GtkBox, then the widget might get extra space. If
+you have for example a 16x16 icon inside a 32x32 space, the icon
+could be scaled and stretched, it could be centered, or it could be
+positioned to one side of the space.
+
+Note that in horizontal context @GTK_ALIGN_START and @GTK_ALIGN_END
+are interpreted relative to text direction.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GTK_ALIGN_FILL">
+<parameter_description> stretch to fill all space if possible, center if
+no meaningful way to stretch
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_ALIGN_START">
+<parameter_description> snap to left or top side, leaving space on right
+or bottom
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_ALIGN_END">
+<parameter_description> snap to right or bottom side, leaving space on left
+or top
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_ALIGN_CENTER">
+<parameter_description> center natural width of widget inside the
+allocation
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
<signal name="GtkAppChooserButton::custom-item-activated">
<description>
Emitted when a custom item, previously added with
@@ -398,6 +438,86 @@ Since: 3.2
<return></return>
</signal>
+<enum name="GtkApplicationInhibitFlags">
+<description>
+Types of user actions that may be blocked by gtk_application_inhibit().
+
+Since: 3.4
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GTK_APPLICATION_INHIBIT_LOGOUT">
+<parameter_description> Inhibit ending the user session
+by logging out or by shutting down the computer
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_APPLICATION_INHIBIT_SWITCH">
+<parameter_description> Inhibit user switching
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_APPLICATION_INHIBIT_SUSPEND">
+<parameter_description> Inhibit suspending the
+session or computer
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_APPLICATION_INHIBIT_IDLE">
+<parameter_description> Inhibit the session being
+marked as idle (and possibly locked)
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
+<enum name="GtkArrowPlacement">
+<description>
+Used to specify the placement of scroll arrows in scrolling menus.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GTK_ARROWS_BOTH">
+<parameter_description> Place one arrow on each end of the menu.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_ARROWS_START">
+<parameter_description> Place both arrows at the top of the menu.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_ARROWS_END">
+<parameter_description> Place both arrows at the bottom of the menu.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
+<enum name="GtkArrowType">
+<description>
+Used to indicate the direction in which a #GtkArrow should point.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GTK_ARROW_UP">
+<parameter_description> Represents an upward pointing arrow.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_ARROW_DOWN">
+<parameter_description> Represents a downward pointing arrow.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_ARROW_LEFT">
+<parameter_description> Represents a left pointing arrow.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_ARROW_RIGHT">
+<parameter_description> Represents a right pointing arrow.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_ARROW_NONE">
+<parameter_description> No arrow. Since 2.10.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
<signal name="GtkAssistant::apply">
<description>
The ::apply signal is emitted when the apply button is clicked.
@@ -482,6 +602,182 @@ Since: 2.10
<return></return>
</signal>
+<enum name="GtkAssistantPageType">
+<description>
+An enum for determining the page role inside the #GtkAssistant. It's
+used to handle buttons sensitivity and visibility.
+
+Note that an assistant needs to end its page flow with a page of type
+%GTK_ASSISTANT_PAGE_CONFIRM, %GTK_ASSISTANT_PAGE_SUMMARY or
+%GTK_ASSISTANT_PAGE_PROGRESS to be correct.
+
+The Cancel button will only be shown if the page isn't "committed".
+See gtk_assistant_commit() for details.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GTK_ASSISTANT_PAGE_CONTENT">
+<parameter_description> The page has regular contents. Both the
+Back and forward buttons will be shown.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_ASSISTANT_PAGE_INTRO">
+<parameter_description> The page contains an introduction to the
+assistant task. Only the Forward button will be shown if there is a
+next page.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_ASSISTANT_PAGE_CONFIRM">
+<parameter_description> The page lets the user confirm or deny the
+changes. The Back and Apply buttons will be shown.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_ASSISTANT_PAGE_SUMMARY">
+<parameter_description> The page informs the user of the changes
+done. Only the Close button will be shown.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_ASSISTANT_PAGE_PROGRESS">
+<parameter_description> Used for tasks that take a long time to
+complete, blocks the assistant until the page is marked as complete.
+Only the back button will be shown.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_ASSISTANT_PAGE_CUSTOM">
+<parameter_description> Used for when other page types are not
+appropriate. No buttons will be shown, and the application must
+add its own buttons through gtk_assistant_add_action_widget().
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
+<enum name="GtkAttachOptions">
+<description>
+Denotes the expansion properties that a widget will have when it (or its
+parent) is resized.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GTK_EXPAND">
+<parameter_description> the widget should expand to take up any extra space in its
+container that has been allocated.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_SHRINK">
+<parameter_description> the widget should shrink as and when possible.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_FILL">
+<parameter_description> the widget should fill the space allocated to it.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
+<enum name="GtkBorderStyle">
+<description>
+Describes how the border of a UI element should be rendered.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GTK_BORDER_STYLE_NONE">
+<parameter_description> No visible border
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_BORDER_STYLE_SOLID">
+<parameter_description> A single line segment
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_BORDER_STYLE_INSET">
+<parameter_description> Looks as if the content is sunken into the canvas
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_BORDER_STYLE_OUTSET">
+<parameter_description> Looks as if the content is coming out of the canvas
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_BORDER_STYLE_HIDDEN">
+<parameter_description> Same as @GTK_BORDER_STYLE_NONE
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_BORDER_STYLE_DOTTED">
+<parameter_description> A series of round dots
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_BORDER_STYLE_DASHED">
+<parameter_description> A series of square-ended dashes
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_BORDER_STYLE_DOUBLE">
+<parameter_description> Two parrallel lines with some space between them
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_BORDER_STYLE_GROOVE">
+<parameter_description> Looks as if it were carved in the canvas
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_BORDER_STYLE_RIDGE">
+<parameter_description> Looks as if it were coming out of the canvas
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
+<enum name="GtkBuilderError">
+<description>
+Error codes that identify various errors that can occur while using
+#GtkBuilder.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_INVALID_TYPE_FUNCTION">
+<parameter_description> A type-func attribute didn't name
+a function that returns a #GType.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_UNHANDLED_TAG">
+<parameter_description> The input contained a tag that #GtkBuilder
+can't handle.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_MISSING_ATTRIBUTE">
+<parameter_description> An attribute that is required by
+#GtkBuilder was missing.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_INVALID_ATTRIBUTE">
+<parameter_description> #GtkBuilder found an attribute that
+it doesn't understand.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_INVALID_TAG">
+<parameter_description> #GtkBuilder found a tag that
+it doesn't understand.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_MISSING_PROPERTY_VALUE">
+<parameter_description> A required property value was
+missing.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_INVALID_VALUE">
+<parameter_description> #GtkBuilder couldn't parse
+some attribute value.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_VERSION_MISMATCH">
+<parameter_description> The input file requires a newer version
+of GTK+.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_DUPLICATE_ID">
+<parameter_description> An object id occurred twice.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
<signal name="GtkButton::activate">
<description>
The ::activate signal on GtkButton is an action signal and
@@ -589,6 +885,82 @@ Deprecated: 2.8: Use the #GtkWidget::button-release-event signal.
<return></return>
</signal>
+<enum name="GtkButtonBoxStyle">
+<description>
+Used to dictate the style that a #GtkButtonBox uses to layout the buttons it
+contains. (See also: #GtkVButtonBox and #GtkHButtonBox).
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GTK_BUTTONBOX_DEFAULT_STYLE">
+<parameter_description> Default packing.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_BUTTONBOX_SPREAD">
+<parameter_description> Buttons are evenly spread across the box.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_BUTTONBOX_EDGE">
+<parameter_description> Buttons are placed at the edges of the box.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_BUTTONBOX_START">
+<parameter_description> Buttons are grouped towards the start of the box,
+(on the left for a HBox, or the top for a VBox).
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_BUTTONBOX_END">
+<parameter_description> Buttons are grouped towards the end of the box,
+(on the right for a HBox, or the bottom for a VBox).
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_BUTTONBOX_CENTER">
+<parameter_description> Buttons are centered in the box. Since 2.12.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
+<enum name="GtkButtonsType">
+<description>
+Prebuilt sets of buttons for the dialog. If
+none of these choices are appropriate, simply use %GTK_BUTTONS_NONE
+then call gtk_dialog_add_buttons().
+<note>
+Please note that %GTK_BUTTONS_OK, %GTK_BUTTONS_YES_NO
+and %GTK_BUTTONS_OK_CANCEL are discouraged by the
+<ulink url="http://library.gnome.org/devel/hig-book/stable/">GNOME HIG</ulink>.
+</note>
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GTK_BUTTONS_NONE">
+<parameter_description> no buttons at all
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_BUTTONS_OK">
+<parameter_description> an OK button
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_BUTTONS_CLOSE">
+<parameter_description> a Close button
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_BUTTONS_CANCEL">
+<parameter_description> a Cancel button
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_BUTTONS_YES_NO">
+<parameter_description> Yes and No buttons
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_BUTTONS_OK_CANCEL">
+<parameter_description> OK and Cancel buttons
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
<signal name="GtkCalendar::day-selected">
<description>
Emitted when the user selects a day.
@@ -688,6 +1060,37 @@ Emitted when user switched to the previous year.
<return></return>
</signal>
+<enum name="GtkCalendarDisplayOptions">
+<description>
+These options can be used to influence the display and behaviour of a #GtkCalendar.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GTK_CALENDAR_SHOW_HEADING">
+<parameter_description> Specifies that the month and year should be displayed.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_CALENDAR_SHOW_DAY_NAMES">
+<parameter_description> Specifies that three letter day descriptions should be present.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_CALENDAR_NO_MONTH_CHANGE">
+<parameter_description> Prevents the user from switching months with the calendar.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_CALENDAR_SHOW_WEEK_NUMBERS">
+<parameter_description> Displays each week numbers of the current year, down the
+left side of the calendar.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_CALENDAR_SHOW_DETAILS">
+<parameter_description> Just show an indicator, not the full details
+text when details are provided. See gtk_calendar_set_detail_func().
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
<signal name="GtkCellArea::add-editable">
<description>
Indicates that editing has started on @renderer and that @editable
@@ -1013,6 +1416,68 @@ Since: 2.14
<return></return>
</signal>
+<enum name="GtkCellRendererMode">
+<description>
+Identifies how the user can interact with a particular cell.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GTK_CELL_RENDERER_MODE_INERT">
+<parameter_description> The cell is just for display
+and cannot be interacted with. Note that this doesn't mean that eg. the
+row being drawn can't be selected -- just that a particular element of
+it cannot be individually modified.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_CELL_RENDERER_MODE_ACTIVATABLE">
+<parameter_description> The cell can be clicked.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_CELL_RENDERER_MODE_EDITABLE">
+<parameter_description> The cell can be edited or otherwise modified.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
+<enum name="GtkCellRendererState">
+<description>
+Tells how a cell is to be rendered.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GTK_CELL_RENDERER_SELECTED">
+<parameter_description> The cell is currently selected, and
+probably has a selection colored background to render to.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_CELL_RENDERER_PRELIT">
+<parameter_description> The mouse is hovering over the cell.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_CELL_RENDERER_INSENSITIVE">
+<parameter_description> The cell is drawn in an insensitive manner
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_CELL_RENDERER_SORTED">
+<parameter_description> The cell is in a sorted row
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_CELL_RENDERER_FOCUSED">
+<parameter_description> The cell is in the focus row.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_CELL_RENDERER_EXPANDABLE">
+<parameter_description> The cell is in a row that can be expanded. Since 3.4
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_CELL_RENDERER_EXPANDED">
+<parameter_description> The cell is in a row that is expanded. Since 3.4
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
<signal name="GtkCellRendererText::edited">
<description>
This signal is emitted after @renderer has been edited.
@@ -1293,6 +1758,37 @@ Since: 2.12
<return></return>
</signal>
+<enum name="GtkCornerType">
+<description>
+Specifies which corner a child widget should be placed in when packed into
+a #GtkScrolledWindow. This is effectively the opposite of where the scroll
+bars are placed.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GTK_CORNER_TOP_LEFT">
+<parameter_description> Place the scrollbars on the right and bottom of the
+widget (default behaviour).
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_CORNER_BOTTOM_LEFT">
+<parameter_description> Place the scrollbars on the top and right of the
+widget.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_CORNER_TOP_RIGHT">
+<parameter_description> Place the scrollbars on the left and bottom of the
+widget.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_CORNER_BOTTOM_RIGHT">
+<parameter_description> Place the scrollbars on the top and left of the
+widget.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
<signal name="GtkCssProvider::parsing-error">
<description>
Signals that a parsing error occured. the @path, @line and @position
@@ -1325,6 +1821,104 @@ than when a loading function was called.
<return></return>
</signal>
+<enum name="GtkCssSectionType">
+<description>
+The different types of sections indicate parts of a CSS document as
+parsed by GTK's CSS parser. They are oriented towards the CSS grammar
+<ulink url="http://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/grammar.html">CSS grammer</ulink>,
+but may contain extensions.
+
+More types might be added in the future as the parser incorporates
+more features.
+
+Since: 3.2
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GTK_CSS_SECTION_DOCUMENT">
+<parameter_description> The section describes a complete document.
+This section time is the only one where gtk_css_section_get_parent()
+might return %NULL.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_CSS_SECTION_IMPORT">
+<parameter_description> The section defines an import rule.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_CSS_SECTION_COLOR_DEFINITION">
+<parameter_description> The section defines a color. This
+is a GTK extension to CSS.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_CSS_SECTION_BINDING_SET">
+<parameter_description> The section defines a binding set. This
+is a GTK extension to CSS.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_CSS_SECTION_RULESET">
+<parameter_description> The section defines a CSS ruleset.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_CSS_SECTION_SELECTOR">
+<parameter_description> The section defines a CSS selector.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_CSS_SECTION_DECLARATION">
+<parameter_description> The section defines the declaration of
+a CSS variable.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_CSS_SECTION_VALUE">
+<parameter_description> The section defines the value of a CSS declaration.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_CSS_SECTION_KEYFRAMES">
+<parameter_description> The section defines keyframes. See <ulink
+url="http://dev.w3.org/csswg/css3-animations/#keyframes">CSS
+animations</ulink> for details. Since 3.6
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
+<enum name="GtkDestDefaults">
+<description>
+The #GtkDestDefaults enumeration specifies the various
+types of action that will be taken on behalf
+of the user for a drag destination site.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GTK_DEST_DEFAULT_MOTION">
+<parameter_description> If set for a widget, GTK+, during a drag over this
+widget will check if the drag matches this widget's list of possible targets
+and actions.
+GTK+ will then call gdk_drag_status() as appropriate.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_DEST_DEFAULT_HIGHLIGHT">
+<parameter_description> If set for a widget, GTK+ will draw a highlight on
+this widget as long as a drag is over this widget and the widget drag format
+and action are acceptable.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_DEST_DEFAULT_DROP">
+<parameter_description> If set for a widget, when a drop occurs, GTK+ will
+will check if the drag matches this widget's list of possible targets and
+actions. If so, GTK+ will call gtk_drag_get_data() on behalf of the widget.
+Whether or not the drop is successful, GTK+ will call gtk_drag_finish(). If
+the action was a move, then if the drag was successful, then %TRUE will be
+passed for the @delete parameter to gtk_drag_finish().
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_DEST_DEFAULT_ALL">
+<parameter_description> If set, specifies that all default actions should
+be taken.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
<signal name="GtkDialog::close">
<description>
The ::close signal is a
@@ -1361,6 +1955,62 @@ Otherwise, it depends on which action widget was clicked.
<return></return>
</signal>
+<enum name="GtkDialogFlags">
+<description>
+Flags used to influence dialog construction.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GTK_DIALOG_MODAL">
+<parameter_description> Make the constructed dialog modal,
+see gtk_window_set_modal()
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_DIALOG_DESTROY_WITH_PARENT">
+<parameter_description> Destroy the dialog when its
+parent is destroyed, see gtk_window_set_destroy_with_parent()
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
+<enum name="GtkDragResult">
+<description>
+Gives an indication why a drag operation failed.
+The value can by obtained by connecting to the
+#GtkWidget::drag-failed signal.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GTK_DRAG_RESULT_SUCCESS">
+<parameter_description> The drag operation was successful.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_DRAG_RESULT_NO_TARGET">
+<parameter_description> No suitable drag target.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_DRAG_RESULT_USER_CANCELLED">
+<parameter_description> The user cancelled the drag operation.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_DRAG_RESULT_TIMEOUT_EXPIRED">
+<parameter_description> The drag operation timed out.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_DRAG_RESULT_GRAB_BROKEN">
+<parameter_description> The pointer or keyboard grab used
+for the drag operation was broken.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_DRAG_RESULT_ERROR">
+<parameter_description> The drag operation failed due to some
+unspecified error.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
<signal name="GtkEditable::changed">
<description>
The ::changed signal is emitted at the end of a single
@@ -1923,6 +2573,50 @@ Since: 2.4
</return>
</signal>
+<enum name="GtkEntryIconPosition">
+<description>
+Specifies the side of the entry at which an icon is placed.
+
+Since: 2.16
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GTK_ENTRY_ICON_PRIMARY">
+<parameter_description> At the beginning of the entry (depending on the text direction).
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_ENTRY_ICON_SECONDARY">
+<parameter_description> At the end of the entry (depending on the text direction).
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
+<enum name="GtkExpanderStyle">
+<description>
+Used to specify the style of the expanders drawn by a #GtkTreeView.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GTK_EXPANDER_COLLAPSED">
+<parameter_description> The style used for a collapsed subtree.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_EXPANDER_SEMI_COLLAPSED">
+<parameter_description> Intermediate style used during animation.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_EXPANDER_SEMI_EXPANDED">
+<parameter_description> Intermediate style used during animation.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_EXPANDER_EXPANDED">
+<parameter_description> The style used for an expanded subtree.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
<signal name="GtkFileChooser::confirm-overwrite">
<description>
This signal gets emitted whenever it is appropriate to present a
@@ -2110,6 +2804,39 @@ gtk_file_chooser_get_preview_uri().
<return></return>
</signal>
+<enum name="GtkFileChooserAction">
+<description>
+Describes whether a #GtkFileChooser is being used to open existing files
+or to save to a possibly new file.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_OPEN">
+<parameter_description> Indicates open mode. The file chooser
+will only let the user pick an existing file.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SAVE">
+<parameter_description> Indicates save mode. The file chooser
+will let the user pick an existing file, or type in a new
+filename.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SELECT_FOLDER">
+<parameter_description> Indicates an Open mode for
+selecting folders. The file chooser will let the user pick an
+existing folder.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_CREATE_FOLDER">
+<parameter_description> Indicates a mode for creating a
+new folder. The file chooser will let the user name an existing or
+new folder.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
<signal name="GtkFileChooserButton::file-set">
<description>
The ::file-set signal is emitted when the user selects a file.
@@ -2129,6 +2856,90 @@ Since: 2.12
<return></return>
</signal>
+<enum name="GtkFileChooserConfirmation">
+<description>
+Used as a return value of handlers for the
+#GtkFileChooser::confirm-overwrite signal of a #GtkFileChooser. This
+value determines whether the file chooser will present the stock
+confirmation dialog, accept the user's choice of a filename, or
+let the user choose another filename.
+
+Since: 2.8
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_CONFIRMATION_CONFIRM">
+<parameter_description> The file chooser will present
+its stock dialog to confirm about overwriting an existing file.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_CONFIRMATION_ACCEPT_FILENAME">
+<parameter_description> The file chooser will
+terminate and accept the user's choice of a file name.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_CONFIRMATION_SELECT_AGAIN">
+<parameter_description> The file chooser will
+continue running, so as to let the user select another file name.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
+<enum name="GtkFileChooserError">
+<description>
+These identify the various errors that can occur while calling
+#GtkFileChooser functions.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ERROR_NONEXISTENT">
+<parameter_description> Indicates that a file does not exist.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ERROR_BAD_FILENAME">
+<parameter_description> Indicates a malformed filename.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ERROR_ALREADY_EXISTS">
+<parameter_description> Indicates a duplicate path (e.g. when
+adding a bookmark).
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ERROR_INCOMPLETE_HOSTNAME">
+<parameter_description> Indicates an incomplete hostname (e.g. "http://foo" without a slash after
that).
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
+<enum name="GtkFileFilterFlags">
+<description>
+These flags indicate what parts of a #GtkFileFilterInfo struct
+are filled or need to be filled.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GTK_FILE_FILTER_FILENAME">
+<parameter_description> the filename of the file being tested
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_FILE_FILTER_URI">
+<parameter_description> the URI for the file being tested
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_FILE_FILTER_DISPLAY_NAME">
+<parameter_description> the string that will be used to
+display the file in the file chooser
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_FILE_FILTER_MIME_TYPE">
+<parameter_description> the mime type of the file
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
<signal name="GtkFontButton::font-set">
<description>
The ::font-set signal is emitted when the user selects a font.
@@ -2331,6 +3142,44 @@ gtk_im_context_set_surrounding() method.
</return>
</signal>
+<enum name="GtkIconLookupFlags">
+<description>
+Used to specify options for gtk_icon_theme_lookup_icon()
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GTK_ICON_LOOKUP_NO_SVG">
+<parameter_description> Never return SVG icons, even if gdk-pixbuf
+supports them. Cannot be used together with %GTK_ICON_LOOKUP_FORCE_SVG.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_ICON_LOOKUP_FORCE_SVG">
+<parameter_description> Return SVG icons, even if gdk-pixbuf
+doesn't support them.
+Cannot be used together with %GTK_ICON_LOOKUP_NO_SVG.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_ICON_LOOKUP_USE_BUILTIN">
+<parameter_description> When passed to
+gtk_icon_theme_lookup_icon() includes builtin icons
+as well as files. For a builtin icon, gtk_icon_info_get_filename()
+returns %NULL and you need to call gtk_icon_info_get_builtin_pixbuf().
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_ICON_LOOKUP_GENERIC_FALLBACK">
+<parameter_description> Try to shorten icon name at '-'
+characters before looking at inherited themes. For more general
+fallback, see gtk_icon_theme_choose_icon(). Since 2.12.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_ICON_LOOKUP_FORCE_SIZE">
+<parameter_description> Always return the icon scaled to the
+requested size. Since 2.14.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
<signal name="GtkIconTheme::changed">
<description>
Emitted when the current icon theme is switched or GTK+ detects
@@ -2347,6 +3196,23 @@ icon theme.
<return></return>
</signal>
+<enum name="GtkIconThemeError">
+<description>
+Error codes for GtkIconTheme operations.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GTK_ICON_THEME_NOT_FOUND">
+<parameter_description> The icon specified does not exist in the theme
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_ICON_THEME_FAILED">
+<parameter_description> An unspecified error occurred.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
<signal name="GtkIconView::activate-cursor-item">
<description>
A <link linkend="keybinding-signals">keybinding signal</link>
@@ -2372,10 +3238,12 @@ The default bindings for this signal are Space, Return and Enter.
<signal name="GtkIconView::item-activated">
<description>
The ::item-activated signal is emitted when the method
-gtk_icon_view_item_activated() is called or the user double
-clicks an item. It is also emitted when a non-editable item
-is selected and one of the keys: Space, Return or Enter is
-pressed.
+gtk_icon_view_item_activated() is called, when the user double
+clicks an item with the "activate-on-single-click" property set
+to %FALSE, or when the user single clicks an item when the
+"activate-on-single-click" property set to %TRUE. It is also
+emitted when a non-editable item is selected and one of the keys:
+Space, Return or Enter is pressed.
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -2531,6 +3399,85 @@ The default binding for this signal is Ctrl-Shift-a.
<return></return>
</signal>
+<enum name="GtkIconViewDropPosition">
+<description>
+An enum for determining where a dropped item goes.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GTK_ICON_VIEW_NO_DROP">
+<parameter_description> no drop possible
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_ICON_VIEW_DROP_INTO">
+<parameter_description> dropped item replaces the item
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_ICON_VIEW_DROP_LEFT">
+<parameter_description> droppped item is inserted to the left
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_ICON_VIEW_DROP_RIGHT">
+<parameter_description> dropped item is inserted to the right
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_ICON_VIEW_DROP_ABOVE">
+<parameter_description> dropped item is inserted above
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_ICON_VIEW_DROP_BELOW">
+<parameter_description> dropped item is inserted below
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
+<enum name="GtkImageType">
+<description>
+Describes the image data representation used by a #GtkImage. If you
+want to get the image from the widget, you can only get the
+currently-stored representation. e.g. if the
+gtk_image_get_storage_type() returns #GTK_IMAGE_PIXBUF, then you can
+call gtk_image_get_pixbuf() but not gtk_image_get_stock(). For empty
+images, you can request any storage type (call any of the "get"
+functions), but they will all return %NULL values.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GTK_IMAGE_EMPTY">
+<parameter_description> there is no image displayed by the widget
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_IMAGE_PIXBUF">
+<parameter_description> the widget contains a #GdkPixbuf
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_IMAGE_STOCK">
+<parameter_description> the widget contains a stock icon name (see
+<xref linkend="gtk3-Stock-Items"/>)
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_IMAGE_ICON_SET">
+<parameter_description> the widget contains a #GtkIconSet
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_IMAGE_ANIMATION">
+<parameter_description> the widget contains a #GdkPixbufAnimation
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME">
+<parameter_description> the widget contains a named icon.
+This image type was added in GTK+ 2.6
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_IMAGE_GICON">
+<parameter_description> the widget contains a #GIcon.
+This image type was added in GTK+ 2.14
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
<signal name="GtkInfoBar::close">
<description>
The ::close signal is a
@@ -2570,6 +3517,203 @@ Since: 2.18
<return></return>
</signal>
+<enum name="GtkInputHints">
+<description>
+Describes hints that might be taken into account by input methods
+or applications. Note that input methods may already tailor their
+behaviour according to the #GtkInputPurpose of the entry.
+
+Some common sense is expected when using these flags - mixing
+ GTK_INPUT_HINT_LOWERCASE with any of the uppercase hints makes no sense.
+
+This enumeration may be extended in the future; input methods should
+ignore unknown values.
+
+Since: 3.6
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GTK_INPUT_HINT_NONE">
+<parameter_description> No special behaviour suggested
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_INPUT_HINT_SPELLCHECK">
+<parameter_description> Suggest checking for typos
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_INPUT_HINT_NO_SPELLCHECK">
+<parameter_description> Suggest not checking for typos
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_INPUT_HINT_WORD_COMPLETION">
+<parameter_description> Suggest word completion
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_INPUT_HINT_LOWERCASE">
+<parameter_description> Suggest to convert all text to lowercase
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_INPUT_HINT_UPPERCASE_CHARS">
+<parameter_description> Suggest to capitalize all text
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_INPUT_HINT_UPPERCASE_WORDS">
+<parameter_description> Suggest to capitalize the first
+character of each word
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_INPUT_HINT_UPPERCASE_SENTENCES">
+<parameter_description> Suggest to capitalize the
+first word of each sentence
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_INPUT_HINT_INHIBIT_OSK">
+<parameter_description> Suggest to not show an onscreen keyboard
+(e.g for a calculator that already has all the keys).
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
+<enum name="GtkInputPurpose">
+<description>
+Describes primary purpose of the input widget. This information is
+useful for on-screen keyboards and similar input methods to decide
+which keys should be presented to the user.
+
+Note that the purpose is not meant to impose a totally strict rule
+about allowed characters, and does not replace input validation.
+It is fine for an on-screen keyboard to let the user override the
+character set restriction that is expressed by the purpose. The
+application is expected to validate the entry contents, even if
+it specified a purpose.
+
+The difference between @GTK_INPUT_PURPOSE_DIGITS and
+ GTK_INPUT_PURPOSE_NUMBER is that the former accepts only digits
+while the latter also some punctuation (like commas or points, plus,
+minus) and 'e' or 'E' as in 3.14E+000.
+
+This enumeration may be extended in the future; input methods should
+interpret unknown values as 'free form'.
+
+Since: 3.6
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GTK_INPUT_PURPOSE_FREE_FORM">
+<parameter_description> Allow any character
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_INPUT_PURPOSE_ALPHA">
+<parameter_description> Allow only alphabetic characters
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_INPUT_PURPOSE_DIGITS">
+<parameter_description> Allow only digits
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_INPUT_PURPOSE_NUMBER">
+<parameter_description> Edited field expects numbers
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_INPUT_PURPOSE_PHONE">
+<parameter_description> Edited field expects phone number
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_INPUT_PURPOSE_URL">
+<parameter_description> Edited field expects URL
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_INPUT_PURPOSE_EMAIL">
+<parameter_description> Edited field expects email address
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_INPUT_PURPOSE_NAME">
+<parameter_description> Edited field expects the name of a person
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_INPUT_PURPOSE_PASSWORD">
+<parameter_description> Like @GTK_INPUT_PURPOSE_FREE_FORM, but characters are hidden
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_INPUT_PURPOSE_PIN">
+<parameter_description> Like @GTK_INPUT_PURPOSE_DIGITS, but characters are hidden
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
+<enum name="GtkJunctionSides">
+<description>
+Describes how a rendered element connects to adjacent elements.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GTK_JUNCTION_NONE">
+<parameter_description> No junctions.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_JUNCTION_CORNER_TOPLEFT">
+<parameter_description> Element connects on the top-left corner.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_JUNCTION_CORNER_TOPRIGHT">
+<parameter_description> Element connects on the top-right corner.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_JUNCTION_CORNER_BOTTOMLEFT">
+<parameter_description> Element connects on the bottom-left corner.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_JUNCTION_CORNER_BOTTOMRIGHT">
+<parameter_description> Element connects on the bottom-right corner.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_JUNCTION_TOP">
+<parameter_description> Element connects on the top side.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_JUNCTION_BOTTOM">
+<parameter_description> Element connects on the bottom side.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_JUNCTION_LEFT">
+<parameter_description> Element connects on the left side.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_JUNCTION_RIGHT">
+<parameter_description> Element connects on the right side.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
+<enum name="GtkJustification">
+<description>
+Used for justifying the text inside a #GtkLabel widget. (See also
+#GtkAlignment).
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GTK_JUSTIFY_LEFT">
+<parameter_description> The text is placed at the left edge of the label.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_JUSTIFY_RIGHT">
+<parameter_description> The text is placed at the right edge of the label.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_JUSTIFY_CENTER">
+<parameter_description> The text is placed in the center of the label.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_JUSTIFY_FILL">
+<parameter_description> The text is placed is distributed across the label.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
<signal name="GtkLabel::activate-current-link">
<description>
A <link linkend="keybinding-signals">keybinding signal</link>
@@ -2726,6 +3870,77 @@ Since: 3.6
<return></return>
</signal>
+<enum name="GtkLevelBarMode">
+<description>
+Describes how #GtkLevelBar contents should be rendered.
+Note that this enumeration could be extended with additional modes
+in the future.
+
+Since: 3.6
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GTK_LEVEL_BAR_MODE_CONTINUOUS">
+<parameter_description> the bar has a continuous mode
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_LEVEL_BAR_MODE_DISCRETE">
+<parameter_description> the bar has a discrete mode
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
+<enum name="GtkLicense">
+<description>
+The type of license for an application.
+
+This enumeration can be expanded at later date.
+
+Since: 3.0
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GTK_LICENSE_UNKNOWN">
+<parameter_description> No license specified
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_LICENSE_CUSTOM">
+<parameter_description> A license text is going to be specified by the
+developer
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_LICENSE_GPL_2_0">
+<parameter_description> The GNU General Public License, version 2.0
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_LICENSE_GPL_3_0">
+<parameter_description> The GNU General Public License, version 3.0
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_LICENSE_LGPL_2_1">
+<parameter_description> The GNU Lesser General Public License, version 2.1
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_LICENSE_LGPL_3_0">
+<parameter_description> The GNU Lesser General Public License, version 3.0
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_LICENSE_BSD">
+<parameter_description> The BSD standard license
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_LICENSE_MIT_X11">
+<parameter_description> The MIT/X11 standard license
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_LICENSE_ARTISTIC">
+<parameter_description> The Artistic License, version 2.0
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
<signal name="GtkLinkButton::activate-link">
<description>
The ::activate-link signal is emitted each time the #GtkLinkButton
@@ -2765,6 +3980,31 @@ your handler.
<return></return>
</signal>
+<enum name="GtkMenuDirectionType">
+<description>
+An enumeration representing directional movements within a menu.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GTK_MENU_DIR_PARENT">
+<parameter_description> To the parent menu shell
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_MENU_DIR_CHILD">
+<parameter_description> To the submenu, if any, associated with the item
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_MENU_DIR_NEXT">
+<parameter_description> To the next menu item
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_MENU_DIR_PREV">
+<parameter_description> To the previous menu item
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
<signal name="GtkMenuItem::activate">
<description>
Emitted when the item is activated.
@@ -2969,6 +4209,83 @@ since the arrow is made insensitive if the menu is not set.
<return></return>
</signal>
+<enum name="GtkMessageType">
+<description>
+The type of message being displayed in the dialog.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GTK_MESSAGE_INFO">
+<parameter_description> Informational message
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_MESSAGE_WARNING">
+<parameter_description> Nonfatal warning message
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_MESSAGE_QUESTION">
+<parameter_description> Question requiring a choice
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_MESSAGE_ERROR">
+<parameter_description> Fatal error message
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_MESSAGE_OTHER">
+<parameter_description> None of the above, doesn't get an icon
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
+<enum name="GtkMovementStep">
+<description>
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GTK_MOVEMENT_LOGICAL_POSITIONS">
+<parameter_description> Move forward or back by graphemes
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_MOVEMENT_VISUAL_POSITIONS">
+<parameter_description> Move left or right by graphemes
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_MOVEMENT_WORDS">
+<parameter_description> Move forward or back by words
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_MOVEMENT_DISPLAY_LINES">
+<parameter_description> Move up or down lines (wrapped lines)
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_MOVEMENT_DISPLAY_LINE_ENDS">
+<parameter_description> Move to either end of a line
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_MOVEMENT_PARAGRAPHS">
+<parameter_description> Move up or down paragraphs (newline-ended lines)
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_MOVEMENT_PARAGRAPH_ENDS">
+<parameter_description> Move to either end of a paragraph
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_MOVEMENT_PAGES">
+<parameter_description> Move by pages
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_MOVEMENT_BUFFER_ENDS">
+<parameter_description> Move to ends of the buffer
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_MOVEMENT_HORIZONTAL_PAGES">
+<parameter_description> Move horizontally by pages
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
<signal name="GtkNotebook::create-window">
<description>
The ::create-window signal is emitted when a detachable
@@ -3104,6 +4421,66 @@ Emitted when the user or a function changes the current page.
<return></return>
</signal>
+<enum name="GtkNumberUpLayout">
+<description>
+Used to determine the layout of pages on a sheet when printing
+multiple pages per sheet.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GTK_NUMBER_UP_LAYOUT_LEFT_TO_RIGHT_TOP_TO_BOTTOM">
+<parameter_description> <inlinegraphic valign="middle" fileref="layout-lrtb.png"
format="PNG"></inlinegraphic>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_NUMBER_UP_LAYOUT_LEFT_TO_RIGHT_BOTTOM_TO_TOP">
+<parameter_description> <inlinegraphic valign="middle" fileref="layout-lrbt.png"
format="PNG"></inlinegraphic>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_NUMBER_UP_LAYOUT_RIGHT_TO_LEFT_TOP_TO_BOTTOM">
+<parameter_description> <inlinegraphic valign="middle" fileref="layout-rltb.png"
format="PNG"></inlinegraphic>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_NUMBER_UP_LAYOUT_RIGHT_TO_LEFT_BOTTOM_TO_TOP">
+<parameter_description> <inlinegraphic valign="middle" fileref="layout-rlbt.png"
format="PNG"></inlinegraphic>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_NUMBER_UP_LAYOUT_TOP_TO_BOTTOM_LEFT_TO_RIGHT">
+<parameter_description> <inlinegraphic valign="middle" fileref="layout-tblr.png"
format="PNG"></inlinegraphic>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_NUMBER_UP_LAYOUT_TOP_TO_BOTTOM_RIGHT_TO_LEFT">
+<parameter_description> <inlinegraphic valign="middle" fileref="layout-tbrl.png"
format="PNG"></inlinegraphic>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_NUMBER_UP_LAYOUT_BOTTOM_TO_TOP_LEFT_TO_RIGHT">
+<parameter_description> <inlinegraphic valign="middle" fileref="layout-btlr.png"
format="PNG"></inlinegraphic>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_NUMBER_UP_LAYOUT_BOTTOM_TO_TOP_RIGHT_TO_LEFT">
+<parameter_description> <inlinegraphic valign="middle" fileref="layout-btrl.png"
format="PNG"></inlinegraphic>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
+<enum name="GtkOrientation">
+<description>
+Represents the orientation of widgets which can be switched between horizontal
+and vertical orientation on the fly, like #GtkToolbar.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL">
+<parameter_description> The widget is in horizontal orientation.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL">
+<parameter_description> The widget is in vertical orientation.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
<signal name="GtkOverlay::get-child-position">
<description>
The ::get-child-position signal is emitted to determine
@@ -3140,6 +4517,50 @@ Return: %TRUE if the @allocation has been filled
<return></return>
</signal>
+<enum name="GtkPackDirection">
+<description>
+Determines how widgets should be packed insided menubars
+and menuitems contained in menubars.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GTK_PACK_DIRECTION_LTR">
+<parameter_description> Widgets are packed left-to-right
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_PACK_DIRECTION_RTL">
+<parameter_description> Widgets are packed right-to-left
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_PACK_DIRECTION_TTB">
+<parameter_description> Widgets are packed top-to-bottom
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_PACK_DIRECTION_BTT">
+<parameter_description> Widgets are packed bottom-to-top
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
+<enum name="GtkPackType">
+<description>
+Represents the packing location #GtkBox children. (See: #GtkVBox,
+#GtkHBox, and #GtkButtonBox).
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GTK_PACK_START">
+<parameter_description> The child is packed into the start of the box
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_PACK_END">
+<parameter_description> The child is packed into the end of the box
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
<signal name="GtkPaned::accept-position">
<description>
The ::accept-position signal is a
@@ -3290,6 +4711,138 @@ Gets emitted when the plug becomes embedded in a socket.
<return></return>
</signal>
+<enum name="GtkPolicyType">
+<description>
+Determines when a scroll bar will be visible.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GTK_POLICY_ALWAYS">
+<parameter_description> The scrollbar is always visible.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_POLICY_AUTOMATIC">
+<parameter_description> The scrollbar will appear and disappear as necessary. For example,
+when all of a #GtkCList can not be seen.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_POLICY_NEVER">
+<parameter_description> The scrollbar will never appear.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
+<enum name="GtkPositionType">
+<description>
+Describes which edge of a widget a certain feature is positioned at, e.g. the
+tabs of a #GtkNotebook, the handle of a #GtkHandleBox or the label of a
+#GtkScale.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GTK_POS_LEFT">
+<parameter_description> The feature is at the left edge.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_POS_RIGHT">
+<parameter_description> The feature is at the right edge.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_POS_TOP">
+<parameter_description> The feature is at the top edge.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_POS_BOTTOM">
+<parameter_description> The feature is at the bottom edge.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
+<enum name="GtkPrintCapabilities">
+<description>
+An enum for specifying which features the print dialog should offer.
+If neither %GTK_PRINT_CAPABILITY_GENERATE_PDF nor
+%GTK_PRINT_CAPABILITY_GENERATE_PS is specified, GTK+ assumes that all
+formats are supported.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GTK_PRINT_CAPABILITY_PAGE_SET">
+<parameter_description> Print dialog will offer printing even/odd pages.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_PRINT_CAPABILITY_COPIES">
+<parameter_description> Print dialog will allow to print multiple copies.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_PRINT_CAPABILITY_COLLATE">
+<parameter_description> Print dialog will allow to collate multiple copies.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_PRINT_CAPABILITY_REVERSE">
+<parameter_description> Print dialog will allow to print pages in reverse order.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_PRINT_CAPABILITY_SCALE">
+<parameter_description> Print dialog will allow to scale the output.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_PRINT_CAPABILITY_GENERATE_PDF">
+<parameter_description> The program will send the document to
+the printer in PDF format
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_PRINT_CAPABILITY_GENERATE_PS">
+<parameter_description> The program will send the document to
+the printer in Postscript format
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_PRINT_CAPABILITY_PREVIEW">
+<parameter_description> Print dialog will offer a preview
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_PRINT_CAPABILITY_NUMBER_UP">
+<parameter_description> Print dialog will offer printing multiple
+pages per sheet. Since 2.12
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_PRINT_CAPABILITY_NUMBER_UP_LAYOUT">
+<parameter_description> Print dialog will allow to rearrange
+pages when printing multiple pages per sheet. Since 2.14
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
+<enum name="GtkPrintError">
+<description>
+Error codes that identify various errors that can occur while
+using the GTK+ printing support.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GTK_PRINT_ERROR_GENERAL">
+<parameter_description> An unspecified error occurred.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_PRINT_ERROR_INTERNAL_ERROR">
+<parameter_description> An internal error occurred.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_PRINT_ERROR_NOMEM">
+<parameter_description> A memory allocation failed.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_PRINT_ERROR_INVALID_FILE">
+<parameter_description> An error occurred while loading a page setup
+or paper size from a key file.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
<signal name="GtkPrintJob::status-changed">
<description>
Gets emitted when the status of a job changes. The signal handler
@@ -3664,6 +5217,34 @@ Since: 2.18
<return></return>
</signal>
+<enum name="GtkPrintOperationAction">
+<description>
+The @action parameter to gtk_print_operation_run()
+determines what action the print operation should perform.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GTK_PRINT_OPERATION_ACTION_PRINT_DIALOG">
+<parameter_description> Show the print dialog.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_PRINT_OPERATION_ACTION_PRINT">
+<parameter_description> Start to print without showing
+the print dialog, based on the current print settings.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_PRINT_OPERATION_ACTION_PREVIEW">
+<parameter_description> Show the print preview.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_PRINT_OPERATION_ACTION_EXPORT">
+<parameter_description> Export to a file. This requires
+the export-filename property to be set.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
<signal name="GtkPrintOperationPreview::got-page-size">
<description>
The ::got-page-size signal is emitted once for each page
@@ -3712,6 +5293,85 @@ A handler for this signal can be used for setup tasks.
<return></return>
</signal>
+<enum name="GtkPrintOperationResult">
+<description>
+A value of this type is returned by gtk_print_operation_run().
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GTK_PRINT_OPERATION_RESULT_ERROR">
+<parameter_description> An error has occured.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_PRINT_OPERATION_RESULT_APPLY">
+<parameter_description> The print settings should be stored.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_PRINT_OPERATION_RESULT_CANCEL">
+<parameter_description> The print operation has been canceled,
+the print settings should not be stored.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_PRINT_OPERATION_RESULT_IN_PROGRESS">
+<parameter_description> The print operation is not complete
+yet. This value will only be returned when running asynchronously.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
+<enum name="GtkPrintStatus">
+<description>
+The status gives a rough indication of the completion of a running
+print operation.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GTK_PRINT_STATUS_INITIAL">
+<parameter_description> The printing has not started yet; this
+status is set initially, and while the print dialog is shown.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_PRINT_STATUS_PREPARING">
+<parameter_description> This status is set while the begin-print
+signal is emitted and during pagination.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_PRINT_STATUS_GENERATING_DATA">
+<parameter_description> This status is set while the
+pages are being rendered.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_PRINT_STATUS_SENDING_DATA">
+<parameter_description> The print job is being sent off to the
+printer.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_PRINT_STATUS_PENDING">
+<parameter_description> The print job has been sent to the printer,
+but is not printed for some reason, e.g. the printer may be stopped.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_PRINT_STATUS_PENDING_ISSUE">
+<parameter_description> Some problem has occurred during
+printing, e.g. a paper jam.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_PRINT_STATUS_PRINTING">
+<parameter_description> The printer is processing the print job.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_PRINT_STATUS_FINISHED">
+<parameter_description> The printing has been completed successfully.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_PRINT_STATUS_FINISHED_ABORTED">
+<parameter_description> The printing has been aborted.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
<signal name="GtkPrinter::details-acquired">
<description>
Gets emitted in response to a request for detailed information
@@ -3734,6 +5394,24 @@ Since: 2.10
<return></return>
</signal>
+<enum name="GtkQueueResizeFlags">
+<description>
+Flags that affect the operation of queueing a widget for resize.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GTK_QUEUE_RESIZE_INVALIDATE_ONLY">
+<parameter_description> invalidate all cached sizes
+as we would normally do when a widget is queued for resize,
+but don't actually add the toplevel resize container to the
+resize queue. Useful if we want to change the size of a widget
+see how that would affect the overall layout, then restore
+the old size.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
<signal name="GtkRadioAction::changed">
<description>
The ::changed signal is emitted on every member of a radio group when the
@@ -3869,6 +5547,180 @@ Emitted when the range value changes.
<return></return>
</signal>
+<enum name="GtkRcTokenType">
+<description>
+The #GtkRcTokenType enumeration represents the tokens
+in the RC file. It is exposed so that theme engines
+can reuse these tokens when parsing the theme-engine
+specific portions of a RC file.
+
+Deprecated: 3.0: Use #GtkCssProvider instead.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GTK_RC_TOKEN_INVALID">
+<parameter_description>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_RC_TOKEN_INCLUDE">
+<parameter_description>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_RC_TOKEN_NORMAL">
+<parameter_description>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_RC_TOKEN_ACTIVE">
+<parameter_description>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_RC_TOKEN_PRELIGHT">
+<parameter_description>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_RC_TOKEN_SELECTED">
+<parameter_description>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_RC_TOKEN_INSENSITIVE">
+<parameter_description>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_RC_TOKEN_FG">
+<parameter_description>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_RC_TOKEN_BG">
+<parameter_description>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_RC_TOKEN_TEXT">
+<parameter_description>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_RC_TOKEN_BASE">
+<parameter_description>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_RC_TOKEN_XTHICKNESS">
+<parameter_description>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_RC_TOKEN_YTHICKNESS">
+<parameter_description>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_RC_TOKEN_FONT">
+<parameter_description>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_RC_TOKEN_FONTSET">
+<parameter_description>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_RC_TOKEN_FONT_NAME">
+<parameter_description>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_RC_TOKEN_BG_PIXMAP">
+<parameter_description>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_RC_TOKEN_PIXMAP_PATH">
+<parameter_description>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_RC_TOKEN_STYLE">
+<parameter_description>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_RC_TOKEN_BINDING">
+<parameter_description>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_RC_TOKEN_BIND">
+<parameter_description>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_RC_TOKEN_WIDGET">
+<parameter_description>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_RC_TOKEN_WIDGET_CLASS">
+<parameter_description>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_RC_TOKEN_CLASS">
+<parameter_description>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_RC_TOKEN_LOWEST">
+<parameter_description>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_RC_TOKEN_GTK">
+<parameter_description>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_RC_TOKEN_APPLICATION">
+<parameter_description>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_RC_TOKEN_THEME">
+<parameter_description>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_RC_TOKEN_RC">
+<parameter_description>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_RC_TOKEN_HIGHEST">
+<parameter_description>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_RC_TOKEN_ENGINE">
+<parameter_description>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_RC_TOKEN_MODULE_PATH">
+<parameter_description>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_RC_TOKEN_IM_MODULE_PATH">
+<parameter_description>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_RC_TOKEN_IM_MODULE_FILE">
+<parameter_description>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_RC_TOKEN_STOCK">
+<parameter_description>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_RC_TOKEN_LTR">
+<parameter_description>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_RC_TOKEN_RTL">
+<parameter_description>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_RC_TOKEN_COLOR">
+<parameter_description>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_RC_TOKEN_UNBIND">
+<parameter_description>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_RC_TOKEN_LAST">
+<parameter_description>
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
<signal name="GtkRecentChooser::item-activated">
<description>
This signal is emitted when the user "activates" a recent item
@@ -3907,6 +5759,63 @@ Since: 2.10
<return></return>
</signal>
+<enum name="GtkRecentChooserError">
+<description>
+These identify the various errors that can occur while calling
+#GtkRecentChooser functions.
+
+Since: 2.10
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GTK_RECENT_CHOOSER_ERROR_NOT_FOUND">
+<parameter_description> Indicates that a file does not exist
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_RECENT_CHOOSER_ERROR_INVALID_URI">
+<parameter_description> Indicates a malformed URI
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
+<enum name="GtkRecentFilterFlags">
+<description>
+These flags indicate what parts of a #GtkRecentFilterInfo struct
+are filled or need to be filled.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GTK_RECENT_FILTER_URI">
+<parameter_description> the URI of the file being tested
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_RECENT_FILTER_DISPLAY_NAME">
+<parameter_description> the string that will be used to
+display the file in the recent chooser
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_RECENT_FILTER_MIME_TYPE">
+<parameter_description> the mime type of the file
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_RECENT_FILTER_APPLICATION">
+<parameter_description> the list of applications that have
+registered the file
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_RECENT_FILTER_GROUP">
+<parameter_description> the groups to which the file belongs to
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_RECENT_FILTER_AGE">
+<parameter_description> the number of days elapsed since the file
+has been registered
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
<signal name="GtkRecentManager::changed">
<description>
Emitted when the current recently used resources manager changes its
@@ -3925,6 +5834,212 @@ Since: 2.10
<return></return>
</signal>
+<enum name="GtkRecentManagerError">
+<description>
+Error codes for #GtkRecentManager operations
+
+Since: 2.10
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GTK_RECENT_MANAGER_ERROR_NOT_FOUND">
+<parameter_description> the URI specified does not exists in
+the recently used resources list.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_RECENT_MANAGER_ERROR_INVALID_URI">
+<parameter_description> the URI specified is not valid.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_RECENT_MANAGER_ERROR_INVALID_ENCODING">
+<parameter_description> the supplied string is not
+UTF-8 encoded.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_RECENT_MANAGER_ERROR_NOT_REGISTERED">
+<parameter_description> no application has registered
+the specified item.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_RECENT_MANAGER_ERROR_READ">
+<parameter_description> failure while reading the recently used
+resources file.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_RECENT_MANAGER_ERROR_WRITE">
+<parameter_description> failure while writing the recently used
+resources file.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_RECENT_MANAGER_ERROR_UNKNOWN">
+<parameter_description> unspecified error.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
+<enum name="GtkRecentSortType">
+<description>
+Used to specify the sorting method to be applyed to the recently
+used resource list.
+
+Since: 2.10
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GTK_RECENT_SORT_NONE">
+<parameter_description> Do not sort the returned list of recently used
+resources.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_RECENT_SORT_MRU">
+<parameter_description> Sort the returned list with the most recently used
+items first.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_RECENT_SORT_LRU">
+<parameter_description> Sort the returned list with the least recently used
+items first.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_RECENT_SORT_CUSTOM">
+<parameter_description> Sort the returned list using a custom sorting
+function passed using gtk_recent_chooser_set_sort_func().
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
+<enum name="GtkRegionFlags">
+<description>
+Describes a region within a widget.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GTK_REGION_EVEN">
+<parameter_description> Region has an even number within a set.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_REGION_ODD">
+<parameter_description> Region has an odd number within a set.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_REGION_FIRST">
+<parameter_description> Region is the first one within a set.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_REGION_LAST">
+<parameter_description> Region is the last one within a set.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_REGION_ONLY">
+<parameter_description> Region is the only one within a set.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_REGION_SORTED">
+<parameter_description> Region is part of a sorted area.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
+<enum name="GtkReliefStyle">
+<description>
+Indicated the relief to be drawn around a #GtkButton.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GTK_RELIEF_NORMAL">
+<parameter_description> Draw a normal relief.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_RELIEF_HALF">
+<parameter_description> A half relief.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_RELIEF_NONE">
+<parameter_description> No relief.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
+<enum name="GtkResizeMode">
+<description>
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GTK_RESIZE_PARENT">
+<parameter_description> Pass resize request to the parent
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_RESIZE_QUEUE">
+<parameter_description> Queue resizes on this widget
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_RESIZE_IMMEDIATE">
+<parameter_description> Resize immediately. Deprecated.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
+<enum name="GtkResponseType">
+<description>
+Predefined values for use as response ids in gtk_dialog_add_button().
+All predefined values are negative, GTK+ leaves positive values for
+application-defined response ids.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GTK_RESPONSE_NONE">
+<parameter_description> Returned if an action widget has no response id,
+or if the dialog gets programmatically hidden or destroyed
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_RESPONSE_REJECT">
+<parameter_description> Generic response id, not used by GTK+ dialogs
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_RESPONSE_ACCEPT">
+<parameter_description> Generic response id, not used by GTK+ dialogs
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_RESPONSE_DELETE_EVENT">
+<parameter_description> Returned if the dialog is deleted
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_RESPONSE_OK">
+<parameter_description> Returned by OK buttons in GTK+ dialogs
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_RESPONSE_CANCEL">
+<parameter_description> Returned by Cancel buttons in GTK+ dialogs
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_RESPONSE_CLOSE">
+<parameter_description> Returned by Close buttons in GTK+ dialogs
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_RESPONSE_YES">
+<parameter_description> Returned by Yes buttons in GTK+ dialogs
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_RESPONSE_NO">
+<parameter_description> Returned by No buttons in GTK+ dialogs
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_RESPONSE_APPLY">
+<parameter_description> Returned by Apply buttons in GTK+ dialogs
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_RESPONSE_HELP">
+<parameter_description> Returned by Help buttons in GTK+ dialogs
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
<signal name="GtkScale::format-value">
<description>
Signal which allows you to change how the scale value is displayed.
@@ -4020,6 +6135,24 @@ Since: 2.12
<return></return>
</signal>
+<enum name="GtkScrollablePolicy">
+<description>
+Defines the policy to be used in a scrollable widget when updating
+the scrolled window adjustments in a given orientation.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GTK_SCROLL_MINIMUM">
+<parameter_description> Scrollable adjustments are based on the minimum size
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_SCROLL_NATURAL">
+<parameter_description> Scrollable adjustments are based on the natural size
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
<signal name="GtkScrolledWindow::move-focus-out">
<description>
The ::move-focus-out signal is a
@@ -4075,6 +6208,66 @@ horizontally or not
<return></return>
</signal>
+<enum name="GtkSelectionMode">
+<description>
+Used to control what selections users are allowed to make.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GTK_SELECTION_NONE">
+<parameter_description> No selection is possible.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_SELECTION_SINGLE">
+<parameter_description> Zero or one element may be selected.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_SELECTION_BROWSE">
+<parameter_description> Exactly one element is selected.
+In some circumstances, such as initially or during a search
+operation, it's possible for no element to be selected with
+%GTK_SELECTION_BROWSE. What is really enforced is that the user
+can't deselect a currently selected element except by selecting
+another element.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE">
+<parameter_description> Any number of elements may be selected.
+The Ctrl key may be used to enlarge the selection, and Shift
+key to select between the focus and the child pointed to.
+Some widgets may also allow Click-drag to select a range of elements.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_SELECTION_EXTENDED">
+<parameter_description> Deprecated, behaves identical to %GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
+<enum name="GtkSensitivityType">
+<description>
+Determines how GTK+ handles the sensitivity of stepper arrows
+at the end of range widgets.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GTK_SENSITIVITY_AUTO">
+<parameter_description> The arrow is made insensitive if the
+thumb is at the end
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_SENSITIVITY_ON">
+<parameter_description> The arrow is always sensitive
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_SENSITIVITY_OFF">
+<parameter_description> The arrow is always insensitive
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
<signal name="GtkSettings::gtk-button-images">
<description>
Whether images should be shown on buttons
@@ -4087,6 +6280,83 @@ Since: 2.4
<return></return>
</signal>
+<enum name="GtkShadowType">
+<description>
+Used to change the appearance of an outline typically provided by a #GtkFrame.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GTK_SHADOW_NONE">
+<parameter_description> No outline.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_SHADOW_IN">
+<parameter_description> The outline is bevelled inwards.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_SHADOW_OUT">
+<parameter_description> The outline is bevelled outwards like a button.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_SHADOW_ETCHED_IN">
+<parameter_description> The outline has a sunken 3d appearance.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_SHADOW_ETCHED_OUT">
+<parameter_description> The outline has a raised 3d appearance.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
+<enum name="GtkSizeGroupMode">
+<description>
+The mode of the size group determines the directions in which the size
+group affects the requested sizes of its component widgets.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GTK_SIZE_GROUP_NONE">
+<parameter_description> group has no effect
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_SIZE_GROUP_HORIZONTAL">
+<parameter_description> group affects horizontal requisition
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_SIZE_GROUP_VERTICAL">
+<parameter_description> group affects vertical requisition
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_SIZE_GROUP_BOTH">
+<parameter_description> group affects both horizontal and vertical requisition
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
+<enum name="GtkSizeRequestMode">
+<description>
+Specifies a preference for height-for-width or
+width-for-height geometry management.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GTK_SIZE_REQUEST_HEIGHT_FOR_WIDTH">
+<parameter_description> Prefer height-for-width geometry management
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_SIZE_REQUEST_WIDTH_FOR_HEIGHT">
+<parameter_description> Prefer width-for-height geometry management
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_SIZE_REQUEST_CONSTANT_SIZE">
+<parameter_description> Dont trade height-for-width or width-for-height
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
<signal name="GtkSocket::plug-added">
<description>
This signal is emitted when a client is successfully
@@ -4120,6 +6390,23 @@ want to reuse it you must add a signal handler that returns %TRUE.
</return>
</signal>
+<enum name="GtkSortType">
+<description>
+Determines the direction of a sort.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GTK_SORT_ASCENDING">
+<parameter_description> Sorting is in ascending order.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_SORT_DESCENDING">
+<parameter_description> Sorting is in descending order.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
<signal name="GtkSpinButton::input">
<description>
The ::input signal can be used to influence the conversion of
@@ -4199,6 +6486,161 @@ Since: 2.10
<return></return>
</signal>
+<enum name="GtkSpinButtonUpdatePolicy">
+<description>
+The spin button update policy determines whether the spin button displays
+values even if they are outside the bounds of its adjustment.
+See gtk_spin_button_set_update_policy().
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GTK_UPDATE_ALWAYS">
+<parameter_description> When refreshing your #GtkSpinButton, the value is
+always displayed
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_UPDATE_IF_VALID">
+<parameter_description> When refreshing your #GtkSpinButton, the value is
+only displayed if it is valid within the bounds of the spin button's
+adjustment
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
+<enum name="GtkSpinType">
+<description>
+The values of the GtkSpinType enumeration are used to specify the
+change to make in gtk_spin_button_spin().
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GTK_SPIN_STEP_FORWARD">
+<parameter_description> Increment by the adjustments step increment.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_SPIN_STEP_BACKWARD">
+<parameter_description> Decrement by the adjustments step increment.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_SPIN_PAGE_FORWARD">
+<parameter_description> Increment by the adjustments page increment.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_SPIN_PAGE_BACKWARD">
+<parameter_description> Decrement by the adjustments page increment.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_SPIN_HOME">
+<parameter_description> Go to the adjustments lower bound.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_SPIN_END">
+<parameter_description> Go to the adjustments upper bound.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_SPIN_USER_DEFINED">
+<parameter_description> Change by a specified amount.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
+<enum name="GtkStateFlags">
+<description>
+Describes a widget state. Widget states are used to match the widget
+against CSS pseudo-classes. Note that GTK extends the regular CSS
+classes and sometimes uses different names.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GTK_STATE_FLAG_NORMAL">
+<parameter_description> State during normal operation.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_STATE_FLAG_ACTIVE">
+<parameter_description> Widget is active.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_STATE_FLAG_PRELIGHT">
+<parameter_description> Widget has a mouse pointer over it.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_STATE_FLAG_SELECTED">
+<parameter_description> Widget is selected.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE">
+<parameter_description> Widget is insensitive.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_STATE_FLAG_INCONSISTENT">
+<parameter_description> Widget is inconsistent.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_STATE_FLAG_FOCUSED">
+<parameter_description> Widget has the keyboard focus.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_STATE_FLAG_BACKDROP">
+<parameter_description> Widget is in a background toplevel window.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_STATE_FLAG_DIR_LTR">
+<parameter_description> Widget is in left-to-right text direction. Since 3.8
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_STATE_FLAG_DIR_RTL">
+<parameter_description> Widget is in right-to-left text direction. Since 3.8
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
+<enum name="GtkStateType">
+<description>
+This type indicates the current state of a widget; the state determines how
+the widget is drawn. The #GtkStateType enumeration is also used to
+identify different colors in a #GtkStyle for drawing, so states can be
+used for subparts of a widget as well as entire widgets.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GTK_STATE_NORMAL">
+<parameter_description> State during normal operation.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_STATE_ACTIVE">
+<parameter_description> State of a currently active widget, such as a depressed button.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_STATE_PRELIGHT">
+<parameter_description> State indicating that the mouse pointer is over
+the widget and the widget will respond to mouse clicks.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_STATE_SELECTED">
+<parameter_description> State of a selected item, such the selected row in a list.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE">
+<parameter_description> State indicating that the widget is
+unresponsive to user actions.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_STATE_INCONSISTENT">
+<parameter_description> The widget is inconsistent, such as checkbuttons
+or radiobuttons that aren't either set to %TRUE nor %FALSE,
+or buttons requiring the user attention.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_STATE_FOCUSED">
+<parameter_description> The widget has the keyboard focus.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
<signal name="GtkStatusIcon::activate">
<description>
Gets emitted when the user activates the status icon.
@@ -4531,6 +6973,36 @@ notify::active signal.
<return></return>
</signal>
+<enum name="GtkTargetFlags">
+<description>
+The #GtkTargetFlags enumeration is used to specify
+constraints on an entry in a #GtkTargetTable.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GTK_TARGET_SAME_APP">
+<parameter_description> If this is set, the target will only be selected
+for drags within a single application.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_TARGET_SAME_WIDGET">
+<parameter_description> If this is set, the target will only be selected
+for drags within a single widget.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_TARGET_OTHER_APP">
+<parameter_description> If this is set, the target will not be selected
+for drags within a single application.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_TARGET_OTHER_WIDGET">
+<parameter_description> If this is set, the target will not be selected
+for drags withing a single widget.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
<signal name="GtkTextBuffer::apply-tag">
<description>
The ::apply-tag signal is emitted to apply a tag to a
@@ -5416,6 +7888,23 @@ themselves accordingly.
<return></return>
</signal>
+<enum name="GtkToolPaletteDragTargets">
+<description>
+Flags used to specify the supported drag targets.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GTK_TOOL_PALETTE_DRAG_ITEMS">
+<parameter_description> Support drag of items.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_TOOL_PALETTE_DRAG_GROUPS">
+<parameter_description> Support drag of groups.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
<signal name="GtkToolbar::focus-home-or-end">
<description>
A keybinding signal used internally by GTK+. This signal can't
@@ -5508,6 +7997,36 @@ Emitted when the style of the toolbar changes.
<return></return>
</signal>
+<enum name="GtkToolbarStyle">
+<description>
+Used to customize the appearance of a #GtkToolbar. Note that
+setting the toolbar style overrides the user's preferences
+for the default toolbar style. Note that if the button has only
+a label set and GTK_TOOLBAR_ICONS is used, the label will be
+visible, and vice versa.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GTK_TOOLBAR_ICONS">
+<parameter_description> Buttons display only icons in the toolbar.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_TOOLBAR_TEXT">
+<parameter_description> Buttons display only text labels in the toolbar.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH">
+<parameter_description> Buttons display text and icons in the toolbar.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ">
+<parameter_description> Buttons display icons and text alongside each
+other, rather than vertically stacked
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
<signal name="GtkTreeModel::row-changed">
<description>
This signal is emitted when a row in the model has changed.
@@ -5639,6 +8158,30 @@ i.e. @new_order<literal>[newpos] = oldpos</literal>
<return></return>
</signal>
+<enum name="GtkTreeModelFlags">
+<description>
+These flags indicate various properties of a #GtkTreeModel.
+
+They are returned by gtk_tree_model_get_flags(), and must be
+static for the lifetime of the object. A more complete description
+of #GTK_TREE_MODEL_ITERS_PERSIST can be found in the overview of
+this section.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GTK_TREE_MODEL_ITERS_PERSIST">
+<parameter_description> iterators survive all signals
+emitted by the tree
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_TREE_MODEL_LIST_ONLY">
+<parameter_description> the model is a list only, and never
+has children
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
<signal name="GtkTreeSelection::changed">
<description>
Emitted whenever the selection has (possibly) changed. Please note that
@@ -5703,10 +8246,12 @@ The position of the cursor (focused cell) has changed.
<signal name="GtkTreeView::row-activated">
<description>
The "row-activated" signal is emitted when the method
-gtk_tree_view_row_activated() is called or the user double clicks
-a treeview row. It is also emitted when a non-editable row is
-selected and one of the keys: Space, Shift+Space, Return or
-Enter is pressed.
+gtk_tree_view_row_activated() is called, when the user double
+clicks a treeview row with the "activate-on-single-click"
+property set to %FALSE, or when the user single clicks a row when
+the "activate-on-single-click" property set to %TRUE. It is also
+emitted when a non-editable row is selected and one of the keys:
+Space, Shift+Space, Return or Enter is pressed.
For selection handling refer to the <link linkend="TreeWidget">tree
widget conceptual overview</link> as well as #GtkTreeSelection.
@@ -5823,6 +8368,79 @@ signal if you need to control the expandability of individual rows.
</return>
</signal>
+<enum name="GtkTreeViewColumnSizing">
+<description>
+The sizing method the column uses to determine its width. Please note
+that @GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_AUTOSIZE are inefficient for large views, and
+can make columns appear choppy.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_GROW_ONLY">
+<parameter_description> Columns only get bigger in reaction to changes in the model
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_AUTOSIZE">
+<parameter_description> Columns resize to be the optimal size everytime the model changes.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_FIXED">
+<parameter_description> Columns are a fixed numbers of pixels wide.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
+<enum name="GtkTreeViewDropPosition">
+<description>
+An enum for determining where a dropped row goes.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GTK_TREE_VIEW_DROP_BEFORE">
+<parameter_description> dropped row is inserted before
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_TREE_VIEW_DROP_AFTER">
+<parameter_description> dropped row is inserted after
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_TREE_VIEW_DROP_INTO_OR_BEFORE">
+<parameter_description> dropped row becomes a child or is inserted before
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_TREE_VIEW_DROP_INTO_OR_AFTER">
+<parameter_description> dropped row becomes a child or is inserted after
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
+<enum name="GtkTreeViewGridLines">
+<description>
+Used to indicate which grid lines to draw in a tree view.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GTK_TREE_VIEW_GRID_LINES_NONE">
+<parameter_description> No grid lines.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_TREE_VIEW_GRID_LINES_HORIZONTAL">
+<parameter_description> Horizontal grid lines.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_TREE_VIEW_GRID_LINES_VERTICAL">
+<parameter_description> Vertical grid lines.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_TREE_VIEW_GRID_LINES_BOTH">
+<parameter_description> Horizontal and vertical grid lines.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
<signal name="GtkUIManager::actions-changed">
<description>
The ::actions-changed signal is emitted whenever the set of actions
@@ -5964,6 +8582,61 @@ Since: 2.4
<return></return>
</signal>
+<enum name="GtkUIManagerItemType">
+<description>
+These enumeration values are used by gtk_ui_manager_add_ui() to determine
+what UI element to create.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GTK_UI_MANAGER_AUTO">
+<parameter_description> Pick the type of the UI element according to context.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_UI_MANAGER_MENUBAR">
+<parameter_description> Create a menubar.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_UI_MANAGER_MENU">
+<parameter_description> Create a menu.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_UI_MANAGER_TOOLBAR">
+<parameter_description> Create a toolbar.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_UI_MANAGER_PLACEHOLDER">
+<parameter_description> Insert a placeholder.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_UI_MANAGER_POPUP">
+<parameter_description> Create a popup menu.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_UI_MANAGER_MENUITEM">
+<parameter_description> Create a menuitem.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_UI_MANAGER_TOOLITEM">
+<parameter_description> Create a toolitem.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_UI_MANAGER_SEPARATOR">
+<parameter_description> Create a separator.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_UI_MANAGER_ACCELERATOR">
+<parameter_description> Install an accelerator.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_UI_MANAGER_POPUP_WITH_ACCELS">
+<parameter_description> Same as %GTK_UI_MANAGER_POPUP, but the
+actions' accelerators are shown.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
<signal name="GtkWidget::accel-closures-changed">
<description>
@@ -6651,6 +9324,13 @@ context passed as @cr in any way they like and don't need to
restore it. The signal emission takes care of calling cairo_save()
before and cairo_restore() after invoking the handler.
+The signal handler will get a @cr with a clip region already set to the
+widget's dirty region, i.e. to the area that needs repainting. Complicated
+widgets that want to avoid redrawing themselves completely can get the full
+extents of the clip region with gdk_cairo_get_clip_rectangle(), or they can
+get a finer-grained representation of the dirty region with
+cairo_copy_clip_rectangle_list().
+
Since: 3.0
</description>
@@ -7333,7 +10013,7 @@ range is pressed. Wheel mice are usually configured to generate
button press events for buttons 4 and 5 when the wheel is turned.
To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
-to enable the #GDK_BUTTON_PRESS_MASK mask.
+to enable the #GDK_SCROLL_MASK mask.
This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
@@ -7756,6 +10436,95 @@ or mnemonics that are associated with @window changes.
<return></return>
</signal>
+<enum name="GtkWindowPosition">
+<description>
+Window placement can be influenced using this enumeration. Note that
+using #GTK_WIN_POS_CENTER_ALWAYS is almost always a bad idea.
+It won't necessarily work well with all window managers or on all windowing systems.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GTK_WIN_POS_NONE">
+<parameter_description> No influence is made on placement.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_WIN_POS_CENTER">
+<parameter_description> Windows should be placed in the center of the screen.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_WIN_POS_MOUSE">
+<parameter_description> Windows should be placed at the current mouse position.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_WIN_POS_CENTER_ALWAYS">
+<parameter_description> Keep window centered as it changes size, etc.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_WIN_POS_CENTER_ON_PARENT">
+<parameter_description> Center the window on its transient
+parent (see gtk_window_set_transient_for()).
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
+<enum name="GtkWindowType">
+<description>
+A #GtkWindow can be one of these types. Most things you'd consider a
+"window" should have type #GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL; windows with this type
+are managed by the window manager and have a frame by default (call
+gtk_window_set_decorated() to toggle the frame). Windows with type
+#GTK_WINDOW_POPUP are ignored by the window manager; window manager
+keybindings won't work on them, the window manager won't decorate the
+window with a frame, many GTK+ features that rely on the window
+manager will not work (e.g. resize grips and
+maximization/minimization). #GTK_WINDOW_POPUP is used to implement
+widgets such as #GtkMenu or tooltips that you normally don't think of
+as windows per se. Nearly all windows should be #GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL.
+In particular, do not use #GTK_WINDOW_POPUP just to turn off
+the window borders; use gtk_window_set_decorated() for that.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL">
+<parameter_description> A regular window, such as a dialog.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_WINDOW_POPUP">
+<parameter_description> A special window such as a tooltip.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
+<enum name="GtkWrapMode">
+<description>
+Describes a type of line wrapping.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="GTK_WRAP_NONE">
+<parameter_description> do not wrap lines; just make the text area wider
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_WRAP_CHAR">
+<parameter_description> wrap text, breaking lines anywhere the cursor can
+appear (between characters, usually - if you want to be technical,
+between graphemes, see pango_get_log_attrs())
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_WRAP_WORD">
+<parameter_description> wrap text, breaking lines in between words
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="GTK_WRAP_WORD_CHAR">
+<parameter_description> wrap text, breaking lines in between words, or if
+that is not enough, also between graphemes
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+</enum>
+
<function name="add_file">
<description>
Adds the given @file with its associated @info to the @model.
@@ -7779,6 +10548,23 @@ If the model is frozen, the file will only show up after it is thawn.
<return></return>
</function>
+<function name="freeze_updates">
+<description>
+Freezes most updates on the model, so that performing multiple operations on
+the files in the model do not cause any events. Use thaw_updates() to resume
+proper operations. It is fine to call this function multiple times as long as
+freeze and thaw calls are balanced.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="model">
+<parameter_description> a #GtkFileSystemModel
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
<function name="gtk_about_dialog_add_credit_section">
<description>
Creates a new section in the Credits page.
@@ -12781,8 +15567,9 @@ Since: 3.4
<description>
Creates a new #GtkApplication instance.
-This function calls g_type_init() for you. gtk_init() is called
-as soon as the application gets registered as the primary instance.
+When using #GtkApplication, it is not necessary to call gtk_init()
+manually. It is called as soon as the application gets registered as
+the primary instance.
Concretely, gtk_init() is called in the default handler for the
#GApplication::startup signal. Therefore, #GtkApplication subclasses should
@@ -15014,6 +17801,37 @@ Since: 2.12
<return></return>
</function>
+<function name="gtk_builder_expose_object">
+<description>
+Add @object to the @builder object pool so it can be referenced just like any
+other object built by builder.
+
+To make this function even more useful a new special entry point element
+<external-object> is defined. It is similar to <object> but has
+to reference an external object exposed with this function.
+This way you can change properties and even add children to an
+external object using builder, not just reference it.
+
+Since: 3.8
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="builder">
+<parameter_description> a #GtkBuilder
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="name">
+<parameter_description> the name of the object exposed to the builder
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="object">
+<parameter_description> the object to expose
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
<function name="gtk_builder_get_object">
<description>
Gets the object named @name. Note that this function does not
@@ -18475,6 +21293,30 @@ e.g. for #GtkTreeView, a string representation of #GtkTreePath
</return>
</function>
+<function name="gtk_cell_renderer_class_set_accessible_type">
+<description>
+Sets the type to be used for creating accessibles for cells rendered by
+cell renderers of @renderer_class. Note that multiple accessibles will
+be created.
+
+This function should only be called from class init functions of cell
+renderers.
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="renderer_class">
+<parameter_description> class to set the accessible type for
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="type">
+<parameter_description> The object type that implements the accessible for @widget_class.
+The type must be a subtype of #GtkRendererCellAccessible
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
<function name="gtk_cell_renderer_combo_new">
<description>
Creates a new #GtkCellRendererCombo.
@@ -21161,7 +24003,7 @@ Since: 3.4
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="color">
-<parameter_description> return location for the color
+<parameter_description> a #GdkRGBA to fill in with the current color
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -22626,8 +25468,8 @@ Since: 2.24
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a newly allocated string containing the currently
-active text. Must be freed with g_free().
+<return> a newly allocated string containing the
+currently active text. Must be freed with g_free().
</return>
</function>
@@ -29260,8 +32102,9 @@ use g_object_unref() to release it.
<function name="gtk_file_chooser_get_filename">
<description>
Gets the filename for the currently selected file in
-the file selector. If multiple files are selected,
-one of the filenames will be returned at random.
+the file selector. The filename is returned as an absolute path. If
+multiple files are selected, one of the filenames will be returned at
+random.
If the file chooser is in folder mode, this function returns the selected
folder.
@@ -32231,6 +35074,8 @@ Adds a stop color to @gradient.
Since: 3.0
+Deprecated: 3.8: #GtkGradient is deprecated.
+
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="gradient">
@@ -32256,6 +35101,8 @@ a number of stop colors must be added through gtk_gradient_add_color_stop().
Since: 3.0
+Deprecated: 3.8: #GtkGradient is deprecated.
+
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="x0">
@@ -32288,6 +35135,8 @@ through gtk_gradient_add_color_stop().
Since: 3.0
+Deprecated: 3.8: #GtkGradient is deprecated.
+
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="x0">
@@ -32326,6 +35175,8 @@ Increases the reference count of @gradient.
Since: 3.0
+Deprecated: 3.8: #GtkGradient is deprecated.
+
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="gradient">
@@ -32348,6 +35199,8 @@ exist in @props.
Since: 3.0
+Deprecated: 3.8: #GtkGradient is deprecated.
+
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="gradient">
@@ -32373,6 +35226,7 @@ Since: 3.0
Creates a string representation for @gradient that is suitable
for using in GTK CSS files.
+Deprecated: 3.8: #GtkGradient is deprecated.
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -32382,6 +35236,7 @@ for using in GTK CSS files.
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> A string representation for @gradient
+
</return>
</function>
@@ -32392,6 +35247,8 @@ if the reference count reaches 0.
Since: 3.0
+Deprecated: 3.8: #GtkGradient is deprecated.
+
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="gradient">
@@ -33362,6 +36219,8 @@ Make a copy of a #GtkIconInfo.
Since: 2.4
+Deprecated: 3.8: Use g_object_ref()
+
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="icon_info">
@@ -33380,6 +36239,8 @@ Free a #GtkIconInfo and associated information
Since: 2.4
+Deprecated: 3.8: Use g_object_unref()
+
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="icon_info">
@@ -33579,6 +36440,70 @@ to the icon.
</return>
</function>
+<function name="gtk_icon_info_load_icon_async">
+<description>
+Asynchronously load, render and scale an icon previously looked up
+from the icon theme using gtk_icon_theme_lookup_icon().
+
+For more details, see gtk_icon_info_load_icon() which is the synchronous
+version of this call.
+
+Since: 3.8
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="icon_info">
+<parameter_description> a #GtkIconInfo structure from gtk_icon_theme_lookup_icon()
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="cancellable">
+<parameter_description> optional #GCancellable object,
+%NULL to ignore
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="callback">
+<parameter_description> a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the
+request is satisfied
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="user_data">
+<parameter_description> the data to pass to callback function
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gtk_icon_info_load_icon_finish">
+<description>
+Finishes an async icon load, see gtk_icon_info_load_icon_async().
+
+Since: 3.8
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="icon_info">
+<parameter_description> a #GtkIconInfo structure from gtk_icon_theme_lookup_icon()
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="res">
+<parameter_description> a #GAsyncResult
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> location to store error information on failure,
+or %NULL.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> the rendered icon; this may be a newly
+created icon or a new reference to an internal icon, so you must
+not modify the icon. Use g_object_unref() to release your reference
+to the icon.
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
<function name="gtk_icon_info_load_symbolic">
<description>
Loads an icon, modifying it to match the system colours for the foreground,
@@ -33642,6 +36567,95 @@ or %NULL.
</return>
</function>
+<function name="gtk_icon_info_load_symbolic_async">
+<description>
+Asynchronously load, render and scale a symbolic icon previously looked up
+from the icon theme using gtk_icon_theme_lookup_icon().
+
+For more details, see gtk_icon_info_load_symbolic() which is the synchronous
+version of this call.
+
+Since: 3.8
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="icon_info">
+<parameter_description> a #GtkIconInfo structure from gtk_icon_theme_lookup_icon()
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="fg">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkRGBA representing the foreground color of the icon
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="success_color">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkRGBA representing the warning color
+of the icon or %NULL to use the default color
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="warning_color">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkRGBA representing the warning color
+of the icon or %NULL to use the default color
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error_color">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkRGBA representing the error color
+of the icon or %NULL to use the default color (allow-none)
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="cancellable">
+<parameter_description> optional #GCancellable object,
+%NULL to ignore
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="callback">
+<parameter_description> a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the
+request is satisfied
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="user_data">
+<parameter_description> the data to pass to callback function
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gtk_icon_info_load_symbolic_finish">
+<description>
+Finishes an async icon load, see gtk_icon_info_load_symbolic_async().
+
+Since: 3.8
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="icon_info">
+<parameter_description> a #GtkIconInfo structure from gtk_icon_theme_lookup_icon()
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="res">
+<parameter_description> a #GAsyncResult
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="was_symbolic">
+<parameter_description> a #gboolean, returns whether the
+loaded icon was a symbolic one and whether the @fg color was
+applied to it.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> location to store error information on failure,
+or %NULL.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> the rendered icon; this may be a newly
+created icon or a new reference to an internal icon, so you must
+not modify the icon. Use g_object_unref() to release your reference
+to the icon.
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
<function name="gtk_icon_info_load_symbolic_for_context">
<description>
Loads an icon, modifying it to match the system colors for the foreground,
@@ -33684,6 +36698,80 @@ or %NULL.
</return>
</function>
+<function name="gtk_icon_info_load_symbolic_for_context_async">
+<description>
+Asynchronously load, render and scale a symbolic icon previously looked up
+from the icon theme using gtk_icon_theme_lookup_icon().
+
+For more details, see gtk_icon_info_load_symbolic_for_context() which is the synchronous
+version of this call.
+
+Since: 3.8
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="icon_info">
+<parameter_description> a #GtkIconInfo structure from gtk_icon_theme_lookup_icon()
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="context">
+<parameter_description> a #GtkStyleContext
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="cancellable">
+<parameter_description> optional #GCancellable object,
+%NULL to ignore
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="callback">
+<parameter_description> a #GAsyncReadyCallback to call when the
+request is satisfied
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="user_data">
+<parameter_description> the data to pass to callback function
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
+<function name="gtk_icon_info_load_symbolic_for_context_finish">
+<description>
+Finishes an async icon load, see gtk_icon_info_load_symbolic_for_context_async().
+
+Since: 3.8
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="icon_info">
+<parameter_description> a #GtkIconInfo structure from gtk_icon_theme_lookup_icon()
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="res">
+<parameter_description> a #GAsyncResult
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="was_symbolic">
+<parameter_description> a #gboolean, returns whether the
+loaded icon was a symbolic one and whether the @fg color was
+applied to it.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="error">
+<parameter_description> location to store error information on failure,
+or %NULL.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> the rendered icon; this may be a newly
+created icon or a new reference to an internal icon, so you must
+not modify the icon. Use g_object_unref() to release your reference
+to the icon.
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
<function name="gtk_icon_info_load_symbolic_for_style">
<description>
Loads an icon, modifying it to match the system colours for the foreground,
@@ -34713,9 +37801,8 @@ icon names to lookup
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a #GtkIconInfo structure containing information
-about the icon, or %NULL if the icon wasn't found. Free with
-gtk_icon_info_free()
+<return> a #GtkIconInfo object containing information
+about the icon, or %NULL if the icon wasn't found.
</return>
</function>
@@ -34996,7 +38083,7 @@ Since: 2.14
</parameters>
<return> a #GtkIconInfo structure containing
information about the icon, or %NULL if the icon
-wasn't found. Free with gtk_icon_info_free()
+wasn't found. Unref with g_object_unref()
</return>
</function>
@@ -35030,9 +38117,8 @@ Since: 2.4
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> a #GtkIconInfo structure containing information
-about the icon, or %NULL if the icon wasn't found. Free with
-gtk_icon_info_free()
+<return> a #GtkIconInfo object containing information
+about the icon, or %NULL if the icon wasn't found.
</return>
</function>
@@ -35303,6 +38389,24 @@ widget
<return></return>
</function>
+<function name="gtk_icon_view_get_activate_on_single_click">
+<description>
+Gets the setting set by gtk_icon_view_set_activate_on_single_click().
+
+Since: 3.8
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="icon_view">
+<parameter_description> a #GtkIconView
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> %TRUE if item-activated will be emitted on a single click
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
<function name="gtk_icon_view_get_cell_rect">
<description>
Fills the bounding rectangle in widget coordinates for the cell specified by
@@ -36130,6 +39234,27 @@ Since: 2.6
<return></return>
</function>
+<function name="gtk_icon_view_set_activate_on_single_click">
+<description>
+Causes the #GtkIconView::item-activated signal to be emitted on
+a single click instead of a double click.
+
+Since: 3.8
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="icon_view">
+<parameter_description> a #GtkIconView
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="single">
+<parameter_description> %TRUE to emit item-activated on a single click
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
<function name="gtk_icon_view_set_column_spacing">
<description>
Sets the ::column-spacing property which specifies the space
@@ -38683,10 +41808,6 @@ layout.
<parameter_description> the width to measure with in pango units, or -1 for infinite
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
-<parameter name="height">
-<parameter_description> the height to measure with in pango units, or -1 for infinite
-</parameter_description>
-</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a new reference to a pango layout
</return>
@@ -39668,6 +42789,24 @@ Since: 3.6
<return></return>
</function>
+<function name="gtk_level_bar_get_inverted">
+<description>
+Return the value of the #GtkLevelBar:inverted property.
+
+Since: 3.8
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="self">
+<parameter_description> a #GtkLevelBar
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> %TRUE if the level bar is inverted
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
<function name="gtk_level_bar_get_max_value">
<description>
Returns the value of the #GtkLevelBar:max-value property.
@@ -39826,6 +42965,26 @@ Since: 3.6
<return></return>
</function>
+<function name="gtk_level_bar_set_inverted">
+<description>
+Sets the value of the #GtkLevelBar:inverted property.
+
+Since: 3.8
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="self">
+<parameter_description> a #GtkLevelBar
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="inverted">
+<parameter_description> %TRUE to invert the level bar
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
<function name="gtk_level_bar_set_max_value">
<description>
Sets the value of the #GtkLevelBar:max-value property.
@@ -41088,8 +44247,8 @@ be changed to an arrow if it was customized.
If the menu when popped out would have collided with screen edges,
we will do our best to keep it inside the screen and fully visible.
-If you pass GTK_ARROW_NONE for a @direction, the menu will behave
-as if you passed GTK_ARROW_DOWN (although you won't see any arrows).
+If you pass %GTK_ARROW_NONE for a @direction, the menu will behave
+as if you passed %GTK_ARROW_DOWN (although you won't see any arrows).
Since: 3.6
@@ -41109,13 +44268,13 @@ Since: 3.6
<function name="gtk_menu_button_set_menu_model">
<description>
-Sets the #GMenuModel from which the #GtkMenuButton:menu property will be
+Sets the #GMenuModel from which the #GtkMenuButton:popup property will be
filled in, or %NULL to disable the button.
The #GtkMenu will be created with gtk_menu_new_from_model(), so actions
will be connected as documented there.
-If you #GtkMenuButton:menu * is already set, then its content will be lost
+If #GtkMenuButton:popup is already set, then its content will be lost
and replaced by our newly created #GtkMenu.
Since: 3.6
@@ -57116,6 +60275,9 @@ widgets with native scrolling support should not be used with the
A widget supports scrolling natively if it implements the
#GtkScrollable interface.
+Deprecated: 3.8: gtk_container_add() will now automatically add
+a #GtkViewport if the child doesn't implement #GtkScrollable.
+
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="scrolled_window">
@@ -60863,6 +64025,10 @@ Returns the widget direction used for rendering.
Since: 3.0
+Deprecated: 3.8: Use gtk_style_context_get_state() and
+check for #GTK_STATE_FLAG_DIR_LTR and
+#GTK_STATE_FLAG_DIR_RTL instead.
+
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="context">
@@ -60883,6 +64049,9 @@ object is const and will remain valid until the
Since: 3.0
+Deprecated: 3.8: Use gtk_style_context_get() for "font" or
+subproperties instead.
+
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="context">
@@ -60901,6 +64070,24 @@ freed.
</return>
</function>
+<function name="gtk_style_context_get_frame_clock">
+<description>
+Returns the #GdkFrameClock to which @context is attached.
+
+Since: 3.8
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="context">
+<parameter_description> a #GtkStyleContext
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> a #GdkFrameClock, or %NULL
+if @context does not have an attached frame clock.
+</return>
+</function>
+
<function name="gtk_style_context_get_junction_sides">
<description>
Returns the sides where rendered elements connect visually with others.
@@ -61701,6 +64888,10 @@ call this yourself.
Since: 3.0
+Deprecated: 3.8: Use gtk_style_context_set_state() with
+#GTK_STATE_FLAG_DIR_LTR and #GTK_STATE_FLAG_DIR_RTL
+instead.
+
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="context">
@@ -61715,6 +64906,32 @@ Since: 3.0
<return></return>
</function>
+<function name="gtk_style_context_set_frame_clock">
+<description>
+Attaches @context to the given frame clock.
+
+The frame clock is used for the timing of animations.
+
+If you are using a #GtkStyleContext returned from
+gtk_widget_get_style_context(), you do not need to
+call this yourself.
+
+Since: 3.8
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="context">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkFrameClock
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="frame_clock">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkFrameClock
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
<function name="gtk_style_context_set_junction_sides">
<description>
Sets the sides where rendered elements (mostly through
@@ -62195,6 +65412,8 @@ to @name.
Since: 3.0
+Deprecated: 3.8: #GtkSymbolicColor is deprecated.
+
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="props">
@@ -62219,6 +65438,9 @@ will be respectively returned.
Since: 3.0
+Deprecated: 3.8: This code could only look up custom properties and
+those are deprecated.
+
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="property_name">
@@ -62246,6 +65468,8 @@ gtk_style_properties_lookup_color()
Since: 3.0
+Deprecated: 3.8: #GtkSymbolicColor is deprecated.
+
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="props">
@@ -62312,6 +65536,8 @@ a theming engine, you want to use that function instead.
Since: 3.0
+Deprecated: 3.8: Code should use the default properties provided by CSS.
+
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="parse_func">
@@ -62433,6 +65659,8 @@ is defined.
Since: 3.0
+Deprecated: 3.8: Will always return %NULL for all GTK-provided style providers.
+
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="provider">
@@ -62456,6 +65684,9 @@ Returns the style settings affecting a widget defined by @path, or %NULL if
Since: 3.0
+Deprecated: 3.8: Will always return %NULL for all GTK-provided style providers
+as the interface cannot correctly work the way CSS is specified.
+
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="provider">
@@ -62641,6 +65872,8 @@ opaque color.
Since: 3.0
+Deprecated: 3.8: #GtkSymbolicColor is deprecated.
+
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="color">
@@ -62663,6 +65896,8 @@ Creates a symbolic color pointing to a literal color.
Since: 3.0
+Deprecated: 3.8: #GtkSymbolicColor is deprecated.
+
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="color">
@@ -62683,6 +65918,8 @@ while a factor of 1 would resolve to @color2.
Since: 3.0
+Deprecated: 3.8: #GtkSymbolicColor is deprecated.
+
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="color1">
@@ -62711,6 +65948,8 @@ gtk_style_properties_lookup_color().
Since: 3.0
+Deprecated: 3.8: #GtkSymbolicColor is deprecated.
+
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="name">
@@ -62732,6 +65971,8 @@ a darker color.
Since: 3.0
+Deprecated: 3.8: #GtkSymbolicColor is deprecated.
+
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="color">
@@ -62759,6 +66000,8 @@ platforms.
Since: 3.4
+Deprecated: 3.8: #GtkSymbolicColor is deprecated.
+
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="theme_class">
@@ -62781,6 +66024,8 @@ Increases the reference count of @color
Since: 3.0
+Deprecated: 3.8: #GtkSymbolicColor is deprecated.
+
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="color">
@@ -62806,6 +66051,8 @@ return %FALSE.
Since: 3.0
+Deprecated: 3.8: #GtkSymbolicColor is deprecated.
+
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="color">
@@ -62835,6 +66082,7 @@ the string may change between different versions of GTK, but it is
guaranteed that the GTK css parser is able to read the string and
create the same symbolic color from it.
+Deprecated: 3.8: #GtkSymbolicColor is deprecated.
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -62844,6 +66092,7 @@ create the same symbolic color from it.
</parameter>
</parameters>
<return> a new string representing @color
+
</return>
</function>
@@ -62854,6 +66103,8 @@ reference count reaches 0.
Since: 3.0
+Deprecated: 3.8: #GtkSymbolicColor is deprecated.
+
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="color">
@@ -70897,6 +74148,10 @@ Returns the widget direction used for rendering.
Since: 3.0
+Deprecated: 3.8: Use gtk_theming_engine_get_state() and
+check for #GTK_STATE_FLAG_DIR_LTR and
+#GTK_STATE_FLAG_DIR_RTL instead.
+
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="engine">
@@ -70915,6 +74170,8 @@ Returns the font description for a given state.
Since: 3.0
+Deprecated: 3.8: Use gtk_theming_engine_get()
+
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="engine">
@@ -71303,6 +74560,8 @@ engine: someengine;
Since: 3.0
+Deprecated: 3.8: Code should use the default properties provided by CSS.
+
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="name_space">
@@ -77799,36 +81058,36 @@ Returns %TRUE if the user can click on the header for the column.
<function name="gtk_tree_view_column_get_expand">
<description>
-Return %TRUE if the column expands to take any available space.
+Returns %TRUE if the column expands to fill available space.
Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="tree_column">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkTreeViewColumn
+<parameter_description> A #GtkTreeViewColumn.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> %TRUE, if the column expands
+<return> %TRUE if the column expands to fill available space.
</return>
</function>
<function name="gtk_tree_view_column_get_fixed_width">
<description>
-Gets the fixed width of the column. This value is only meaning may not be
-the actual width of the column on the screen, just what is requested.
+Gets the fixed width of the column. This may not be the actual displayed
+width of the column; for that, use gtk_tree_view_column_get_width().
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="tree_column">
-<parameter_description> a #GtkTreeViewColumn
+<parameter_description> A #GtkTreeViewColumn.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
-<return> the fixed width of the column
+<return> The fixed width of the column.
</return>
</function>
@@ -78331,16 +81590,19 @@ amongst all columns that have the expand set to %TRUE. If no column has this
option set, then the last column gets all extra space. By default, every
column is created with this %FALSE.
+Along with "fixed-width", the "expand" property changes when the column is
+resized by the user.
+
Since: 2.4
</description>
<parameters>
<parameter name="tree_column">
-<parameter_description> A #GtkTreeViewColumn
+<parameter_description> A #GtkTreeViewColumn.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="expand">
-<parameter_description> %TRUE if the column should take available extra space, %FALSE if not
+<parameter_description> %TRUE if the column should expand to fill available space.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -78349,11 +81611,17 @@ Since: 2.4
<function name="gtk_tree_view_column_set_fixed_width">
<description>
-Sets the size of the column in pixels. This is meaningful only if the sizing
-type is #GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_FIXED. The size of the column is clamped to
-the min/max width for the column. Please note that the min/max width of the
-column doesn't actually affect the "fixed_width" property of the widget, just
-the actual size when displayed.
+If @fixed_width is not -1, sets the fixed width of @tree_column; otherwise
+unsets it. The effective value of @fixed_width is clamped between the
+minumum and maximum width of the column; however, the value stored in the
+"fixed-width" property is not clamped. If the column sizing is
+#GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_GROW_ONLY or #GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_AUTOSIZE, setting a
+fixed width overrides the automatically calculated width. Note that
+ fixed_width is only a hint to GTK+; the width actually allocated to the
+column may be greater or less than requested.
+
+Along with "expand", the "fixed-width" property changes when the column is
+resized by the user.
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -78362,7 +81630,7 @@ the actual size when displayed.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
<parameter name="fixed_width">
-<parameter_description> The size to set @tree_column to. Must be greater than 0.
+<parameter_description> The new fixed width, in pixels, or -1.
</parameter_description>
</parameter>
</parameters>
@@ -78965,6 +82233,24 @@ Since: 2.2
<return></return>
</function>
+<function name="gtk_tree_view_get_activate_on_single_click">
+<description>
+Gets the setting set by gtk_tree_view_set_activate_on_single_click().
+
+Since: 3.8
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="tree_view">
+<parameter_description> a #GtkTreeView
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> %TRUE if row-activated will be emitted on a single click
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
<function name="gtk_tree_view_get_background_area">
<description>
Fills the bounding rectangle in bin_window coordinates for the cell at the
@@ -80185,6 +83471,27 @@ If either @tree_x or @tree_y are -1, then that direction isn't scrolled.
<return></return>
</function>
+<function name="gtk_tree_view_set_activate_on_single_click">
+<description>
+Cause the #GtkTreeView::row-activated signal to be emitted
+on a single click instead of a double click.
+
+Since: 3.8
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="tree_view">
+<parameter_description> a #GtkTreeView
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="single">
+<parameter_description> %TRUE to emit row-activated on a single click
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
<function name="gtk_tree_view_set_column_drag_function">
<description>
Sets a user function for determining where a column may be dropped when
@@ -80903,7 +84210,7 @@ can use this function to have #GtkTreeView handle these automatically
for you. @column should be set to the column in @tree_view's model
containing the tooltip texts, or -1 to disable this feature.
-When enabled, #GtkWidget::has-tooltip will be set to %TRUE and
+When enabled, #GtkWidget:has-tooltip will be set to %TRUE and
@tree_view will connect a #GtkWidget::query-tooltip signal handler.
Note that the signal handler sets the text with gtk_tooltip_set_markup(),
@@ -81646,7 +84953,8 @@ Since: 2.22
<function name="gtk_viewport_new">
<description>
-Creates a new #GtkViewport with the given adjustments.
+Creates a new #GtkViewport with the given adjustments, or with default
+adjustments if none are given.
</description>
@@ -81964,6 +85272,56 @@ Since: 2.4
<return></return>
</function>
+<function name="gtk_widget_add_tick_callback">
+<description>
+Queues a animation frame update and adds a callback to be called
+before each frame. Until the tick callback is removed, it will be
+called frequently (usually at the frame rate of the output device
+or as quickly as the application an be repainted, whichever is
+slower). For this reason, is most suitable for handling graphics
+that change every frame or every few frames. The tick callback does
+not automatically imply a relayout or repaint. If you want a
+repaint or relayout, and aren't changing widget properties that
+would trigger that (for example, changing the text of a #GtkLabel),
+then you will have to call gtk_widget_queue_resize() or
+gtk_widget_queue_draw_area() yourself.
+
+gdk_frame_clock_get_frame_time() should generally be used for timing
+continuous animations and
+gdk_frame_timings_get_predicted_presentation_time() if you are
+trying to display isolated frames at particular times.
+
+This is a more convenient alternative to connecting directly to the
+#GdkFrameClock::update signal of #GdkFrameClock, since you don't
+have to worry about when a #GdkFrameClock is assigned to a widget.
+
+Since: 3.8
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="widget">
+<parameter_description> a #GtkWidget
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="callback">
+<parameter_description> function to call for updating animations
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="user_data">
+<parameter_description> data to pass to @callback
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="notify">
+<parameter_description> function to call to free @user_data when the callback is removed.
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> an id for the connection of this callback. Remove the callback
+by passing it to gtk_widget_remove_tick_callback()
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
<function name="gtk_widget_can_activate_accel">
<description>
Determines whether an accelerator that activates the signal
@@ -82309,11 +85667,10 @@ Creates a new #PangoLayout with the appropriate font map,
font description, and base direction for drawing text for
this widget.
-If you keep a #PangoLayout created in this way around, in order to
-notify the layout of changes to the base direction or font of this
-widget, you must call pango_layout_context_changed() in response to
-the #GtkWidget::style-updated and #GtkWidget::direction-changed signals
-for the widget.
+If you keep a #PangoLayout created in this way around, you need
+to re-create it when the widget #PangoContext is replaced.
+This can be tracked by using the #GtkWidget::screen-changed signal
+on the widget.
</description>
@@ -82984,6 +86341,44 @@ will receive.
</return>
</function>
+<function name="gtk_widget_get_frame_clock">
+<description>
+Obtains the frame clock for a widget. The frame clock is a global
+"ticker" that can be used to drive animations and repaints. The
+most common reason to get the frame clock is to call
+gdk_frame_clock_get_frame_time(), in order to get a time to use for
+animating. For example you might record the start of the animation
+with an initial value from gdk_frame_clock_get_frame_time(), and
+then update the animation by calling
+gdk_frame_clock_get_frame_time() again during each repaint.
+
+gdk_frame_clock_request_phase() will result in a new frame on the
+clock, but won't necessarily repaint any widgets. To repaint a
+widget, you have to use gtk_widget_queue_draw() which invalidates
+the widget (thus scheduling it to receive a draw on the next
+frame). gtk_widget_queue_draw() will also end up requesting a frame
+on the appropriate frame clock.
+
+A widget's frame clock will not change while the widget is
+mapped. Reparenting a widget (which implies a temporary unmap) can
+change the widget's frame clock.
+
+Unrealized widgets do not have a frame clock.
+
+Since: 3.0
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="widget">
+<parameter_description> a #GtkWidget
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> a #GdkFrameClock (or #NULL if widget is unrealized)
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
<function name="gtk_widget_get_halign">
<description>
Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:halign property.
@@ -83277,6 +86672,25 @@ Since: 2.4
</return>
</function>
+<function name="gtk_widget_get_opacity">
+<description>
+Fetches the requested opacity for this widget. See
+gtk_widget_set_opacity().
+
+Since: 3.8
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="widget">
+<parameter_description> a #GtkWidget
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> the requested opacity for this widget.
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
<function name="gtk_widget_get_pango_context">
<description>
Gets a #PangoContext with the appropriate font map, font description,
@@ -83284,12 +86698,8 @@ and base direction for this widget. Unlike the context returned
by gtk_widget_create_pango_context(), this context is owned by
the widget (it can be used until the screen for the widget changes
or the widget is removed from its toplevel), and will be updated to
-match any changes to the widget's attributes.
-
-If you create and keep a #PangoLayout using this context, you must
-deal with changes to the context by calling pango_layout_context_changed()
-on the layout in response to the #GtkWidget::style-updated and
-#GtkWidget::direction-changed signals for the widget.
+match any changes to the widget's attributes. This can be tracked
+by using the #GtkWidget::screen-changed signal on the widget.
</description>
@@ -84014,9 +87424,11 @@ See gtk_widget_get_hexpand_set() for more detail.
<function name="gtk_widget_get_visible">
<description>
-Determines whether the widget is visible. Note that this doesn't
-take into account whether the widget's parent is also visible
-or the widget is obscured in any way.
+Determines whether the widget is visible. If you want to
+take into account whether the widget's parent is also marked as
+visible, use gtk_widget_is_visible() instead.
+
+This function does not check if the widget is obscured in any way.
See gtk_widget_set_visible().
@@ -84500,6 +87912,29 @@ Since: 2.18
</return>
</function>
+<function name="gtk_widget_is_visible">
+<description>
+Determines whether the widget and all its parents are marked as
+visible.
+
+This function does not check if the widget is obscured in any way.
+
+See also gtk_widget_get_visible() and gtk_widget_set_visible()
+
+Since: 3.8
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="widget">
+<parameter_description> a #GtkWidget
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return> %TRUE if the widget and all its parents are visible
+
+</return>
+</function>
+
<function name="gtk_widget_keynav_failed">
<description>
This function should be called whenever keyboard navigation within
@@ -86159,6 +89594,33 @@ window of @widget->window for widgets with their own window.
</return>
</function>
+<function name="gtk_widget_register_window">
+<description>
+Registers a #GdkWindow with the widget and sets it up so that
+the widget recieves events for it. Call gtk_widget_unregister_window()
+when destroying the window.
+
+Before 3.8 you needed to call gdk_window_set_user_data() directly to set
+this up. This is now deprecated and you should use gtk_widget_register_window()
+instead. Old code will keep working as is, although some new features like
+transparency might not work perfectly.
+
+Since: 3.8
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="widget">
+<parameter_description> a #GtkWidget
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="window">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkWindow
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
<function name="gtk_widget_remove_accelerator">
<description>
Removes an accelerator from @widget, previously installed with
@@ -86212,6 +89674,27 @@ Since: 2.4
<return></return>
</function>
+<function name="gtk_widget_remove_tick_callback">
+<description>
+Removes a tick callback previously registered with
+gtk_widget_add_tick_callback().
+
+Since: 3.8
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="widget">
+<parameter_description> a #GtkWidget
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="id">
+<parameter_description> an id returned by gtk_widget_add_tick_callback()
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
<function name="gtk_widget_render_icon">
<description>
A convenience function that uses the theme settings for @widget
@@ -87090,6 +90573,39 @@ Since: 2.4
<return></return>
</function>
+<function name="gtk_widget_set_opacity">
+<description>
+Request the @widget to be rendered partially transparent,
+with opacity 0 being fully transparent and 1 fully opaque. (Opacity values
+are clamped to the [0,1] range.).
+This works on both toplevel widget, and child widgets, although there
+are some limitations:
+
+For toplevel widgets this depends on the capabilities of the windowing
+system. On X11 this has any effect only on X screens with a compositing manager
+running. See gtk_widget_is_composited(). On Windows it should work
+always, although setting a window's opacity after the window has been
+shown causes it to flicker once on Windows.
+
+For child widgets it doesn't work if any affected widget has a native window, or
+disables double buffering.
+
+Since: 3.8
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="widget">
+<parameter_description> a #GtkWidget
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="opacity">
+<parameter_description> desired opacity, between 0 and 1
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
<function name="gtk_widget_set_parent">
<description>
This function is useful only when implementing subclasses of
@@ -87246,9 +90762,8 @@ user can't interact with them. Insensitive widgets are known as
<function name="gtk_widget_set_size_request">
<description>
Sets the minimum size of a widget; that is, the widget's size
-request will be @width by @height. You can use this function to
-force a widget to be either larger or smaller than it normally
-would be.
+request will be at least @width by @height. You can use this
+function to force a widget to be larger than it normally would be.
In most cases, gtk_window_set_default_size() is a better choice for
toplevel windows than this function; setting the default size will
@@ -87272,9 +90787,6 @@ space than it requested.
If the size request in a given direction is -1 (unset), then
the "natural" size request of the widget will be used instead.
-Widgets can't actually be allocated a size less than 1 by 1, but
-you can pass 0,0 to this function to mean "as small as possible."
-
The size request set here does not include any margin from the
#GtkWidget properties margin-left, margin-right, margin-top, and
margin-bottom, but it does include pretty much all other padding
@@ -87973,6 +91485,28 @@ associated with the widget, such as @widget->window).
<return></return>
</function>
+<function name="gtk_widget_unregister_window">
+<description>
+Unregisters a #GdkWindow from the widget that was previously set up with
+gtk_widget_register_window(). You need to call this when the window is
+no longer used by the widget, such as when you destroy it.
+
+Since: 3.8
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="widget">
+<parameter_description> a #GtkWidget
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+<parameter name="window">
+<parameter_description> a #GdkWindow
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
<function name="gtk_widget_unset_state_flags">
<description>
This function is for use in widget implementations. Turns off flag
@@ -88654,6 +92188,7 @@ Fetches the requested opacity for this window. See
gtk_window_set_opacity().
Since: 2.12
+Deprecated: 3.8: Use gtk_widget_get_opacity instead.
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -89107,6 +92642,7 @@ Removes a window from a #GtkWindowGroup.
<description>
Returns whether @window has an explicit window group.
+Since 2.22
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -89117,7 +92653,6 @@ Returns whether @window has an explicit window group.
</parameters>
<return> %TRUE if @window has an explicit window group.
-Since 2.22
</return>
</function>
@@ -90481,6 +94016,7 @@ Note that setting a window's opacity after the window has been
shown causes it to flicker once on Windows.
Since: 2.12
+Deprecated: 3.8: Use gtk_widget_set_opacity instead.
</description>
<parameters>
@@ -90928,4 +94464,18 @@ in this situation unless you explicitly fsync().
</return>
</function>
+<function name="thaw_updates">
+<description>
+Undoes the effect of a previous call to freeze_updates()
+
+</description>
+<parameters>
+<parameter name="model">
+<parameter_description> a #GtkFileSystemModel
+</parameter_description>
+</parameter>
+</parameters>
+<return></return>
+</function>
+
</root>
[
Date Prev][
Date Next] [
Thread Prev][
Thread Next]
[
Thread Index]
[
Date Index]
[
Author Index]
